sismes vi national congress
TRANSCRIPT
ABSTRACTS
SISMES VI NATIONAL CONGRESS
Naples, 26–28 September 2014
The Marcello Faina Lecture
Fitness and health effects of recreational football for
untrained individuals across the life span
Peter Krustrup
University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen Centre for Team Sports
and Health, Denmark, and University of Exeter, Sport and Health
Sciences, UK
Inactivity and poor physical fitness are major contributors to the
increasing prevalence of cardiovascular diseases, type 2 diabetes and
osteoporosis. It is now well-known that physical training is a cornerstone
in the prevention and treatment of lifestyle diseases and it has recently
been concluded that sport participation reduces all-cause mortality by
20–40 % (Khan et al. 2012). However, less is known about the specific
fitness and health benefits of various types of physical activity and sports.
Most training studies have investigated moderate-intensity aerobic
exercise training or strength training, but over the last decade an
increasing amount of evidence suggest that high-intensity interval
training (HIIT) may be an effective method to improve performance and
health. Since 2006, we have conducted a series of randomized controlled
trials investigating the activity profile, physiological demands, fitness
effects and health benefits of recreational football for untrained indi-
viduals across the lifespan. A total of 55 scientific articles have been
published in this period, documenting that small-sided football has broad
spectrum fitness and health effects for 6–80 year-old participants, as it
combines elements of HIIT, endurance and strength training (Krustrup
et al. 2009, 2010, 2013, 2014). Small-sided football played 3v3, 5v5 or
7v7 elicits high heart rates and involves multiple intense actions such as
sprints, turns, jumps, tackles, dribbles and shots, independently of age,
gender, fitness status, socio-economic status and prior experience
(Randers et al. 2010, 2012). The high average heart rates and periods
with near-maximal heart rates provide effective cardiovascular training
with multiple effects on maximal oxygen uptake, heart structure and
function, endothelial function, capillarisation, lipid profile and oxidative
enzyme activity. Additionally, the football-specific intense actions
involves all muscle groups and provide multiple favorable effects on
muscle mass, muscle function, postural balance and bone mineralization
(Krustrup et al. 2010; Helge et al. 2010, 2014). These findings are of
great public interest, considering that football is the most popular sport in
the world with an estimated 400 million active players. Football also has
positive motivational and social factors that may facilitate compliance
and persistence with the sport and contribute to the achievement and
maintenance of a physically active lifestyle. Recently, the health effects
of football have been investigated specifically for patient groups with
mild-to-moderate hypertension and type 2 diabetes. Just 3 months of
football training, 2 9 1 h per week, lowered systolic and diastolic blood
pressure by 12/8, 8/8 and 11/9 mmHg, respectively, in the studies by
Krustrup et al. (2013), Schmidt et al. (2013) and Knoepfli-Lenzin et al.
(2010), which is a more pronounced effect than usually seen after
3–6 months of aerobic moderate-intensity training or strength training.
In one of these studies, three-quarters of the participants normalized their
blood pressure during the football training period (Krustrup et al. 2013),
and the participants had additional benefits that lowered their cardio-
vascular risk, including an increase in VO2max, improved cardiac and
endothelial function and a lowered fat mass (Krustrup et al. 2013;
Andersen et al. 2014). In a special issue of Scandinavian Journal of
Medicine and Science in Sports being published in June 2014, we have
also presented data showing that football is a feasible and effective type
of training for 65–80-year-old sedentary men (Rostgaard Andersen et al.
2014; Helge et al. 2014), which improves bone mineralization, func-
tional capacity and VO2max within 3 months. These results and other
recent results will be presented at the conference, altogether providing
evidence that recreational football is an effective type of HIIT training
that can improve fitness and serve as prevention and treatment of life-
style diseases for individuals across the life span.
Abbreviation Session
AP ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
DS NEW DIAGNOSTIC STRATEGIES APPLIED TO
MOVEMENT AND SPORT SCIENCES
FF FITNESS AND FUNCTIONAL EVALUATION
FP FITNESS AND PERFORMANCE
ML MOVEMENT LEARNING,
PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT
AND COACHING
MS MOVEMENT AND SPORT ACTIVITY IN A
SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND LEGAL CONTEXT
PA PHYSICAL ACTIVITY, WELLBEING AND
HEALTH
RT RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY APPLIED TO
MATERIALS FOR SPORT
TE TRAINING AND EVALUATION METHODS
TN TRAINING AND NEUROMUSCULAR
PERFORMANCE
TP TRAINING AND PERFORMANCE
TT TEACHING AND TRAINING APPLIED TO
MOVEMENT SCIENCES
Presentation type
O KEYNOTE LECTURE
OP ORAL PRESENTATION
P POSTER
123
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
DOI 10.1007/s11332-014-0204-y
TEACHING AND TRAINING APPLIED TOMOVEMENT SCIENCES
1 TT O
Education as promotion of resources: a comparison
between sport and non-sport adolescents
A. Cunti, S. Bellantonio A. Priore
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim is explore the coping strategies differences between
sport and non-sport adolescents, beginning from the relation between
coping and its educational connotations. The interest concerns how an
educative directed sport experience can contribute to formation of
identity toward wellness, in which is emphasized the ability to cope
with critical situations.
Method: 395 adolescents (12–14 years; F = 205, M = 190) partic-
ipated: 209 practiced individual or team sport, while 186 don’t
practice competitive sport. A battery of questionnaires was used: a
socio-demographic questionnaire, CISS, TMA and a narrative input
that has helped us to deeply understand the phenomenon.
Results: Quantitative results show that the female athletes who
practice gymnastics and swimming mostly use strategies task oriented
and less use strategies emotion oriented through distraction and social
diversion. The less of these strategies becomes even more marked in
the athletes who practice swimming. While non-sport adolescents
mostly use strategies emotion and avoidance oriented. Qualitative
analysis on female gymnasts and male soccer players confirmed that
coping task oriented is privileged in individual sports, particularly
from female.
Conclusion: Could be a relation between the development of certain
coping strategies and the quality of sports practiced. Some individual
sports seem to promote the acquisition of a coping task oriented. From
an educative point of view, being the sport a context of great
importance in the lives of adolescents, it’s necessary to improve the
quality of sport contexts to promote the resources in order to devel-
opmental tasks.
ReferencesBergamini L, Pedrabissi L (2010) TMA—test di valutazione multi-
dimensionale dell’autostima (Bracken B.), Erickson, Trento
Ekeland E, Heian F, Hagen KB (2005) Can exercise improve self-
esteem in children and young people? A systematic review of
randomized controlled trials. Br J Sport Med 39:792–798
Endler NS, Parker JDA (1999) The coping inventory for stressful
situations (CISS). Multi-Health Systems, Toronto
Nicholls AR, Jones CR, Polman RCJ, Borkoles E (2009) Acute sport-
related stressors, coping, and emotion among professional rugby
union players during training and matches. Scand J Med Sci Sport
19(1):113–120
Sirigatti S, Stefanile C, Lera S (2011) In: Endler NS, Parker JDA (eds)
CISS—coping inventory for stressful situations. Giunti, Firenze
2 TT OP
Teaching method in physical education and sport
A. Benevento1, D. Tafuri2, F. Gomez Paloma1, G. Raiola2
1Department of Human Science and Formation, University
of Salerno, Salerno, Italy2Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: Didactics of physical education and sport is traditionally
imparted by tutorials. This work carry out the principal theory on
motor control and learning and its relationship among the teaching
method and the pedagogical issue.
Method: Theoretical approach to define the theory on motor control.
Argumentative approach to deduce the relationship among the several
aspects in order the learning skill. Deductive approach to transfer the
principal aspects of scientific paradigms into mind theory.
Results: It teaches usually by tutorials that have the theoretical basis
in the Cognitive approach. It means the process in greater detail:
order, command, biomechanics, errors and its correction by process
called parameterization. The type of activities are Partial, Varied,
Randomized, by Feedback and Mental Training and it refers to the
models of motor control titled Open Loop, Closed Loop and Motor
Program Generalized. It is also imparted by another way, called
Ecological-Dynamic approach that is the combination of actions in
relation to environment. It does not give out the tutorials, but it builds
a setting learning to enhance the stimuli into the environment, so it
aims the several learnings. It refers of Motor Imagery and Freedom
Degrees theories. The first one could be realized in first person and in
third person; the second one could be realized in three consecutive
steps: Reduction, Exploration and Capitalization of freedom degrees.
Conclusion: Main results show two types of correspondence. The
first one is between cognitive approach, strong correspondence among
order, demand, sequence and timing steps and mind theory of
Behaviorism and Cognitivist theory. The second one is between
ecological dynamic approach, strong correspondence among setting
learning and specific strategies of teaching method such as coopera-
tive learning, role play and others, and Phenomenology and Gestalt
theory. In one is preeminent the invasive role of the coach trainer
teacher in cognitive approach and non invasive role in ecological
dynamic approach.
ReferencesRaiola G (2014) Motor control and learning skills according to cognitive
and ecological dynamic approach. Mediterr J Soc Sci 5(11)
Raiola G, Tafuri D, Gomez Paloma F (2014) Physical activity and
sport skills and its relation to mind theory on motor control. Sport
Sci 8(2)
123
S2 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
3 TT OP
Mother and child in water: effects of communication
M. T. Cattaneo, A. Veloce
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study is to investigate the role of facial
expressions, gestures, postures, and how a mother’s tone of voice
(aspects of non-verbal communication) can influence, in both a
positive and negative way, a baby’s reaction when in water. This
study will also include if this aquatic neonatal type of experience
can improve the relationship between mother and child in their daily
life.
Method: The sample consists of 60 pairs of mother–child: children
have an age ranging between 4 months to 36 months. In the sample
there are 32 couples who have never had experience of neonatal
aquacity and 28 couples who have already participated in one. A
questionnaire divided in three parts was created: the first two were
administrated before the first lesson and the third one after a month of
classes. The first two parts regarding the motivations and the expec-
tations in attending the course together with the general mood and the
description of the children’s behaviour. The third part is inherent to
the familiarity with the situation.
Results: The analysis of the data of the first and second part of the
questionnaire showed a correlation between the familiarity of water of
the mother and her state of mind with the reaction of the child: 32 %
of the mothers declared that they felt anxiety and 37 % of the mothers
were worried, while the other 39 % felt curious and the remaining
27 % were calm. The most important data that emerges is the dif-
ference. 44 % of the mothers emphasize how relationships with
children are modified through this experience.
Conclusion: The first time analyzing the data suggested how powerful
non-verbal communication is and how it’s able to transmit, throughout
its channels, mothers emotions and reactions against their children also
across a program of aquaticity: the child will be influenced in his/hers
answers by communication. The data analysis also shows the role that
the instructor plays and his knowledge of these factors.
ReferencesAnolli L (2012) Psicologia della comunicazione. Il Mulino, Bologna
Bowlby J (1989) Una base sicura. Cortina, Milano
Morris D (1977) L’uomo e i suoi gesti. Mondadori, Milan
4 TT OP
Quality physical education: teachers attitude toward
the education based on evidence and practice based
on evidence
S. Cazzoli1, F. Gallo2, R. Scaglia3
1University of Torino, Adjunct Professor, Torino, Italy2Epidemiology Unit, Citta della Salute e della Scienza Hospital,
Torino, Italy3Head teacher secondary school second grade, Rivoli (Torino), Italy
Aim: Study was to analyze the teachers attitude for improve the
quality of PE. It was preliminary study and want to analyze the
attitude toward the PE subject legal status, teacher professional status,
horizontal continuity between PE and Sports projects, PE research for
to develop attitude toward Education Based on Evidence (EBE) and
Practice Based on Evidence (PBE).
Methods: Data from questionnaires were analyzed through frequency
tables and percentages. For quantitative variables (teachers’ age and
years of teaching experience) the median value was calculated.
Teachers were divided according to gender (males and females) and
teaching experience (2–9 years and 10–20 years). To detect differ-
ences among these groups the Pearson’s Chi square test and the Fisher
exact test were used the latter for counts smaller than five.
Results: Questionnaires from 44 teachers (21 males and 23 females)
were analyzed. Average age is 42 years for both sexes average for
years of teaching experience is 8.6 for males and 10.4 for females.
Considering the teachers’ gender both sexes consider PE with the same
legal status as other subjects. The majority of teachers consider PE as
important as other subjects (52.4 % of males and 60.9 % of females).
Also most of teachers consider their professional status the same as
that of teachers of other subjects (76.2 % of males and 78.3 % of
females). Moreover teachers generally think that no projects exist for
providing PE in continuity programmes (52.4 % of males and 34.8 %
of females). Considering the teachers’ years of experience significant
differences were observed in the importance of PE and in continuity of
programmes. Actually, 27.8 % of less experienced teachers consider
PE less important than other subjects, while this percentage reached
85.0 % among more experienced ones (p \ 0.001). While 5.6 % of
less experience teachers think that continuity programmes in PE exist
versus 65.0 % of more experienced teachers (p \ 0.001). Out of all 44
teachers 36 think that research is a right/duty in PE teaching. Moreover
56.8 % consider applied research a fundamental issue in PE teaching
practice, and 40.9 % recognise the importance of quantitative
research, 45.5 and 47.7 % consider relevant analytical and experi-
mental research respectively.
Conclusion: Data showed that the quality of PE required orientation
towards projects of continuity between physical education and sport,
and toward research in order to create evidence that can guide best
practices.
5 TT OP
Fundamental motor skills assessment with TGMD-2
and of the physical activity levels of children in relation
to Body Mass Index
D. Colella1,2, S. Epifani2, N. Mancini2, C. Simonetti1
1Department of Clinical and Experimental Medicine, University
of Foggia, Foggia, Italy2Laboratory of Didactics of Motor Activities, University of Foggia,
Foggia, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to evaluate and compare the fun-
damental motor skills (FMS) and physical activity levels, according to
group differences, Nw vs. Ow-Ob, of primary school’s children. The
FMS is a component of the motor development of the child and the
foundation for the learning of motor skills specific. Numerous and
variables motor tasks, promote the links between skills and of motor
abilities. The levels of development of FMS are in relation to levels of
physical activity and to the development of the motor abilities and
encourage the educational process.
Method: The sample of 102 children (M = 57, F = 45), divided
according to gender differences and group (M Nw: N = 32; age
9.34 ± 0.70; BMI 16.29 ± 1.60; M Ow-Ob: N = 25; age
9.28 ± 0.84; BMI 25.47 ± 3.85; F Nw: N = 27; age 9.11 ± 0.69;
BMI 16.53 ± 1.87; F Ow-Ob: N = 18; age 9.50 ± 1.71; BMI
23.07 ± 3.17). At all children was proposed the TGMD-2, two motor
tests: shuttle run 10 9 4, 20 m speed slalom basketball and the
questionnaire PAQ_C.
123
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S3
Results: Apart from the descriptive statistics (M ± DS), Student’s T
Test was carried out, in order to highlight the significant differences
within the group. The significativity index was set to p \ 0.05.
ANOVA 2 (group): in the test TGMD-2, females Nw vs. Ob-Ow,
showed high scores and superior performance in motor tests and self-
report Paq_C (p B 0.05). The males Nw vs. Ob-Ow, showed superior
performance in TGMD-2 (p = ns), in motor test and self-report
Paq_C (p \ 0.05).
Conclusion: Overweight and obesity in childhood influencing the
levels of daily physical activity and motor development. The
process of growth and maturation is favored by structured
and unstructured physical activity in mutual relationship. School-
based interventions can promote increased levels of physical
activity in children with motor skills and educate physically active
lifestyles.
ReferencesCohen KE et al (2014) Fundamental movement skills and physical
activity among children living in low-income communities: a
cross-sectional study. Int J Behav Nutr Phys Activity 11:49
Crocker PRE et al (1997) Measuring general levels of physical
activity: preliminary evidence for the physical activity question-
naire for older children. Med Sci Sports Exerc 29:1344–1349
Hirtz P (2002) Co-ordinative competence and health. J Hum Kinetics
7:23–28
Ulrich DA (2000) The test of gross motor development, 2nd edn.
PRO-ED, Austin
6 TT OP
Sport, training and performance: a critical review
V. E. Leonardi1, M. L. Iavarone2
1CONI, School of Sport, Naples, Italy2Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The researches on the possibilities to fully develop the abilities
of physical performances began around the 1940s and then they were
carried widely on in the ex Soviet socialist republics during the years
of the cold war. Today, these studies, with new methodologies of
analysis and relative researches, follow one another incessantly to
prevent the statement of a complete theory which can lead and control
the training processes in all sports disciplines. New principles are
added to the standard model, new laws are discovered, different
hypothesis, not yet scientifically proved, are formulated. What prob-
abilities do we have, therefore, to build a unified theory able to lead to
courses of control and long-term forecasts? The contribution explores
the possibility to insert, in a coherent context, a synthesis of the
studies carried on which takes into account the whole of the observed
phenomena and which finds its ‘‘nulpunkt’’ in the starting conditions,
that is, in the genetic individuality, an insurmountable problem at
present.
Method: The study, through the contribution of different authors and
a critical review of the most reliable theories and approaches on the
sports training, focuses on the still open issues which will surely open
to perspectives of future researches.
Results/conclusion: Today we have right and scientifically proved
ideas on how to start processes aiming at developing the utmost sports
performances. The problems arise long-term when the body is in
extreme conditions of adaptation. The idea of ‘‘singularity’’ is sug-
gested, that is; a ‘‘physical place’’ where the laws that before
governed the system give up existing with three possible different
perspectives of reading.
ReferencesAtsiorsky, Kreamer J (2007) Science and practice of strength training,
Champaign, III Human Kinetic
Jesper L, Anderson P, Saltin B (2000) Atleti si nasce o si diventa? Le
Scienze 387:49–57
Tschiene P (2001) Lo stato attuale della teoria dell’allenamento, SdS
Mc Grew-Hill Book Co., 52, pp 2–6
Platanov VN (2005) Supercompensazione, carichi, adattamento ed
alcuni altri problemi della Scienza dello Sport, SdS, p 66
Selye H (1956) The stress of life. New York
Verchoschansky YV, Verchoschanskaya N (2007) Il cambiamento dei
paradigmi nella teoria dell’allenamento sportivo. SdS, p 74
7 TT OP
Physical education in Italian school: a multicenter
investigation about experiences and opinions
of undergraduate students
G. Liguori1, F. Galle1, V. Di Onofrio1, M. Arpesella2, G. Brandi3,
S. Bruno4, G. Capelli5, E. Carraro6, L. Fabiani7, G. Fantuzzi8,
G. M. Grasso9, O. C. Grillo10, M. Guida11, A. Izzotti12, E. Leoni13,
C. Mammina14, L. Manzoli15, L. Minelli16, C. Napoli17, C. Nobile18,
M. Parpinel19, C. Pasquarella20, R. Prato21, G. P. Privitera22,
C. Signorelli20, V. Romano Spica23, S. Tardivo24; SItI Working Group
‘‘Movement Sciences for Health’’ (GMSH)
1University Parthenope, Naples2University of Pavia3University Carlo Bo, Urbino4Catholic University Sacred Heart, Rome5University of Cassino6University of Turin7University of L’Aquila8University of Modena and Reggio Emilia9University of Molise10University of Messina11University Federico II, Naples12University of Genoa13University of Bologna14University of Palermo15University G. D’Annunzio, Chieti16University of Perugia17University of Bari18University Magna Graecia, Catanzaro19University of Udine20University of Parma21University of Foggia22University of Pisa23University Foro Italico, Rome24University of Verona
Aim: Physical Education (PE) contributes to improve physical fitness
of children and adolescents and favors the adoption of an active
lifestyle. Furthermore, it may represent a useful instrument for health
promotion. However, in the Italian school the role of PE is under-
estimated: only few lesson hours are assigned weekly to this teaching,
mainly in primary school, where PE teachers have no expertise in
movement sciences. The Working Group ‘‘Movement Sciences for
Health’’ (GMSH) of the Italian Society of Hygiene is conducting a
multicenter investigation on the whole national area in order to
evaluate the current state of PE in Italy and its efficacy in promoting
Physical Activity (PA) and sport. The survey is based on the point of
S4 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
view of the 1st-year university students, who leaved schools no long
before the interview.
Method: An anonymous questionnaire has been administered to fresh-
men from study courses belonging to Movement Sciences, Humanistic,
Medical, Scientific/Technological, Economic/Juridical fields. Informa-
tion concerning PE received by students since primary school, their
opinions about PE and their current practice of PA/sport were collected.
Results: At now, about 7,000 questionnaires have been obtained from
the participant universities. At the end of the survey, data will be
processed with the software SPSS 22.0 for Windows. Logistic
regression models will be applied to evaluate the influence of PE
received on PA/sport practice. Possible differences among the country
areas will be also analyzed.
Conclusions: Scientific literature shows as PE may be useful to reach
the weekly levels of PA recommended for school-aged children and
adolescents and may address these subjects toward an active life. The
results of this study will be employed to evaluate if this occurs in Italy
and to identify critical aspects which interfere with PA promotion and
which could represent targets for new prevention strategies.
8 TT OP Victimization in primary school, bullying
and the role of physical activity inside and outside school
A. Nart1, C. Lucchetti1, V. Biancalana1
Department of Biomolecular Sciences, School of Motor Sciences,
University of Urbino ‘‘Carlo Bo’’, Italy
Aim: In the school years between 6 and 10 years old, children
identify leaders who can have a positive or negative effect on the
dynamics of the class. The aim of this study was to evaluate the
degree of victimization among boys and girls during school motor
activity and the relationship between victimization and physical
activity inside and outside school.
Method: Participants in the study were 298 pupils (192 boys, 106
girls) aged from 8–10 (average 9), attending primary school. The
research was carried out using a questionnaire based on the Multi-
dimensional Peer-Victimization Scale (MPVS) by Mynard and Joseph
(2000), italian version (Scarpa et al. 2010) and adapted to the age of
the subjects, to evaluate four areas of victimization (physical vic-
timization, verbal victimization, social manipulation and attack on
property). In addition, subjects were asked their age, sex and which
physical activities they practiced in and out of school.
Results: Statistical analysis has highlighted that, in the four areas of
victimization, the subscales verbal (r = 2.2618) and social
(r = 1.9688) obtained a higher statistical average compared to the
subscales social manipulation (r = 1.6366) and attack on property
(r = 1.637). In the relationship between victimization and gender,
males had a higher score compared to females in the subscale verbal
(r = 2.2618 [ r = 1.2819) and in the subscale social
(r = 1.9688 [ r = 1.2044). In the relationship between victimization
and sports practice, the subscales verbal (r = 3.0725 [ r = 1.5621)
and social (r = 2.581 [ r = 1.4254) are greater in subjects who
practice physical activity only at school, compared to those who
practise also out with the school timetable.
Conclusion: The study has confirmed characteristics already present
in literature. The results have highlighted that cases of verbal and
social victimization outnumber those of physical victimization, that
boys are more victimized than girls during physical activity and that
those subjects who engage in physical activity only at school expe-
rience a higher degree of victimization compared to those who
practice physical activity outside school.
ReferencesMynard H, Joseph S (2000) Development of the multidimensional
peer-victimization scale. Aggressive Behav 26:169–178
Carraro A et al (2011) Un contributo alla validazione italiana della
Scala Multidimensionale di Vittimizzazione tra Pari. Giornale di
Psicologia dello Sport, 38(1):177–188
Scarpa S et al (2012) Peer-victimization during physical education and
enjoyment of physical activity. Percept Motor Skills 115:319–324
MOVEMENT AND SPORT ACTIVITYIN A SOCIO-ECONOMIC ANDLEGAL CONTEXT
9 MS O
The process of major sport events communication:
determinants of choice
A. Sorrentini, V. Raiola
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this paper is to address the motivations of changes
taking place in communication policies of sport events of interna-
tional relevance specifically related to multimedia communication.
The communication policies of sport events are in fact evolving from
the traditional ones, defined ‘‘above-the-line’’ (activities such as
classic print, radio, TV, billboards, and recently, web campaigns and
temporary website) to those based on an unconventional communi-
cation broadly defined ‘‘below-the-line’’ (activities conducted away
from traditional media communication, such as sponsorship, public
relations, direct marketing and promotions) up to the recent adoption
of a two-dimensional communication between consumer and pro-
ducer made possible by the development of web and the capability to
embrace policies of digital marketing (through-the-line).
Method: Case-studies concerning with America’s Cup 2013 sailing
competition, and the Tennis Cup Napoli 2013 tennis tournament were
developed by a documentary analysis and interviews with the main
professionals responsible for communication. In particular, the
agencies that have dealt with the communication of these events have
been identified such as survey respondents.
Results: The factors that drive the agencies operating in the field of
sport events communication of international relevance to turn their
attention to the policies of through-the-line communication have been
identified. The factors that emerge are: easy access to the medium, the
opportunity to reach a broad audience with limited costs and the direct
audience integration with the consequent possibility to control in real
time the messages effectiveness.
Conclusion: Nevertheless the advantages and the perspectives of
development of through-the-line communication, it appears not possible
to limit communication activities to digital marketing but it is necessary to
look for the optimal communication mix of the different forms examined
in terms of event typology, size of the audience reached and costs.
ReferencesCollesei U (2012) L’evoluzione del ruolo della comunicazione
nell’approccio di marketing. Sinergie, p 89
Hur Y, Ko YJ, Claussen CL (2012) Determinants of using sports web
portals: an empirical examination of the Sport Website Acceptance
Model. Int J Sports Marketing Sponsorship 13(3):169–188
Sorrentini A (2010) Il business degli eventi sportivi—aspetti strategici
ed operativi. Giappichelli, Torino
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S5
123
10 MS OP
The strategy of implementation of Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) in the Italian professional football
companies
L. Agliano
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this paper is to investigate the role and strategic
value of CSR in professional football in terms of social, economic and
environmental impacts on specific groups of stakeholders and, in
general, on the community. The CSR should be seen an opportunistic
concept to improve the strategy, awareness and integration of the CSR
in the business of football, promoting the competitiveness of the game
and creating added value for all stakeholders involved directly or
indirectly in the event of football.
Method: The paper analyzes the implementation of CSR in profes-
sional sports clubs in the European and international field on the basis
of a documentary research considering the literature on the subject,
too. The research points out the necessity to extend the study of CSR
in the Italian professional football. The documentary research shows
the dissemination and application of the social report among profes-
sional football clubs affiliated to the FIGC. Furthermore, an
interpretative model of the contents and methods to be used for the
preparation of social report has been developed.
Results: The study carried out that in the Italian professional football
clubs there isn’t a great sensitivity towards their own social respon-
sibility and its instruments, due to the uncertainty about the usefulness
of social report, as it is already considered inherent in the sports
culture.
Conclusion: The European and international research has confirmed
the growing need for stakeholder management to establish an effec-
tive governance and strategic management. In the most advanced
clubs the CSR is already being used to give stakeholders information
about economic, social and political aspects strictly related to the
professional football companies, included the issues outside their
sports sphere of activity.
ReferencesAgliano L (2011) La responsabilita sociale delle organizzazioni
sportive, Enzo Albano Editore, Napoli
Breitbarth T, Harris P (2008) The role of corporate social responsi-
bility in the football business: towards the development of a
conceptual model. Eur Sport Manag Q 8(2):179–206
Barn SS, Baines PR (2004) Fulham FC: club-supporter relationship
‘come all ye faithful’. In: Harris P, McDonald F (eds) European
business and marketing. Sage, London
ILO (2003) FIFA and ILO team up on worldwide campaign to fight
child labour (press release)
11 MS OP
Toward active cities: educational, social, health,
and town-planning implications
A. Borgogni
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The call for inter-sectorial strategies to improve people’s
physical activity (PA) is encountering a growing attention. The
concept of body-friendly urban environment is deeply rooted in the
parallel history of body and town-planning dating back at least to the
nineteenth century when the hygienic problems led toward massive
rehabilitations in European cities. Since the last decades of the
twentieth century’s a reaction toward the car-oriented planning
supremacy has been witnessed. The body is nowadays undertaking a
crucial role of indicator of the city live ability in the challenge for the
global sustainability of the city.
In this light, systematized by the WHO and linked to the Healthy City
network, the active city (AC) approach is emerging as a prospective
inter-sectorial strategy to deal with the proportions of inactive people.
Method: The on-going study, aimed at becoming an observatory, is
based on an extended documentary research and literature review,
direct observations (n = 45) of European sites (n = 25), and inter-
views (n = 22).
Results: Even if irregularly, a growing tendency to build or reha-
bilitate public spaces to support PA (for leisure, sport, play, and
commuting) is observable around Europe. In the perspective of AC, a
classification of PA in ‘egoistic’ and ‘altruistic’ could be envisaged to
influence the decision-making processes concerning infrastructural,
social, and educational policies.
Examples of town and mobility planning inspired at AC are
increasing. The majority starts from a sectorial approach; few of them
show an awareness of the potential consequences on PA levels,
exceptional are those based on an interdisciplinary and participatory
model.
Conclusion: The AC planning fosters a clear awareness of the dis-
tinctions between tight and loose spaces the latter allowing a wider
range of PA behaviours.
The key role should be, finally, played by the involvement of citizens
and by a wide sight on participation, which is the very central point
connecting the involved sectors, including bottom-up processes and
informal appropriation of spaces encouraging PA.
ReferencesEdwards P, Tsouros A (2008) A healthy city is an active city: a
physical activity planning guide. Word Health Organisation
Europe, Copenhagen
Faskunger J (2011) Promoting active living in healthy cities in
Europe. J Urban Health 6:142–153
Franck K, Stevens Q (2006) Loose space: possibility and diversity in
urban life. Abingdon, Oxon
12 MS OP
Is there an individual right to sport and motor activity?
M. Cimmino
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: This article examine the social role of sport and physical
activity.It identifies the positive actions and the law developments
that can be adopted to provide access to sport and recreation for
everybody.
Method: According to the International Charter of Physical Educa-
tion and Sport every human being has a fundamental right of access to
physical education and sport, which are essential for the full devel-
opment of his personality. Sport and physical education are for all,
and these are related and inseparable. Also, the Charter UNESCO
recognize the supremacy of the educational value of sport on its
competitive dimension. The right to participate in sport and physical
activity is not mentioned expressly into Italian Constitution; however,
S6 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
this Charter aims to defend health, eliminating inequalities, due to
conditions of weakness or lack of opportunity. In fact it provides for
the fundamental right of human personality (art. 2) and for principle
of equality (art. 3).
Results: Under the TFUE, according to article 165, EU has a com-
petence in the field of sport, and it shall contribute to promotion of
European sporting issues, while taking account of the specific nature
of sport, its structures based on voluntary activity and its social
function. The Union action shall be aimed at developing the European
dimension in sport, by protecting the physical and moral integrity of
sportsmen and sportswomen, especially the youngest people. Is it
possible to make this right of personality really effective? The
enhancement of sports activity is related to protection of fundamental
right, because sport has a social, educational, health, recreational and
leisure time function. Also, the impact of social role of sport, in order
to inclusion is more important than its economic aspect. By practicing
sport and physical activity it is possible to contribute to development
of personality and empowerment of quality life. Sport and physical
activity encourage self-determination of citizen.
Conclusion: Today, a fundamental and human right of personality
doctrine is interpreted on the basis of capabilities theory, according to
the notion which is regulated in private law.
ReferencesBigliazzi Geri L, Breccia U, Natoli U (1987) Diritto civile, Torino (1),
302 ss
Di Nella L (2010) Lo sport. Profili teorici e metodologici, AA. VV.
Manuale di diritto dello sport, Napoli, 13 ss
13 MS OP
The policy of the ‘‘great events’’: a promotional tool
or impoverishment of sports activity?
M. D’Arienzo
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study is to analyze the intensity of Great Event
impact on the more general issue of territorial government, and, in
perspective, on the management capacity and planning of the host
cities, in the interests of promoting grassroots sport, participation in
sports competitions and championships organized in infrastructures
permanently dedicated to sports activities, based on a continuous
planning and scheduling of events that includes the involvement of
local communities.
Method: The investigation has focused on sport initiatives that have
taken place over the last 20 years, linked by specific characteristics
(dimensional scale, economic consequences, characteristics of ser-
vice activities induced structures and actors involved, target
audience and the role of the media) that transform a race in a Great
sporting event. The study of some recent cases has focused on the
positive effects of investments in short and long-term, in the period
prior to the event, during the event, and even then, comparing the
total costs faced by host countries for the reconstruction of stadiums
and infrastructure.
Results: The impact analysis of the outcome of the event cannot
disregard from the same location within careful planning strategy, as
well as several factors suitable to bring out pros and cons of the choices
made that go beyond the organization and management of the event.
Conclusions: The experience gained from over 20 years has shown
that where the sports culture is not rooted neither valorized enough to
be a good and a value in itself, which may influence the transfor-
mation of the territory and the city, these appear to be more focused
on the Great event itself rather than on the social, cultural and
environmental effects and in some cases, particularly slow in devel-
oping the strategy and infrastructure sporting legacy after the event.
ReferencesCavallo Perin R, Gagliardi B (2012) La disciplina giuridica dei grandi
eventi e le olimpiadi invernali ‘‘Torino 2006’’ in Dir. amm., fasc.
1–2, pp 189–215
Chito Guala A (2012) Grandi eventi e territorio: alcuni casi. In:
Ferrari S (ed) (a cura di), Event Marketing. I grandi eventi e gli
eventi speciali come strumenti di marketing, Padova, pp 305–344
D’Arienzo M (2013) Il contributo dell’UE alla pianificazione
portuale: problematiche attuali e prospettive future. In Spasiano
MR (ed) (a cura di) Il sistema portuale italiano tra funzione
pubblica liberalizzazione ed esigenze di sviluppo, Ed. Scientifica,
Napoli, pp 491–503
14 MS OP
Sport as driver for the Italian economy
D. Di Palma, R. Patalano
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: In the last 20 years many studies in Europe have attempted to
estimate the economic importance of sport. We discuss the main
results of this literature. In particular, we take a recent study con-
ducted by SportsEconAustria (SpEA) into consideration and extend
its results to the Italian economic context.
Method: In our discussion we consider the study conducted by
SportsEconAustria (SpEA), the Austrian Institute of Sports Economy,
as a reference point. Within the study, we focus on European Union
and Italian data mainly and in particular on the data that show the
contribution of sport to the creation of gross value-added. We com-
pare these data to the sport’s trade economic multipliers and relate
them to the Italian economic context.
Results: Our discussion of the study conducted by SportsEconAustria
highlights that important sectors of the Italian economy would draw
significant benefits by investing on sports. In particular this holds for:
recreational, cultural and sporting services; hotel and restaurant ser-
vices; the textile industry; the transportation system; the
manufacturing and construction industry.
Conclusion: As a conclusion, we suggest that sport may represent a
key sector for a concrete and sustainable recovery from the ongoing
economic crisis. Based on this, it’s important to support economic
activities at the political level also, in order to promote investments
and amplify their socio-economic benefits.
ReferencesConi (2012) Sport—Italia 2020. Il Libro Bianco dello Sport Italiano
European Commission (2007) White paper on sport
Gratton C et al (2000) Economics of sport and recreation
Istat (2013). http://www.istat.it
SpEA (2012) Study on the Contribution of Sport to Economic Growth
and Employment in the EU
Wladimir A et al (2009) Handbook on the economics of sport
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S7
123
15 MS OP
Athlete’s performance within technical rules, ethics
and law
M. Nuzzo
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The most recent experience point out continuous modifications
of the sport technical regulations: in 2014, football, for the ongoing
World Cup, basketball, the World Federation of International Auto-
motive, Rugby, volleyball on the basis of the project from 2013 to
2016. The intensity and diffusion of the innovation process on tech-
nical regulations is usually simply justified as a need to make sports
more accessible and interesting coherently with the legal and sports
system based on the shared belief that sport enhances and represents
the asset of values of a specific society in his time. The ethical cri-
terion, however, is not such as to justify the overall set of regulatory
changes also taking into account the impact of the rules on the
technical actions and therefore in the determination of athletic per-
formance itself. In addition, sports promote technical excellence in a
specific activity, physical characteristic or technical gesture useful to
the social group a s per the so-called ‘‘new sports’’: any regulations
changes, or proposed of amendment, shall meet both criteria.
Method: The research must be carried out through the two distinct
and intrinsically related criteria: the rules contribution to the technical
excellence promotion; the contribution to the comparison between the
contenders and the identification of the winner. Sport regulations shall
meet, on one side, biological and movement sciences, and, on the
other, legal sciences and the related values. Technical regulation
effects not only the mere description of the specific physical exercise,
but the system of values within the legal system.
Results: The study shows significant differences in the treatment of
similar cases by different technical regulations highlighting various
sensitivities and ethical practices among sports in sensible areas as
technical fault, unsportsmanlike conduct, unfair play that express
strong different levels of balance between sports, even against the
system of value set forth by the law.
Conclusion: The proposal is to overcome definitively the idea of a
separation between technical, legal and ethical regulation system in
favor of a unique system. Sport technical rules are part of the global
regulation system that could not be confined in the mere description
of physical action, but part of the system positive action in affirming
and implementing otherwise risking behavioral tendencies contrary to
the aim and value pursued through the sports promotion and diffusion.
16 MS OP
The role of multi-purpose stadiums owned by football
clubs, in reducing the economic and sportive gap
between the Italian and European football sector
V. Raiola, D. Di Palma, M. Tabouras
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: In the past years, the economic and sportive gap between the
Italian and the European football market has critically increased. The
aim of this paper to be highlighted as good part of this phenomenon is
to be attributed to the poor presence of multi-purpose stadiums of
property of the football clubs.
Method: This study was carried out by a comparative analysis of the
money revenues by source of Italian football clubs and the most
significant ones in the Spanish Liga, the English Premier League and
the German Bundesliga having a sports complex of their property, in
order to identify the main economic divergences.
Results: The turnover items that create the gap between European
and Italian football clubs are the ‘‘match-day’’ and commercial rev-
enue, which are related to the lack of multi-purpose stadiums owned
by football clubs. In fact, the only exception in the Italian context is
represented by Juventus FC which in September 8th, 2011 inaugu-
rated its football property stadium, the ‘‘Juventus Stadium’’.
Conclusion: The ownership of a multi-purpose stadium represents for
the football club, a significant instrument for its economic and
financial sustainability, as the majority of their financial revenues are
not ponderable with absolute certainty usually because of their
dependence on performance results. Possessing such complex, allows
the Club to economically exploit the ‘‘client-supporter’’ figure 7 days
on sects, which leads to an increase of the economic and financial
benefits; furthermore that allows being able to lodge sporting inter-
national events. That being said, the amendment dedicated to Italian
sports facilities, inserted in the last Stability Pact should find its
concreteness as soon as possible so that they stimulate private
investments in stadiums and reduce over time the economic and
sportive gap created with the rest of Europe.
ReferencesDeloitte (2014) Football Money League 2014, Sports Business Group
Hoffman et al (2007) Marketing dei servizi, Apogeo
Sorrentini A (2010) Il Business degli Eventi Sportivi, Enzo Albano
Editore
TRAINING AND PERFORMANCE
17 TP O
Determinants of marathon performance:
the Run4Science project
A. La Torre1, C. Tarperi2, M.F. Piacentini3, A. Rainoldi4, F. Schena2
1Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy2Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy3Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome-Foro Italico, Rome, Italy4Motor Science Research Center, School of Exercise and Sport
Sciences, Department of Medical Sciences, University of Turin, Italy
Aim: It is well documented that determinants of endurance perfor-
mance, both for high-level and recreational athletes, are: maximal
aerobic power (V0O2max); running economy (RE); lactate threshold
(LT), fractional race utilization of V0O2max (fV0O2) and they account
for about 20, 30, 20, 30 %, respectively. For years, running marathons
was considered an odd and potentially dangerous activity. Yet, the
increasing popularity of (half) marathon running among persons of all
ages and abilities (73,000 only in Italy in 2013) indicates the ability of
humans to run long distances using aerobic metabolism. However the
vast majority of participants are recreational and middle-aged who
train and compete regularly, not always following structured and
scientifically accurate training programs.
Method: The project Run4Science (R4S) built the opportunity to
enlarge the knowledge both on training and factors involved in the
endurance performance of recreational runners, bringing together
S8 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
different research groups from 4 universities (Verona, Milan, Rome
and Turin). R4S 2014 under the co-ordination of Univ. of Verona,
analyzed in an ecological setting the effects of two training (high
intensity training vs. combined endurance-eccentric strength training)
on several different psychobiological variables before, during and
after a half marathon realized for this project.
Results: 49 recreational runners (28m and 21f aging from 28 to
56 years) were tested PRE and POST 8 weeks of a training protocol
for: (1) anthropometric characteristics, (2) V0O2max and VT1–VT2,
(3) RE, (4) maximal strength (1RM), (5) 2,000 and 10,000 m run
time-trial. Furthermore, immediately PRE and POST the 21 km event
many other parameters were assessed: (1) RE, (4) muscular stiffness,
and fatigue, (3) blood markers, (4) algesimetry, and mood. During the
event speed, running kinematics, pacing strategy and RPE were also
monitored.
Conclusion: All the subjects completed the run and the measurements
allowing us to have a overall picture of the determinants of the per-
formance. Indeed the results on the training methodologies for
endurance events will suggest practical and evidence-based applica-
tion useful for coaches and for recommendation of effective training
programs.
ReferencesCoyle EF (2007) Physiological regulation of marathon performance.
Sports Med 37:306–311
Lieberman DE, Bramble DM (2007) The evolution of marathon
running. Capabilities in humans. Sports Med 37:288–290
18 TP OP
Eccentric, high or low intensity training, the best choice
in RunForScience endurance performance
C. Tarperi1, L. Festa1, A. La Torre2, F. Schena1
1Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona2Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy
Aim: The aim of the present study, as a part of RunForScience (R4S)
project, was to compare three different training strategies useful to
improve the limiting physiological factor of endurance performance
in half and full marathon.
Method: Thirty-three amateur runners, moderately trained with a mini-
mum of 4 years of running experience, volunteered participate to the
study. Each subjects before and after 8 weeks of training performed a
maximal cardiopulmonary incremental test to determine V0O2max, VAM,
Aerobic (VT1) and anaerobic (VT2) thresholds by Wasserman method and
they were randomly splitted on three balanced experimental training
groups: high intensity training (HIT; n = 9; 42.2 ± 8.6 yy;
171.2 ± 6.8 cm; 70.9 ± 11.9 kg; V0O2max = 50.3 ± 3.7 ml min-1
kg-1); eccentric strength training (EST; n = 11; 44.5 ± 6 yy;
168.9 ± 9.1 cm; 71.29 ± 9.40 kg; V’O2max = 48.8 ± 5.2 ml min-1
kg-1) and control group (CTR; n = 9; 45.4 ± 8 yy; 171.8 ± 9.6 cm;
66.1 ± 11.74 kg; V0O2max = 50.2 ± 6.8 ml min-1 kg-1). An addi-
tional small number of subjects performed the training EST in preparation
of a marathon trial: (ESTmrt; n = 4; 44.5 ± 3.5 yy; 175.7 ± 3.7;
73.9 ± 13.2 kg; V0O2max = 50.0 ± 2.4 ml min-1 kg-1).
Results: VAM significantly improves (p = 0.001) by +5.95 and
+4.75 % in EST and HIT respectively; in VT1 every groups raises
+6.8 % (P = 0.001) in EST, +5.5 % (P = 0.01) in HIT and +6.2 %
(P = 0.05) in CTR; VT2 increases by 5.3 and 5.7 % (P = 0.001) in
EST and HIT respectively and by 5.9 % (P = 0.05) in CTR; V0O2max
did not change after the trainings.
Conclusion: Although 8 weeks of training were not enough to
increase maximal aerobic power the high intensity stimulation in EST
and HIT improved the maximal aerobic velocity. Similar benefits
were detected in each group in VT1 and VT2 but the different sig-
nificant power seems to indicate the EST training in RunForScience
project as the best choice for enhancement the aerobic threshold, the
parameter most correlated with the performance in middle and long
distances.
ReferencesHelgerud JN, Bach R, Hoff J (2007) Aerobic high-intensity intervals
improve VO2max more than moderate training. Med Sci Sports
Exerc
Kelly CM et al (2008) The effect of strength training on three-
kilometer performance in recreational women endurance runners.
J Strength Cond Res
19 TP OP
Running economy, maximal muscular performance
and muscle damage after long distance running
F. Nardello, C. Capelli, F. Schena
Department of Neuroscience and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: This study aimed to analyze whether prolonged running (semi-
marathon or marathon) elicited an increase of the energy cost of
running and an impairment of the maximal muscular performance in
correlation with muscle damage in unskilled runners.
Method: 11 occasional runners (age 44.27 ± 4.86 yrs) performed a
non-competitive semi-marathon (n = 9) or a marathon (n = 2) (Ve-
rona, 130 m asl, 18–22 �C). Before (m = 77.61 ± 9.87 kg;
h = 179.59 ± 5.45 cm) and after (m = 75.88 ± 9.36 kg) the trial,
oxygen uptake at steady state (V0O2ss) at submaximal speed
(3.17–3.01 m s-1). Thereafter, the energy cost of running (C, J m-
1 kg-1) was derived as calculated from V0O2ss and respiratory-
exchange ratio. Moreover, the vertical displacement of the center of
mass during a maximal squat jump (HSJ, m) was obtained by ana-
lyzing ground reaction forces measured on Kistler platform
(SF = 1,000 Hz). Serum CPK (S-CPK) was measured before,
immediately at the end of the trial and after 6 h of recovery. Data are
reported as mean ± SD. Non parametric two-sample Wilcoxon test
was utilize d to indicate statistical significance (p \ 0.05).
Results: C significantly increased on the average, by 10.4 % after
semi-marathon or marathon (pre 3.66 ± 0.45; post 3.99 ± 0.39).
HSJ significantly decreased (pre 0.21 ± 0.05; post 0.19 ± 0.05).
Finally, S-CPK markedly increased over the trial (pre 190 ± 80;
post 324 ± 123) and the values were still significantly elevated after
6 h or recovery (490 ± 273). The net increase in S-CPK was lin-
early related with the percentage increase of C (r = 0.67). The
impairment of maximal muscle performance was neither related
with the decrease of running economy nor to the increase of S-CPK
concentration.
Conclusion: Semi-marathon or marathon seems to be able to elicit a
significant increase of C in unskilled, occasional runners that is
related to muscle damage as measured from the net increase of
S-CPK. As the drop in HSJ was not related to muscle damage, we may
speculate that this phenomenon might be caused by the impairment of
the neuromuscular coupling or of co-coordination during this partic-
ular maximal effort.
ReferenceSchena F et al (2014) Running economy during a simulated 60-km
trial. Int J Sports Physiol Perform 9(4):604–609
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S9
123
20 TP OP
Differences in mood and pacing during an official
and a simulated half marathon competition
M. F. Piacentini1,2, L. Molinari1, F. Annis1 A. La Torre3, L. Festa4, C. Tarperi4, K. Skroce4, F. Schena4
1Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Italy2Department of Human Physiology and Sportsmedicine, Vrije
Universiteit Brussel, Belgium3Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, Universita degli
Studi di Milano, Milan, Italy4Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: Important factors in the regulation of pacing are the sensation of
fatigue experienced at a certain point of the race, the perceived
exertion (RPE) expected at that time point integrated with the time
remaining to complete the task. Optimal pacing strategies have been
analyzed for elite athletes while less is known for master athletes that
represent the majority of participants in these events. Therefore, the
aim of the study was to monitor pacing adopted by master runners
during a simulated and an official half marathon.
Method: 26 master endurance runners signed a written informed
consent, filled in a training history questionnaire and complete a
profile of mood state (POMS) questionnaire before and after the race.
Athletes were monitored during an official (Roma Ostia) and a sim-
ulated (R4S) half marathon and were instructed to rate their RPE
every 5 or 7 km. Pacing is presented as percent difference compared
to average running speed. The Hazard Score (HS) was calculated as
the product of the momentary RPE and the remaining fraction of the
event. Differences in speed, HS or POMS between the 2 different
competitions and over time was calculated by a 2 way ANOVA
(p \ 0.05).
Results: Pacing adopted during an official competition was even,
while during R4S athletes adopted a positive pacing, with a very fast
start and a significant decrease at km 15 and end. HS was higher
during the R4S at km 14 compared to km 15 of the official compe-
tition and could not predict changes in pace. POMS showed in both
situations a significant increase in fatigue and a decrease in tension
comparing PRE and POST.
Conclusion: Despite the POMS showed similar changes in both
competitions, pacing strategies adopted and HS were different. The
HS has been tested previously only in laboratory conditions, therefore
testing fatigue and pacing strategies seem to give different results in
laboratory, simulated or real competition settings, probably depending
also on different motivational approaches to the event.
Referencesde Koning JJ et al (2011) Regulation of pacing strategy during athletic
competition. PLoSONE 6(1):e15863
Roelands B et al (2013) Neurophysiological determinants of theoret-
ical concepts and mechanisms involved in pacing. Sports Med
43(5):301–311
21 TP OP
Postural effects of the core-training program in football
players
A. Sirressi, A. Giunto, G. Spinelli, S. Tafuri, F. Fischetti
Department of Basic Medical Sciences, Neuroscience and Sense
Organs, University of Bari, Bari, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study is to evaluate the effects of a training
program focused on ‘‘core training’’ of some stabilometric parameters
in football players. Core training has a dual action: stabilizing and
driving strength. The center stabilization optimizes the generation of
power and minimizes muscles’ and joints’ overload in all the dailies
and sports activities, improving performance and optimizes the pre-
vention of injuries.
Method: The sample is composed of 32 male soccer players (mean
22.6 ± 0.91 years) of which 16 belong to the treatment group and 16
in the control group. The experimental group performed a program of
‘‘core training’’ a total duration of 12 weeks (2 times week/90 time).
Four quantitative variables-Area, Length, Variance speed, average
speed are evaluated. For the comparison of the averages of the two
groups at the same time measuring was used the Student t test for
unpaired samples. For the comparison of the average values of the
two groups at different times was analyzed with repeated measures
ANOVA (p \ 0.05).
Results: In the comparison test retest the model of repeated measures
ANOVA showed about the length that there are differences related to
the group (F = 6.89, p = 0.0191) and time (F = 11.97, t = 0.0035).
Regarding the variation of speed the ANOVA showed significant
differences related to the group (F = 05.16, p = 0.038) while it did
not seem to affect the time trend (F = 3.9, p = 0.067). Regarding the
area and speed there were no observed differences related to time for
any of the two groups.
Conclusion: After the analyzes carried out, we can say that the ‘‘core
training program’’ of the young footballer induces significant
improvements in terms of balance and stability. It is an optimal
approach to improve postural stabilometric balance and probably for
the prevention of accidents and for the improvement of the
performance.
ReferencesGatteschi L (2010) L’allenamento fisico nel calcio. Concetti e principi
metodologici. Edizioni Correre (Febbraio, 2010). Cap. 13: 282
Kibler WB, Press J, Sciascia A (2006) The role of core stability in
athletic function. Sports Med 36(3):189–198
S10 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
22 TP OP
Hit ball game profile: tactical, heart rate, session-RPE,
strength, and countermovement jump aspects of elite
Italian players
C. Lupo1, D. Carbone2, F. Gennaro2
1Department of Medical Sciences, Motor Science Research Center,
SUISM Centro Servizi, University of Turin, Turin, Italy2SUISM Centro Servizi, University of Turin, Turin, Italy
Aim: Hit ball game is played by two teams of 5 players for
3 9 15 min quarters on 20 9 10 m pitch delimited by two goals, and
‘‘defensive’’, ‘‘offensive’’, and ‘‘free’’ zones. Although Hit ball is
played in same countries, no study has been promoted on it. Thus, this
study aimed to provide tactical, heart rate (HR), session rate of per-
ceived exertion (session-RPE), maximum isometric grip force (GF),
and countermovement jump (CJ) aspects of the elite Italian Hit ball
players.
Method: 4 games were video recorded to evaluate the occurrence of:
ball possessions, shots (goal, out, saved, blocked), hits from offensive
and defensive zones. Eighty-six male Serie A1–A2 players
(29.3 ± 5.0 years; height 1.81 ± 0.06 m; weight 78 ± 14 kg) partici-
pated to the study. The 25 players’ (6 games, 9 teams) HR responses
(%HRpick) were recorded. The internal load was calculated by means of
session-RPE (CR-10 scale) and summated heart rate zone method.
GF and CJ were measured on 36 (86 only before and after game) and
32 players, respectively, before game (T1), at the 1st–2nd (T2) and
2nd–3rd (T3) quarter intervals, and after game (T4). ANOVA for
repeated measures was used to test effects between phases for HR,
GF, and CJ (p B 0.05).
Results: A team performed 297 ± 10 ball possessions. Shots (goal
32 ± 5, out 134 ± 12, saved 48 ± 2, blocked 61 ± 18) from
offensive and defensive zones were 178 ± 3 and 97 ± 7, respec-
tively. No effect between quarters emerged for HR
(90–100 %HRpick = 74 ± 15 %). Session-RPE (RPE = 5 ± 2) and
HR based method showed a satisfactory (r = 0.71, p \ 0.0001) cor-
relation. Lower shooting upper-limb GF values emerged at T2
(439 ± 97 N, p = 0.023), T3 (429 ± 91 N, p = 0.003), and T4
(433 ± 102 N, p = 0.018) with respect to those of T1 (463 ± 98 N);
no effect for the other upper-limb (T1: 452 ± 99 N; T4:
442 ± 95 N). Higher CJ values were reported at T4 (36.2 ± 6.3 cm)
than T1 (33.1 ± 4.8 cm; p = 0.001); intermeddle results emerged at
T2 (35.1 ± 6.2 cm) and T3 (34.4 ± 5.6 cm).
Conclusion: Results show that Hit ball games impose a high HR
intensity and internal load, which can be reliably monitored by ses-
sion-RPE method. The declining shooting upper-limb GF could be
related to the concussions caused by shootings, whereas the CJ
improvement at T4 suggests a neuromuscular activation of the lower
limbs elicited by the Hit ball game.
ReferencesEdwards (1993) Fleet Feet Press
Foster et al (1996) Wisconsin Med J 95:370–374
Hit Dogs (2014) Regole. http://www.hit-dogs.com/lhit-ball/regol/
23 TP OP
Gradient repeated sprint ability in young soccer players
J. Padulo1,2,3, G. M. Migliaccio3, G. Attene3, K. Chamari4,
D. P. Wong5, L. P. Ardigo6
1University e-Campus, Novedrate, Italy2Tunisian Research Laboratory ‘‘Sports Performance Optimization’’,
National Center of Medicine and Science in Sport, Tunis, Tunisia3Italian Olympic Committee, Sardinia Regional Committee, Cagliari,
Italy4Research and Education Centre Aspetar, Qatar Orthopaedic
and Sports Medicine Hospital, Doha, Qatar5Human Performance Laboratory, Technological and Higher
Education Institute of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, China6School of Exercise and Sport Science, Department of Neurological
and Movement Sciences, University of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: This study aimed to describe a gradient Repeated Sprint Ability
test (GRSA)1 in comparison to standard level one (LRSA) and by
investigating variables featuring performance, metabolic demand and
muscular behavior.
Method: Eighteen young (16 ± 0 years) male soccer players per-
formed two LRSA2—for reliability evaluation—and one ±5 %
GRSA (all tests 20 + 20 m w/180� COD and 20 recoveries). In
addition to specific RSA’s variables, post-RSA RPE, blood lactate
concentration (BLa) and counter-movement jump height (CMJh)—as
a proxy for muscular behavior—were assessed.
Results: LRSA measure resulted highly reliable (ICC = 0.96/0.99).
GRSA worsened only first sprints’ performance but not overall RSA
performance (*45, p = 0.911). Thus, LRSA resulted more variable-
speed over cycles than GRSA. LRSA resulted to be more deterio-
rating in terms of fatigue index (+57 %, p \ 0.005), BLa (+30 %,
p \ 0.005), RPE (+12 %, p \ 0.01) and CMJh worsening (-3 %,
p \ 0.005).
Conclusion: We hypothesize that players achieved in the two dif-
ferent tests the same overall performance by paying an extra—more
anaerobic—metabolic price to cope with an extra mechanical kinetic
work (�Dspeed) with consequent braking task at level. Differently,
they coped the extra—more aerobic—metabolic demand due to the
mechanical potential work (�gradient) by containing the speed
changes on gradient. During LRSA, a performance similar to that
achieved during GRSA is effectively attained at the price of both an
overall extra metabolic demand and a worsened muscular behavior.
GRSA protocols could be used to increase athletes’ training volume
without stressing excessively their current metabolic-anaerobic and
muscular capacities.
ReferencesParadisis GP et al (2009) Combined uphill and downhill sprint
running training is more efficacious than horizontal. Int J Sports
Physiol Perform 4:229–243
Impellizzeri FM et al (2008) Validity of a repeated-sprint test for
football. Int J Sports Med 29:899–905
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S11
123
24 TP OP
Match running activity in very young soccer players
G. Bellistri1,2, L. Sodero1, B. Crociani1, M. Ramaglia1, M.
Marzorati1, S.Porcelli1
1Institute of Bioimaging and Molecular Physiology, CNR, Segrate
(MI), Italy2Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milano,
Milan, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to quantify match play intensity
distribution in 8–10 years soccer players and to analyze the results in
relation to age and physical capacity.
Method: Physical capacity of 12 under-10 (U10) and 15 under-8
(U8) male players was assessed by counter movement jump (CMJ),
20 m shuttle run (20 m-SR) and 10, 20 and 30 m (10, 20 and 30 m)
sprint tests. Shuttle dribble test (SHD) and slalom dribble test (SLD)
were also performed to evaluate technical ability. Time motion
analyses by global positioning system (GPS 10 Hz, K-Sport) were
performed during 30 (200 observations) national matches (3 times,
15 min each). Distance covered was categorized into 6 intensity
zone (standing, walking, jogging, running, high-speed running,
sprinting) according to transition from walking to running, ratio of
the commonly used thresholds for senior and ‘‘flying’’ 10 m sprint
time.
Results: U10 vs. U8 showed a better shuttle-running performance
(1,215 ± 77 vs. 872 ± 78 m), a lower sprint time on 20 m
(4.15 ± 0.05 vs. 4.38 ± 0.07 s) and 30 m (5.72 ± 0.06 vs.
6.31 ± 0.08 s) and a better technical ability (10.7 ± 0.2 vs.
11.8 ± 0.2 and 22.3 ± 0.3 vs. 29.4 ± 0.7 s, in SLD and SHD,
respectively). No differences were observed in CMJ (24.4 ± 0.8 vs.
23.3 ± 0.9 cm) and 10 m (2.45 ± 0.02 vs. 2.52 ± 0.04 s). Match
running activity showed a higher total and high-intensity distance
covered by U10 (3,386 ± 120 and 1,369 ± 95 m, respectively) vs.
U8 (2,354 ± 59 and 887 ± 58 m, respectively). Considering only the
players (n = 16) that performed the entire match, distance covered at
high-intensity in the third time was not significantly different from
first and second time both for U10 and U8. Finally, a linear rela-
tionship (r2 = 0.62, p \ 0.01) was observed between high-intensity
distance covered and 20 m-SR performance in U10 and U8.
Conclusions: This is the first study characterizing the running match
activity of very young soccer players. If confirmed in a larger pop-
ulation, these data could be used by coaches and support staff as
starting point in the design of effective training programs.
ReferencesBradley et al (2009) High-intensity running in English FA Premier
League soccer matches. J Sports Sci 27:159–168
Harley et al (2010) Motion analysis of match-play in elite U12 to U16
age-group soccer players. J Sports Sci 28:1391–1397
Saibene, Minetti (2003) Biomechanical and physiological aspects
of legged locomotion in humans. Eur J Appl Physiol
88:297–316
25 TP P
Gait cycle analysis in female football player: an acute
study
M. Gollin1, F. Abate Daga2, L. Beratto3, S. Fornea2, M. Alessandria3,
A. Plescia2
1Department of Clinical and Biological Sciences; Motor Science
Research Center, University School of Motor and Sport Sciences,
University of Turin, Italy2University School of Motor and Sport Sciences Graduate, University
of Turin, Italy3PhDc in Experimental Medicine and Therapy, University of Turin,
Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to assess the differences and corre-
lations between the elongation of the hamstring muscles and the stride
length in female football players.
Method: Thirteen football players (age 19 ± 2 years, weight
57 ± 6 kg, height 163 ± 7 cm and 7 ± 2 training experience years)
belonging to a team which plays in the Serie B national championship
(second national division) participated in this study. For each par-
ticipant, the flexibility of both lower limbs in a supine position was
measured through the use of a digital protractor (Iphone 4s, USA).
The G-Walk was used for gait analysis (m), and was positioned with a
lower back belt between L5 and S2 (BTS SpA, Garbagnate Milanese,
Italy), analyzing gait over a linear distance of 10 m.
Results: Flexibility right vs. left leg (Wilcoxon test; ns); step length
right vs. left leg (Wilcoxon test, ns); flexibility step length right leg
vs. right leg (Spearman, ns); right leg flexibility vs. step length left leg
(Spearman, ns).
Conclusion: The analyzed team showed no imbalance or mechanical
function abnormalities, resulting in a reduced risk of injury.
26 TP P
Dietary behaviour of professional volleyball players
A. Ammendolia1,2, T. Iona, R. Scarfone
1Department of Surgical and Medicine Sciences, University
of Catanzaro ‘‘Magna Graecia’’, Catanzaro, Italy2National President of the Italian Association of the Medical staff
Volleyball (AMIV)
Aim: In spite of all the advances in sport nutrition and the importance
of an adequate food intake in order to improve sport performance,
both recreational and professional athletes forget frequently to include
planning an optimum diet and fluid intake in their global strategy for
performance. The aim of this study was to assess dietary behaviours
of a group of professional volleyball players.
S12 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
Method: 45 male professional players of a volleyball team
(28.3–4.9 years), taken part in the first division (A1) Italian Cham-
pionship, were enrolled. After the anthropometric measurements
(weight 93.1–11.6; height 198–7.0), the participants where requested
to complete a food frequency questionnaire, which included different
foods and drinks, arranged by food type and meal pattern and based
on the number of times that items were consumed per day.
Results: Analysis of the results obtained showed that 56 % of the
players have 3–4 meals a day, 36 % 5 and 8 % only 2 meals. 71 % of
respondents take lunch and dinner at home, cooking for themselves,
39 % at the restaurant or fast food. 77 % of athletes take a breakfast
with milk, biscuits, yogurt and fresh fruit and 92 % take a snack, such
as fruit or yogurt (only 8 % with sweets). 23 % doesn’t appreciate
some vegetables and cheese. Nutrients for athletes were used by 34 %
and vitamin supplementation by 66 % of respondents. They drink
more than 2.5 liters of fluids per day (water and isotonic drinks) and
84 % drink alcohol (beer, wine) during lunch or dinner.
Conclusion: Dietary behaviours of surveyed players are incorrect.
The most common mistakes made by them include a smaller number
of meals during the day than recommended, taking up training on
empty stomach and insufficient frequency of consumption of dairy
products, such as vegetables and fruit. We think it’s necessary a
strong cooperation between technical and medical staff to apply a
regular strategies in the athlete’s dietary from the beginning of the
agonistic season.
ReferenceSzczepanska E et al (2012) Dietary behaviours of volleyball and
basketball players. Rocz Panstw Zakl Hig 63(4):483–489
27 TP P
The effects of strengthening exercises on the hip
abduction musculature in professional female
basketball players
R. Rossi, R. Benis, A. La Torre
Department of Biomedical Science for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy
Aim: Rapid acceleration and landing after the jump, typical of bas-
ketball game, are identified as mechanisms of acute injury to the knee.
The role of muscle strength of the hip according to the authors has a
relationship with the injuries prevention. The aim of this study is
evaluate the influence of exercise program on hip abduction strength
in female basketball players.
Method: Forty-one professional female basketball players (24.6 ± 3
y-o; 70.9 ± 7.4 kg; 178.6 ± 6.8 cm; 22.3 ± 1.7 kg/m2) were
involved in a 6-weeks protocol consisting of 3 session/week with 4
exercises in according with Selkowitz et al. All subjects were divided
in two groups: 22 in the ‘‘experimental group’’ and 19 in a ‘‘control
group’’ that performed the normal training routine of physical and
technical basketball drills. Subjects were tested at baseline (BL) and
at week 6 (W6). Hip abduction muscles strength is measured with a
handheld dynamometer (Lafayette Inst.) The test were in sidelying
position and selected based on their similarity to traditional manual
muscle testing procedures in according to Kendall et al.
Results: All participants completed the 6 weeks program, a paired
t test and a unpaired t test were used respectively to assess pre-post
differences within groups and between groups. Results were expres-
sed as mean ± SD. Significant differences were found at p \ 0.05.
The experimental group at W6 showed significant improvements in
hip abduction strength, in right (ES0,6) and left (ES0,4) limbs, cal-
culate in term of torque (strength = (MMT reading in
Netwons) 9 distance/bodyweight in kilograms). The control group
did not show any significant difference at W6 compared to BL.
Significant difference between groups with unpaired t test.
Conclusion: The study shows how, by a simple and short program of
exercising to strengthen the hip muscles that control how hip moves
has a significant influence on the hip abduction strength in profes-
sional female basketball players.
ReferencesDevita et al (1992) Am Coll Sport Med 24(1)
Kendall et al (1995) Testing of manual examination. W.B. Saunders,
Philadelphia
Niemuth et al (2005) Clin J Sport Med 15(1):14–21
Selkowitz et al (2013) J Orthop Sports Phys Ther 4116
28 TP P
Influences of basketball practice in maximal ankle
dorsiflexion range of motion
R. Benis, A. La Torre
Department of Biomedical Science for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy
Aim: The ankle mobility of the ankle joint is important in the ath-
lete’s lower kinematics and muscle activation. In fact restrict ankle
dorsiflexion during dynamic tasks have been reported in individuals
with patellofemoral pain (PFP) and are theorized to play a role in its
development. The aim of this study is to monitor the influence of
basketball practice in the maximal ankle dorsiflexion range of motion
in female basketball players during the season.
Method: Thirty-eight professional female basketball players of the
Italian league (25.6 ± 3 y-o; 73.9 ± 7.7 kg; 181.6 ± 6.8 cm;
22.1 ± 2.1 kg/m2) were monitored in the pre-season 2013 and 2014.
Participants performed the weight-bearing lunge test (WBLT) to
assess their maximal ankle dorsiflexion range of motion ROM, based
on the Vicenzino et al. (2006) study. Each subject performed the
following protocol: 50 jogging and two trials test for side. All mea-
sures were obtained three times per side, the score result. All
participants completed the competitive season without severe injuries
in lowers limbs. Differences over time were assessed with paired t test
and ES. Results were expressed as mean ± SD. Significant differ-
ences were found p \ 0.05.
Results: We have found by the statistical analysis with paired t test
there isn’t significant difference in dorsiflexion range of motion ROM
between may 2013 versus may 2014, but with further analysis the date
produced following numbers: in right leg (ES 0.5) and left leg (ES
0.6). The effect size show we reduced of Rom in ankle dorsiflexion in
female athletes after the basketball season.
Conclusion: In this research we note that basketball practice in
season has a negative influence in dorsiflexion ROM ankle mobility in
female athletes. Due to the important of lower limbs efficiency in
basketball sport is useful for players and staff monitoring the joints
for prevention injuries and performance.
ReferencesFong CM et al (2011) Ankle-dorsiflexion range of motion and landing
biomechanics. J Athl Train 46(1):5–10
Macrum E et al (2012) Effect of limiting ankle-dorsiflexion range of
motion on lower extremity kinematics and muscle-activation
patterns during a squat. J Sport Rehabil 21(2):144–150
Vicenzino B et al (2006) Initial changes in posterior talar glide and
dorsiflexion of the ankle after mobilization with movement in
individuals with recurrent ankle sprain. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther
36(7):464–471
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S13
123
29 TP P
Effects of two stretching techniques on vertical jump
performance of young basketball players
G. M. Bertolotti1,2, M. Schmid1,2
1Department of Industrial and Information Engineering, University
of Pavia, Pavia, Italy2CRIASM, University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy
Aim: Leg explosive force, evaluated by tests based on vertical jumps,
is crucial in many sports. Although stretching exercises are supposed
to enhance it, recent studies have found decreases of athletic task
performances preceded by stretching exercises. We investigated if
two different types of stretching affect the vertical jump performance
of ten basketball players.
Method: Ten female basketball players (13.2 ± 0.4 years) performed
in 3 different days: (1) 5 min of light jogging; (2) a randomized
sequence of 8 squat jumps (SJ) and 8 counter movement jumps
(CMJ); (3) test condition: rest in day 1 (control, CC), active stretching
(AS) in day 2, dynamic stretching (DS) in day 3; (4) 8 SJ and 8 CMJ.
AS consisted of 3 series of 15 s static bilateral stretching exercises for
the hamstrings, quadriceps, and triceps surae muscles. In DS the
subjects bobbed for 30 s each muscle. The height (hf) and the average
power (Pavg) of the jumps were measured by a QuattroJump force
platform (Kistler, Switzerland). A 3-way ANOVA test (jump type,
test condition, pre-post condition) was performed. When appropriate a
Bonferroni post hoc test was run.
Results: No differences of hf were found in types of jump and in test
condition. The pre- and post-condition hf values were different
(p = 0.008). The interaction between test condition and pre- and post-
condition was different (p = 0.03). No differences were found between
hf values of pre- and post-condition of CC. For both AS and DS hf value
of the pre- was higher than that of the post- condition (p = 0.01 and
p = 0.003). Pavg of SJ was lower than that of CMJ (p\ 0.005). Pavg of
pre- was different than that of the post-condition (p\ 0.0005). The
interaction between test condition and pre- and post- condition was
different (p = 0.04). No differences were found between Pavg values of
pre- and post-condition of CC. For both AS and DS Pavg value of pre-
was higher than that of post-condition (p = 0.02 and p = 0.002).
Conclusions: The stretching techniques considered have detrimental
effects on vertical jump performance. This could be due to changes in
musculotendinous stiffness occurred after the stretching tasks.
ReferencesBehm DG, Chaouachi A (2011) A review of the acute effects of static
and dynamic stretching on performance. Eur J Appl Physiol
111(11):2633–2651
Carvalho FL et al (2012) Acute effects of a warm-up including active,
passive, and dynamic stretching on vertical jump performance.
J Strength Cond Res 26(9):2447–2452
30 TP P
Analysis on the progression of men world marathon
record
M. Bonato1, L. Papini1, A. La Torre1
1Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Italy
Aim: The first marathon run took place at Olympic Games in 1896 in
Athens, but the first standardised measure of 42.195 m date back at
the Olympic Games in 1908 in London. The world record passed from
2:55:18 of Johnny Hayes to the recently of Wilson Kiprotic of
2:03:23. Aim of this study was to analyse how the world record had
improved through the years.
Method: The 32 world records were evaluated for analyse their
progression during the years. Then, the percentage distribution of the
times of the top 100 athletes of the world rank was made on the basis
of their country of origin. Finally, the 200 athletes in the word rank
from 2011 to 2013 were evaluated for verifying if they fit in the
classification proposed by Billat et al. (2001) and La Torre et al.
(2011).
Result: The world marathon record improved of 29.7 % from 1908 to
2013, that divided into decades are: 1950–1960, 7.12 %; 1960–1970,
4.96 %; 1970–1980, 0 %; 1980–1990, 1.14 %; 1990–1900, 0.89 %;
2000–2013: 1.84 %. In particular 92 % performances comes from
Africa, of which 61 % from Kenya. The remaining 8 % is divided in:
3 % Europe; 2 % North America; 2 % South America; 1 % Oceania.
Comparing the performances of the 200 athletes in the world rank we
found that for Billat et al. (2001), in 2011 90 % are top-class mara-
thon runners (02:06:34–02:11:59) and 10 % with a time lower of
02:06:34; in 2012 83 % are top-class marathon runners and 17 % with
a time lower of 02:06:34; in 2013 90 % are top-class marathon run-
ners and 10 % with a time lower of 02:06:34. On the other hand, for
La Torre et al. (2011) in 2011, 2 % are considered elite-class mara-
thon runners (\02:05:10), 37.5 % as top-class marathon runners
(02:05:11–02:08:50), 36 % as high-class marathon runners
(02:08:51–02:10:10) and 24.5 % as good-class marathon runners
(02:10:11–02:11:10). In 2012 performances are considered 6.5 %
elite-class marathon runners, 51 % top-class marathon runners, 35 %
high-class marathon runners and 7.5 % good-class marathon runners.
In 2013 4.5 % are elite-class marathon runners, 38.5 % top-class
marathon runners, 37.5 % high-class marathon runners and 19.5 %
good-class marathon runners.
Conclusion: These results show a constant improvement of the men
marathon world record. Thus, to be an elite athlete they have to
perform under 2:05:10, but the trend in the coming years could reach
the limit of 2 h.
ReferencesBillat et al (2001) Med Sci Sports Exerc 33(12):2089–2097
La Torre et al (2011) J Strength Cond Res 25(12):3242–3247
31 TP P
Dropout rate of the finalists of the IAAF world Junior
Championship: analysis of the middle-long distance
events
M. Bonato1, C. Pagani1, M.F Piacentini2, A. La Torre1
1Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy2Department of Movement, Human and Health Science, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy
Aim: Previous studies showed that success at a young age for
throwers is not a springboard for later success. Aim of this study was
to analyze the career (based on the IAAF rankings) and/or dropout
rate (intended as absence from the IAAF rankings by December 2013)
of the 8 finalists in the middle-long distance events of 5 IAAF World
Junior Championships (WJC).
Methods: The results of the 8 male and the 8 female finalists of the
last 5 editions of the WJC from the 2002 edition were gathered. In
particular we focused on the female 3,000 m, male and female
5,000 m and male 10,000 m events and analysed how many athletes
S14 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
were missing from the IAAF ranking in 2013. For those athletes that
did not dropout we monitored their progression in performance
comparing their WJC and their 2013 performance. Data were
retrieved from website http://www.iaaf.org. Descriptive statistic was
used for dropout data.
Results: For the WJC of Kingston (2002) (JAM) the dropout rate was
50 % divided in 50 % for female 3,000 m, 62.5 % for male 5,000 m,
37.5 % for female 5,000 m and 50 % for male 10,000 m. For the
WJC of Grosseto (2004) (ITA) the dropout rate was 46.9 % divided in
50 % for female 3,000 m, 37 % for male 5,000 m, 62.5 % for female
5,000 m and 37 % for male 10,000 m. For the WJC of Beijing 2006
(CHN) the dropout rate was 37.5 % divided in 50 % for female
3,000 m, 25 % for male 5,000 m, 37.5 % for female 5,000 m and
37.5 % for male 10,000 m. For the WJC of Bydgoszcz (2008) (POL)
the dropout rate was 37.5 % divided in 62.5 % for female 3,000 m,
12.5 % for male 5,000 m, 37.5 % for female 5,000 m and 37.5 % for
male 10,000 m. For the WJC of Moncton 2010 (CAN) the dropout
rate was 18.8 % divided in 25 % for female 3,000 m, 0 % for male
5,000 m, 25 % for female 5,000 m and 25 % for male 10,000 m.
Conclusion: Confirming previous studies, the present data show a
higher dropout rate in female respect to male athletes. In particular,
although 11 out 64 of the finalists (6 female and 4 male) won a medal
at the Olympic Games or at the World Championships, it is still not
clear if participation at the WJC is a prerequisite to success at a senior
level, given the elevated dropout rate observed in the present study.
ReferencePiacentini et al (2014) J Sports Med Phys Fitness 54:1–2
32 TP P
Bioethics and Sport 2.0 in the beginning was (only)
doping
F. B. Castaldo
Department of Education Institutions and Local Systems, University
of Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’
Aim: The term bioethics is a term coined by Van Potter, who in 1970
thought of a discipline, capable of contributing to a better quality of
human life and the cosmos. At first he intended bioethics as a wisdom
capable of creating a bridge between bios and ethos, and between bio-
experimental science and ethical-anthropological sciences. Similarly,
the modern sport is presented as a polysemic phenomenon, multi-
disciplinary, pluris value. From the beginning, the sport is included in
the discussion of bioethical problems with doping (Sgreccia 1988).
Today, the ethical problems of the sport are not only ascribable to
doping; the medicalization of society, techniques for enhancement,
violence, fraud, corruption, even the acceptance of anthropological
transhumanist theories. Our purpose is to shed light on these issues so
that there is a discernment, a fine-tuning also in educational programs,
for the protection of all the sport from a scientist adrift, which would
lead to an imbalance of values.
Method: Reading, textual and documentary analysis, evaluation of
critical examples.
Results: Van der Zwaag (1929–2011) in ancient times, asked: how
many athletic directors have read works of sport philosophy, or
humanities? Along with Zeigler (NASSM), are recognized as pio-
neers of educational Sport Management. Comes the need to leave the
confines of a scientific field, in order to deal with other than itself.
Conclusion: The quantitative sciences attracts more funds than
qualitative ones; the philosopher Nussbaum, has relaunched the idea
that the training of students will have to be more disinterested than
utilitarian, offering arguments against the choice of anti-classical,
analyzing and comparing different educational systems Schools,
Universities, must assign a prominent place in the program of study to
the humanistic, literary and artistic subjects, cultivating a participa-
tion that can activate and improve the ability to see the world through
the eyes of another person (Nussbaum 2010). In order to form citizens
who play their role in society, science and technology alone are not
enough, we need disciplines that are able to cultivate critical thinking,
respect for diversity, solidarity, the judgment, the freedom of
expression. According to Camelli, the humanities faculties prepare for
that life-long learning, which will characterize tomorrow’s jobs.
ReferencesBostrom N (2005) A history of transhumanist thought. J Evol Technol
14:1
Castaldo FB (2010) Sport management: un indirizzo etico-filosofico.
Ed. Albano Napoli, preface http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/
archivio/repubblica/2013/06/27/la-fine-delle-lettere.html
Nussbaum M (2011) Non per profitto, perche le democrazie hanno
bisogno della cultura umanistica, Il Mulino, Bo
Potter VR (1970) Bioethics. The science of survival. Perspect Biol
Med 14:1
Potter VR (1971) Bioethics. Bridge to the future. Englewood Cliffs,
New Jersey
Sgreccia E (1996) Manuale di Bioetica, II vol. Bioetica e sport, Vita e
Pensiero, Milano
Van der Zwaag HJ (1985) Toward a philosophy of sport, fort worth.
University of Texas Press, Zeigler
Van der Zwaag HJ (1968) Physical education: progressivism or
essentialism? Stipes Publ. Co., Champaign
33 TP P
Relationship between heart rate variability
and repeated sprint exercise in young soccer players
A. Cataldo1,2, D. Cerasola1, V. Vallone2, D. Zangla1, R. Lo Presti1,
G. Russo1, M. Traina1
1Sport and Exercise Sciences DISMOT Research Unit, University
of Palermo, Italy2Federazione Italiana Giuoco Calcio, Lega Nazionale Dilettanti,
Sicilian Regional Committee, Italy
Aim: The sport of soccer is characterized by neuromuscular perfor-
mance resulting in short bursts interspersed by brief recovery periods
over an extended period of time. Several studies suggest that the
cardiac autonomic nervous system (ANS) assessed by heart rate
variability (HRV) may provide useful information regarding the
functional adaptations to training stimulus. Although HRV has often
been associated with aerobic power and cardiovascular fitness, the
influence of sympathovagal balance on neuromuscular performance in
young athletes is not well assessed.
The aim of this study was to assess the influence of the autonomic
system on the performance of repeated sprints, involving predomi-
nantly muscular power and anaerobic metabolism, in young soccer
players.
Method: Twelve young soccer players, selected for the Sicilian
Regional Representative of the Italian Football Federation, mean age
15 years, were recruited. Resting HRV was measured and indices of
power spectral analysis (ratio LF/HF) were calculated to evaluate the
sympathovagal balance. To assess the state of physical fitness of
subjects, VO2 max was determined by maximal graded treadmill test.
Finally, the athletes performed 10 maximal all-out 6-s cycling sprints
(RS), interspersed with 30-s of passive recovery, to measure the peak
power (PP) represented by the highest value recorded during a single
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S15
123
sprint, and the average of the values of maximum power (AP)
recorded during all sprints.
Results: On the basis of their VO2max (56.22 ± 3.93 ml/kg/min), all
subjects showed good levels of physical fitness. HRV index (LF/
HF = 1.31 ± 0.74) showed an inverse correlation with PP (14.05 ±
0.89 W/Kg; r = -0.709, P = 0.01), and with AP (12.82 ± 0.88 W/kg;
r = -0.606, P = 0.04).
Conclusion: Our study shows that a low ratio LF/HF, which reflects a
parasympathetic predominance in the ANS balance, is associated with
a better anaerobic contribution to performance resulting in higher
values of PP and AP during brief repeated maximal cycling sprints.
The assessment of resting HRV before exercise may be useful for
performance monitoring of young soccer players.
ReferencesBricout VA et al (2010) Analyses of heart rate variability in young
soccer players: the effects of sport activity. Auton Neurosci
154:112–116
Buchheit M, Gindre C (2006) Cardiac parasympathetic regulation:
respective associations with cardiorespiratory fitness and training
load. Am J Physiol Heart Circ Physiol 291:451–458
34 TP P
Cardiovascular stress in tennis players during a 2 min
groundstroke rally
F. Cereda, F. Casolo, P. Vago
Department of Pedagogy, University ‘‘Cattolica del Sacro Cuore’’
of Milan, Italy
Aim: The tennis players have a different physiological profile
according to their defensive (D) or offensive (O) type play. D players
hit the balls from the baseline and the mean time of each rally was
reported to be 8.2 ± 5.1 s (±SD), i.e. significantly longer than that of
O players. We designed a simple and low cost specific test to evaluate
the cardiovascular stress in ‘‘false’’ rallies in which couples of players
of similar technical level were asked to hit shots as hard as possible
parallel to the side lines for 2 min.
Method: Players play the balls to the center of the court. HR was
recorded over 5-s intervals with the aid of a Polar Sport Tester. In
case of wrong shots a new ball was immediately put on the court. The
peak ball velocity of 5 or more shots was measured by means of a
radar Stalker ATS SystemTM. A 5 min pause of seated rest was
interposed between rallies. The entire experimental session lasted
about 50 min. Only forehand (FH) or backhand (BH) strokes were
carried out in each of the six rallies. After a week from field mea-
surements the relationship between HR and mechanical power were
measured during an incremental walk on treadmill with increasing
speed and constant slope (12 %). 4 players of each gender were
studied and all of them took part to official amateur tournaments of
low or medium level.
Results: The mean HR max of males and females were 189.3 ± 8.1
and 193.0 ± 4.3 b/min. No differences in HR kinetics were noted in
FH and BH and data were pooled. HR increased in exponential way,
the half times being 28.8 ± 10.3 and 31.1 ± 6.3 s, for males and
females respectively. The corresponding half times during recovery
were 88.5 ± 26.8 and 99.8 ± 32.2 s. The HR kinetics at onset and
offset were significantly different (p \ 0.001) in both genders. The
mean HRs in the last 20 s of each rally were 163.5 ± 14.4 and
173.8 ± 3.1 b/min in males and females (p = 0.07). At the same HRs
the mechanical powers during uphill walking were 195.3 ± 10.0 and
112.7 ± 16.1 W (p \ 0.001). The strokes per 2 min were 82.8 ± 2.6
and 66.2 ± 3.6 (p \ 0.001) and the corresponding peak ball speeds
106.7 ± 5.3 and 84.3 ± 5.5 km/h. In one subject the ball speed was
significantly higher during FH and in two subjects during BH (two
hands BH).
Conclusion: In summary the cardiovascular stress was similar in both
sexes in a 2 min tennis drill while the performance was significantly
different.
ReferenceSmekal G et al (2001) A physiological profile of tennis match play.
Med Sci Sports Exerc 33:(6) 999–1005
35 TP P
Development of strength and its expression through
the method of periodization on football
G. Cirillo, A. Acanfora, D. Tafuri, G. Raiola
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The research will be carried out on 16 male athletes aged
between 20 and 34 years on that belonging of a football team to 11
enrolled in the region Campania championship, through the use of
physical tests of maximal strength and muscular endurance as well as
body parameters such as muscle circumference, height and weight.
The research takes into account the different phases of training
annually monitored for 3 measurements of physical tests.
Method: The tests will be carried out:—at the beginning of the
preparatory period, At the end of the loading period, At the end of
processing period (which coincides whit the start of the competition).
The tests that will be carried out are: (1) measurement of body cir-
cumferences, (2) test of strength (counter movement jump); (3) test
estimation of VO2 max, V.A.M maximal aerobic speed, S.AN
anaerobic threshold (by Cooper Test 9, 4) weight and height.
Results: The expected results, predicting an increase of about 9 % of
the variables under consideration, which would be an important
result, because we’re talking about professional athletes who, ever in
times of transition, does not significantly reduce their level of per-
formance. The averages of the related of the preparatory period
showed: VO2 max 47.69 ml/kg/min; S.AN 13.19 (km/h); V.A.M.
13.62 (km/h); C.M.J 43; weight 74.18 kg; stature 177 cm; quadriceps
51 cm, BMI 21.
Conclusions: The objective of this research will be to give greater
credence to the proposed Tudor Bompa regarding the method of
periodization for strength development, and in addition, this research
will be the intervene with further modifications of training to improve
the variables under consideration and thus the performance of
athletes.
ReferencesTudor O, Bompa, Haff Gregory G (2009) Periodization. Theory and
methodology of training, 5th edn. Human kinetics, p 126
Raiola G (2014) Motor control and learning skills according to
cognitive and ecological dynamic approach in a vision on
behaviorism, cognitive, gestalt and phenomenology theories.
Mediterr J Social Sci 5:11
Ambretti A, Raiola G, Sibilio M (2011) Motor coordination in the
Italian Primary School: teaching relevance and availability of
Anochin’s theoretical model. Sport Sci 4(2):12–16
S16 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
36 TP P
Modulation of training load in young triathletes
A. Di Castro1, M. Fusacchia2, A. Bottoni1, M.F. Piacentini2
1Italian Triathlon Federation2Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy
Aim: Triathlon is a unique sport because overall performance
depends on the capacity to excel in three sequential activities. As a
result of the interactions in the performance of these three exercises,
triathlon is a complex sport in terms of training load. Although sev-
eral studies already investigated the training load of elite Olympic
distance triathletes, there is a lack of data regarding the younger
categories. Therefore, the aim of the present study was to quantify the
training load in the Italian youth and junior national team and cor-
relate training load and performance.
Method: A questionnaire specifically designed in collaboration with the
Italian triathlon federation (FITRI), was submitted to 59 national young
athletes (14–15 years Youth A, 16–17 years Youth B and 18–19 years
Junior). Training load was calculated according to Cejuela. Differences
between the three preparation periods (General. Special, Competitive)
and between the different categories were calculated through the student
t test using the Bonferroni correction (p\ 0.016).
Results: An age effect was evident between all three categories for males
(Youth A 231 AU ± 69, Youth B 359 AU ± 91 and Junior 483 AU ±
60) (p\0.05). For females, training load was significantly different
between Youth A (198 AU ± 81) and Youth B (402 AU ± 81)
(p\0.05), but there was no significant difference between Youth B and
Junior (473 AU ± 65). Furthermore a significant increase in TL through-
out the three different training periods (General, Special and Competition)
was observed for all three categories. No significant correlation was
observed between training load (AU) and race performance (measured
as overall ranking position), except for the Junior male categories (r.-0.5).
Conclusion: Optimal training load to reach high-level performance is
well established. Recent data reported an average training volume of 25 h/
week for elite triathletes, divided in 6 swimming, 5 cycling and 6 running
sessions. Our data showed an increase in training load in the annual and
pluriannual preparation in both genders. Future research should focus on
the methodology of training used in the young triathletes and it would be
interesting to extend the study to a larger number of national athletes.
ReferencesBurgi A (2013) Career development of world class triathletes. ITU
Science and Triathlon World Conference Losanna
Cejuela Anta R, Jonathan Esteve-Lanao (2011) Training load
quantification in triathlon. J Hum Sport Exerc 6:218–232
37 TP P
Attention and blood lactate levels in equestrians
performing show jumping
D. Di Corrado1, Va. Perciavalle2, V. Perciavalle3, M. Coco3
1Department of Sport Sciences, University ‘‘Kore’’ of Enna, Enna, Italy2Department of Sciences of Formation, University of Catania, Catania,
Italy3Department of Bio-Medical Sciences, University of Catania, Catania,
Italy
Aim: In equestrian show jumping, attention is particularly important
to ensure maximum accuracy in performance. In literature, no
information was provided by the equestrian during show jumping
about the influences of blood lactate levels on attention. Due to the
anaerobic nature of the jumping and its requirement for precision
coordination between human and horse, there may be a relation
between the onset of lactic threshold and decrease in attention. The
aim of this study was to measure blood lactate and glucose for eval-
uating possible correlations of their blood values with intensity of
attention, analyzed by using a typical reaction time paradigm, and
selectivity of attention, explored by evaluating a test of divided
attention.
Method: In 12 healthy and injury-free equestrians (6 men and 6
women), the effects (blood lactate and glucose) of a show jumping
course (250 m long with eight vertical obstacles with a height of 1.15 m
height) on capacity and selectivity of attention were assessed. Structural
equation modelling (SEM) was used to clarify the magnitudes of rela-
tions between variables as well as the fit of a proposed model.
Results: Each participant performed the course three times and for
each of them, the best and the worst performance was chosen for the
study. At the end of the course, a significant increase of blood lactate
was observed, whereas blood glucose did not significantly change.
Moreover, a deterioration of attention (intensity and selectivity) and a
worsening of performance with increasing of blood lactate were
observed.
Conclusion: The present results led to the conclusion that the
increase in blood lactate that occurs in riders executing a show
jumping course is associated with worsening of both attentive capa-
bilities and performance.
ReferencesDouglas JL et al (2012) A systematic review of physical fitness,
physiological demands and biomechanical performance in eques-
trian athletes. Comp Exerc Physiol 8:53–62
Piccione G et al (2010) Blood lactate levels during exercise in athletic
horses. Comp Clin Pathol 19:535–539
38 TP P
Lipid oxidation during exercise in paralympic winter
athletes with locomotor impairments
A. Duca1, R. Lanzano3, F. Parisi3, C. Marini2, M. R. Squeo3,
D. Dante3, M. Righi1, C. Gallozzi2, M. Bernardi3
1Department of Biomedical Sciences and Morphological-Functional
Imaging, University of Messina, Messina, Italy2Institute Sport Sciences CONI, Rome, Italy3 Department of Physiology and Pharmacology, Sapienza University,
Roma, Italy
Aim: Individuals with spinal cord injury (SCI) have a higher car-
diovascular risk than able-bodied individuals due to their specific and
peculiar physio-pathological characteristics including altered glucose
metabolism and greater insulin resistance. The present study is aimed
at assessing lipid oxidation (LO) during arm cranking ergometer
(ACE) steady-state exercises carried out at different sub-maximal
intensities in Paralympic winter athletes (PA) with locomotor
impairments. We evaluated the hypothesis that PA with SCI (PA-SCI)
have a lower LO than PA with other locomotor impairment (PA-OLI).
Method: Thirty-one male PA, including 11 PA-SCI and 20 PA-OLI
(age 33 ± 13.19 and 37.37 ± 8.07 years old, height 1.75 ± 0.12 and
1.76 ± 0.07 m; mass, 66.55 ± 9.83 and 73 ± 6.91 kg, respectively)
gave an informed consent to participate to the study. All PA were
tested both at rest (Canopy Hood, Cosmed, Italy) and during an
incremental ACE (E800, Cosmed, Italy) cardiopulmonary maximal
exercise test through a breath by breath metabolic cart (Quark CPET,
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S17
123
Cosmed, Italy) to assess rest oxygen uptake (VO2) and VO2peak,
respectively. In a following day, with the same materials and meth-
ods, PA were submitted to three sub-maximal constant power exercise
tests (S-CPE) at intensities equal to *30, 50 and 70 % of VO2 r-
eserve (VO2R), to assess S-CPE-LO. LO was calculated using the
stoichiometric equation of Frayn.
Results: No differences between PA-SCI and PA-OLI were found in
rest VO2 (ml min-1) and in VO2peak (ml kg-1 min-1, l min-1), equal
to 228.3 ± 57.27 and 248.3 ± 22.28 and 41.3 ± 9.26 (2.7 ± 0.62)
and 36.5 ± 4.39 (2.6 ± 0.43), respectively. No differences in LO
(mg min-1) were found between PA-SCI and PA-OLI, being, at the
three exercise intensities, equal to 174 ± 78.2, 214 ± 77.7 and
191 ± 11.4 and 173 ± 60.8, 171 ± 85.5 and 156 ± 12.1,
respectively.
Conclusion: PA-SCI and PA-OLI have similar values of fat oxidation
and therefore similar glucose metabolism during exercise. High level
of aerobic fitness in individuals with SCI plays a protective role in
cardiovascular risk.
ReferencesBauman WA et al (2008) Coronary heart disease in individuals with
spinal cord injury: assessment of risk factors. Spinal Cord
46:466–476
Knechtle B et al (2003) Comparison of fat oxidation in arm cranking
in spinal cord-injured people versus ergometry in cyclists. Eur J
Appl Physiol 90:614–619
39 TP P
VO2max and VO2AT: athletic performance and field role
of elite soccer players
D. Manari1, M. Manara2, A. Zurini3, G. Tortorella4, M. Vaccarezza5,
N. Prandelli1, D. Ancelotti6, M. Vitale7, P. Mirandola7, D. Galli7
1Parma FC, Collecchio, Italy;2Association of Sport Physicians, Parma, Italy3ALEMEA Consulting, Carpi, Italy4Sport Medicine Center, Azienda Ospedaliera Santa Maria Nuova,
Reggio Emilia, Italy5Department of Human, Social and Health Sciences, University
of Cassino and Southern Lazio, Italy; School of Biomedical Sciences,
University of Queensland, 4072 Brisbane, QLD, Australia6Real Madrid CF, Madrid, Spain7Department of Biomedical, Biotechnological and Translational
Sciences (S.Bi.Bi.T.); Centre for sport and exercise medicine (SEM),
University of Parma, Via Gramsci 14, 43126 Parma, Italy
Aim: Metabolic parameters are becoming more and more important
to optimize training strategies of soccer players. Although maximal
oxygen consumption (VO2max) and anaerobic threshold (VO2AT) are
commonly measured parameters to test elite soccer players, in the
literature there are only few studies relating metabolic parameters of
professional soccer players with performance and best fitting to the
field role. Our aim was to study relations between VO2max and
VO2AT and field role of elite soccer players to generate a robust
dataset with a solid statistical analysis.
Method: On a 12 years period we performed 953 field evaluation
tests of VO2max and VO2AT on 450 elite soccer players of 13 pro-
fessional teams from Italian Serie A, French Ligue 1, English Premier
League, English Football League Championship, Italian Serie B.
Results: VO2max values are strongly influenced by resting periods, but
are rapidly recovered. On the contrary, VO2AT is largely more stable
over time. VO2max is significantly related to the field role, while
VO2AT is not.
Conclusions: Our data show that higher and stable values of VO2A-
T are desirable in elite soccer players as the more robust parameter
related to athletic performance, independently from the field role. On
the contrary, VO2max is the choice parameter to consider for the
metabolic compliance of athletes to the field role requirements,
consequently influencing training efforts, recovery and injuries pre-
vention strategies.
40 TP P
Expertise, gifted and talented in badminton
performance: a project to the improvement
motivational arousal
G. Innocenti1, M. Piazza1, R. Caponigro2
1Department of Clinical, Experimental Medicine, University
of Florence, Italy2Virgin Active, Pescia (PT), Italy
Aim: The population under study is referred to 126 female subjects,
selected from among 1119 subjects, aged between 15 and 84 years
(mean age of 39 years with a standard deviation of 12.9 years) from
19/07/01/17/2014 2007 and participated in the Curves method, the
minimum duration of 30 min to workout at the headquarters of
Chiesina Uzzanese (Pistoia), for a consecutive period of 4 months
Method: In this way we hope to lead the coaches on the approach to a
psychological better sensitivity with due importance. Materials,
means and methods: the sample consisted of 4 male players of
Badminton mid-level players and 2 males of high competitive level,
all part of the team of Badminton COS-Nanteau participating in
amateur leagues in France. Borg ‘‘CR-10’’; Badminton rackets
‘‘babolat first essential’’; Flywheels ‘‘Li-Ning—Badminton shuttle-
cock goose feather’’; Tests were carried out, one initial, December 23,
2013 to assess the percentage use of the service short or long, and the
percentage of winning service, and a final test on February 8, 2014 to
verify the improvements.
Result: The data collection was carried out from day to day 13/01/14
07/02/14. The training made in the afternoon around 17. Recordings
were made according to the following protocol: it was placed in front of
the athletes the Borg ‘‘CR-10’’ with a finger where indicated their level
of physical and mental fatigue. Immediately after the athletes were asked
to perform the heating in the field by means of exchanges for a time of
about 10 min. Statistical analysis: performance training/Borg scale;
training first/last training session; pretest-test/ritest/postest.
Conclusion: The significance was set at p \ 0.05. In this study we
were able to demonstrate that the methodology used in training was
effective, as it has brought improvements to all those who have been
subjected to the method indicated by me. And hope that in a future
athletic trainers and coaches, keep in mind the importance of mental
preparation in the various stages of learning new motor gestures,
through body awareness, the ability to check images, thoughts,
attention, arousal, stress and emphasizing the importance of the
recovery of the sensations of Peak Performance, derived from pre-
vious sporting experiences of success. Being aware that in this kind of
study, the sample size is an important point, you could extend this
work by involving a greater number of athletes. We are convinced
that there is a close link between the ‘‘five-steps strategy and the
performance of the players for closed skill movements, and is the
primary goal for the future to customize more and more training
system overexposed bale to profile individual athlete. In the end we
can declare that the ‘‘Five-Step Strategy’’, drafted by Singer, can be
applied, with appropriate modifications, a wide range of physical
activities and sports in closed skill.
S18 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
ReferencesAsian Badminton, Asian Badminton Confederation, Kuala Lumpur
from Malaysia
Badminton USA, Colorado Springs, USA
Singer RN, Cauraugh JH, Lucariello G, Brown HJ (1985) Achieve-
ment in related psychomotor tasks as influenced by learning
strategies. J Percept Motor Skills 60:843–846
Singer RN, Cauraugh JH (1984) Generalization of psychomotor
learning strategies related to psychomotor tasks. J Hum Learn
3:215–225
Platonov VN (2005) Supercompensation, loads, adaptation and some
other problems of sports science. SdS—Scuola dello Sport 65–66
41 TP P
Analysis of proprioceptive exercises effects on inline
speed skating top-level athletes
S. Lotto, F. Masedu, M. Angelozzi, M. G. Vinciguerra, M. De Angelis
Department of Applied Clinical Sciences and Biotechnology,
University of L’Aquila, Italy
Aim: The proprioceptive sub system play fundamental role for the
sportive performance (new target in the didactic system). This study
aims at providing a preliminary evidence of the efficacy of a
proprioceptive training in top-level inline speed skating athletes
with Prop sports equipment (prop is like a balance equipment).
Changing the COP status. COP status has been estimated by the
sway ellipse area (SEA), considered as a proxy variable of the
subjects’ stability. The propose of this study is to explorer: Sci-
entific study imprinting, ‘‘Prop’’ Functional valuation, The
proprioceptive training role.
Method: The research was conducted with the participation of an
‘‘experimental group’’ of 6 athletes. In tests have been indicated the
modifications of the position of the center of pressure during the
isometric position in single stance both with and without visual
feedback, through the platform of strength. It was also suggested a
questionnaire on the perception of the effects of training with the
Prop, consists of 30 multiple choice questions. Between the two tests,
the GS has been subjected to a training proprioceptive with a
12 weeks duration. Descriptive statistics have been provided. The
statistical analysis has been carried out by a Wilcoxon test for mat-
ched pair subjects, addressing the issue of a no Gaussian distribution
of the samples. First type error has been set at 5 %. Besides the
monotonic of the response across subjects has been explored using a
Kendall t.
Results: The statistical analysis showed, given eyes opened, a sta-
tistically significant difference of the SEA median value before and
after the protocol administration (p = 0.046). The SEA median dif-
ference was not statistically significant anymore when the subjects
performed the trials with eyes closed (p = 0.116). A Kendall t of 0.73
between the SEA values with eyes opened has been detected. This
association decreases at 0.33 when the subjects have eyes closed.
Conclusion: The results showed that the use of the prop investigated
in relation to quality, bring generally good improvements. Many can
be the developments on the combination of proprioception—sports
performance, by coupling the use of the balance with specific methods
of training or combining the prop with the use of various types of
overload.
ReferenceAngelozzi M et al (2006) Proggettazione di un nuovo protocollo per
lo studio del controllo fine della forza muscolare. It J Sport Sci
1(18):99–163
42 TP P
Gymnastics talent identification
O. Georgeta Varzaru, C. Galbusera, M. Quarantelli
University of Rome ‘‘San Raffaele’’, Rome, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study is to research a sequence of tests that have
a predictive potential regarding the artistic gymnastics at a competi-
tive level. Nowadays in Italy, this kind of tests is measured for little
girls that are more than 8 years old. There are no tests in women’s
artistic gymnastics for beginners with an age between 6 and 8 years
old.
Method: A systematic review was conducted to identify some spe-
cific tests and to establish which are the most important characteristics
needed for a gymnast and finally how to point them out in this sport.
A sequence of tests based on American, Russian and Romanian
models was selected and applied on 13 female beginners of artistic
gymnastics. During 12 weeks of training.
Results: At the second test, therefore after the training, almost all the
girls have improved: three girls were chosen for the competitive team
and other two are still under supervision. The study argues that the
initial value cannot always be predictive, while it can be interesting
the comparison between the first test and the following one, because it
also expresses the ability of being trainable of some examined sub-
jects. Thus some girls had excellent improvements, even though they
had started with a low level in the first test. This point is not altering
the tests at all; on the contrary it focuses the need of continuous tests,
in order to add corrections to the way of training and to identify
exercises as many as possible.
Conclusion: The anthropometric characteristics of the female gym-
nasts are: lower height than girls of the same age, broad shoulders,
and narrow pelvises, mainly with long limbs. Another characteristic is
the ability of equilibrium both static and dynamic. Furthermore,
another fundamental aspect is the demand of explosive strength that
needs to be higher than the one of the same age girls. Future research
will need to deepen the correlation between the different character-
istics, and to identify which ones would be considered in order to
protect the gymnast besides of increasing her performance.
ReferencesArkaev L, Suchilin N (2004) Gymnastics, how to create champions.
Meyer & Meyer SPORT
Readhead L (2011) Gymnastics, skills, techniques, training, crowood
sport guides. The Crowood Press
Toma A (2007) Metodologia de Desfasurare a Procesului de Selectiei
In Gimnastica Artistica Feminina. Tesi di Laurea Universita Anefs
Bucarest Romania
43 TP P
Indoor cycling training
G. Marcolin, C. Galbusera, M. Quarantelli
University of Rome ‘‘San Raffaele’’, Rome, Italy
Aim: The present research investigates the acute and chronic physi-
ological responses to indoor cycling exercise on home trainer, also
compared to cross training or inactivity. The effects of indoor cycling
training in a virtual reality environment (music, Images and virtual
partner) are also considered.
Method: It was conducted a systematic review of available literature
of exercise physiology, published on the most important search
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S19
123
engines such as PUBmed, PEDro, Web of Science, Journal of Science
and Cycling.
Results: It is possible to say that indoor cycling training offers a valid
performance enhancement if compared to cross training with other
disciplines or deconditioning. Also, it is possible to underline that it
allows the improving of all the most important physiological endur-
ance parameters. Training plans C6 weeks seem to induce positive
physiological adaptations and consequent performance improvement.
The major limit of this practice seems to consist in the difficulty of
training endurance adaptations for exercise lasting more than 2 h.
Indoor training, finally, allows to pair all virtual reality techniques
with training allowing a higher level of focusing on exercise and
diminishing the sensation of fatigue.
Conclusion: Indoor cycling training can be suggested as a valid
training practice with the goal of performance improving. If per-
formed by itself, in order to train the adaptations to long lasting
endurance sessions, 2 or more hours, the double training daily session
can be suggested. Indoor training results also as the most efficacy way
to prevent deconditioning with a minimum of 3 short (30 min)
weekly, high intensity, training sessions. Virtual reality, finally, offers
the possibility to create a good distractor setting, able to delay the
upcoming of mental and physical fatigue.
ReferencesAllen H, Coggan A (2010) Training and racing with a power meter,
2nd edn. Velo Press, Boulder Colorado
Annesi JJ (2001) Effects of music, television and a combination
enterteinment system on distraction, exercise adherence, and
physical output in adults. Can J Behav Sci
Larry Kenney W, Wilmore J, Costill D (2011) Physiology of sport and
exercise. Human Kinetics Publishers
Mestre DR, Ewald M (2011) Virtual reality and exercise: behavioral
and psychological effects of visual feedback. Annual Review of
Cybertherapy and Telemedicine. CNRS & Aix-Marseille Univer-
sity, France
44 TP P
Body composition and resting energy expenditure
variations in professional cyclists during the Giro
d’Italia (2011) 3-weeks stage race
R. Sammarco1, M. Marra1, B. Da Prat3, A. Caldara1,
C. Montagnese1, F. Vitale1, M. Naccarato1, F. Contaldo1,2,
R. Corsetti4
1Department of Clinical Medicine and Surgery, Federico II
University, Naples, Italy2Interuniversity Center of Obesity and Eating Disorders3Division of Nutrition DS Medica Srl, Milan, Italy4Liquigas Cannondale Medical Board, Sesto al Reghena
(Pordenone), Italy
Aim: Limited data are available on body composition and resting
energy expenditure (REE) modifications in elite athletes during a long
term competition. This study aimed to evaluate body composition (in
particular water distribution) and REE modifications in professional
cyclists participating at Giro d’Italia (2011) 3-weeks stage race.
Method: The team of 9 professional cyclists of Pro Cycling Team
Liquigas Cannondale participated at the study: age 26.7 ± 2.5 years,
weight 69.1 ± 5.2 kg, height 182 ± 5.0 cm, BMI 20.9 ± 1.3. All
data were collected the day immediately before starting the compe-
tition (baseline), the day of rest (after the 9th lap) and the last day of
the competition (21th lap). Body weight, height, body circumfer-
ences, skinfold thicknesses and bioelectrical impedance analysis
(BIA) variables were measured. REE measurements have been
obtained by indirect calorimetry. Body composition (Fat Free Mass:
FFM; Fat Mass: FAT) was estimated by skinfold thickness while
phase angle (BIA parameter) was considered expression of body
water distribution.
Results: There were not significant differences between the time-
points in anthropometric measurements and body composition
(baseline: body weight 69.1 ± 5.2 kg, FFM 64.5 ± 4.7 kg, FAT
4.6 ± 1.0 kg; after 21th lap: body weight 68.7 ± 5.0 kg, FFM
64.4 ± 4.6 kg FAT 4.3 ± 0.8 kg) but body water distribution was
significantly modified and phase angle (PA) significantly decreased
throughout the competition (PA baseline 8.50� ± 0.76�; PA after 21th
lap: 7.50� ± 0.43�, p \ 0.05). REE decreased significantly during the
competition (baseline 2,213 ± 156 kcal; after 9th lap 1,929 ±
116 kcal/day, p \ 0.05) and a relation between REE reduction and
intracellular water distribution throughout the competition was
observed.
Conclusion: These preliminary study indicate a clear modification in
total body water distribution and a REE reductions during the com-
petition in elite cyclists participating at Giro d’Italia 3-weeks stage
race while there was no body weight and composition changes.
ReferencesMarra M et al (2009) Bioelectrical impedance phase angle in
constitutionally lean females, ballet dancers and patients with
anorexia nervosa. Eur J Clin Nutr 63:905–908
Silva AM et al (2010) Body composition and power changes in elite
judo athletes. Int J Sports Med 31:737–741
45 TP P
Determinants of peak oxygen uptake in male
paralympic athletes with a locomotor impairment
M. R. Squeo1, C. Galvani2, P. E. Adami1, R. Lanzano1, A. Duca4,
C. Marini3, C. Gallozzi3, M. Bernardi1
1Department of Physiology and Pharmacology ‘‘Vittorio Erspamer’’,
Sapienza University, Rome, Italy2Department of Psychology, Laboratory of Experimental Physiology,
Cattolica del Sacro Cuore University, Milan, Italy3Institute Sport Sciences CONI, Rome, Italy4Department of Biomedical Sciences and Morphological-Functional
Imaging, University of Messina, Messina, Italy
Aim: Peak oxygen uptake (VO2peak) of athletes with a locomotor
impairment (ALI) is a their fundamental health and fitness charac-
teristic. It has been related to motor functionality (MF), training
status and oxygen consumption measured during sport. The present
study was aimed at building a VO2peak prediction model based on
easy measurable variables. To accomplish this purpose, VO2peak was
assessed in Paralympic ALI competing in sports with different energy
expenditure and correlated with their age, anthropometric parameters,
MF, hours of training carried out during the week (TH) and average
sport’s metabolic equivalent (METs). We hypothesized that METs is
the main VO2peak.determinant.
Method: Forty-seven male ALI (mean ± SD: age 35 ± 8.1 years;
height 1.76 ± 0.11 m; body mass 68.7 ± 9.4 kg; MF 2.5 ± 1.1; TH
10 ± 4 h/week), competing in different sports (Nordic Skiing-NS,
Wheelchair Fencing-WF, Wheelchair Tennis-WT, Wheelchair Bas-
ketball-WB, Wheelchair Racing-WR, Hand-Byke-HB and Table
Tennis-TT) were tested through indirect calorimetry (Quark b2,
Cosmed, Italy) during a continuous graded maximal arm cranking
exercise test to assess VO2peak. MF was assessed with a score from
1 to 4.5, each 0.5 point in accordance with the International WB
S20 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
Federation functional classification by expert classifiers. The fol-
lowing METs were attributed: 11 in NS, 6 in WF, 7 in WT, 8 in WB,
10 in WR, 11 in HB and 2.5 in TT. TH were calculated through a
questionnaire summing the hours spent practicing sport and other
kinds of training (resistance, endurance, flexibility, skill). A multiple
regression mo del was built to predict VO2peak based on its possible
significant determinants. A Bland&Altman plot was used to assess
any systematic bias between measured VO2peak and predicted
VO2peak in another group of 50 ALI competing in the same sports.
Results: Linear regression (R2: 0.876, p \ 0.0001) revealed the
following equation: 28.266 - (0.162 � age) - (0.267 � kg) +
(0.648 � TH) + (2.569 � METs) + (2.553 � MF). The predicted and
the measured VO2peak assessed in the control group were equal
(33.8 ± 7.88 and 32.4 ± 10.10 ml kg-1 min-1, respectively).
Conclusion: The prediction model, which should be used routinely to
monitor ALI’s training status, was successfully validated. METs
resulted the most significant determinant of VO2peak.
ReferencesBernardi et al (2010) Med Sci Sports Exerc 42(6):1200–1208
Hutzler (1993) Paraplegia 31(4):255–261
van der Woude et al (2002) Am J Phys Med Rehabil 81(4):261–271
46 TP P
Estimating the best performance in RunForScience half
marathon by laboratory and field evaluations
C. Tarperi, K. Skroce, L. Festa, F. Schena
Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona
Aim: To evaluate the predictor capacity of 2 and 10 km maximal field
test, in order to estimate the half-marathon best performance and its
relation with the classical physiological variables related to endurance
performance (V0O2max, aerobic and anaerobic thresholds) obtained in
a cardiopulmonary laboratory test (CPET).
Method: 27 amateur runners 17 males and 10 females
(44.4 ± 8.1 yy; 69.7 ± 11.7 kg; 173.1 ± 9.6 cm), with a minimum
of 4 years of running experience voluntarily participated to the study.
Every participant provided informed written consent, followed a
monitored and balanced training and performed a treadmill CPET
(Quark PFT Cosmed, Italy). Respiratory breath-by-breath gas
exchanges were measured, in order to determine V0O2max, maximal
aerobic speed Smax, speed at ventilatory aerobic (sVT1) and anaer-
obic (sVT2) thresholds by Wasserman method were offline derived.
After a standardized warm-up, the subjects realized their maximal 2
and 10 km run performance in a 400-m track and in a separate session
were engaged in a maximal 21 km trial in RunForScience’s project
(R4S). The average speeds of every distance were calculated (S2 km,
S10 km and S21 km).
Results: Mean ± SD data measured were: V0O2max = 49.84 ±
5.54 ml min-1 kg-1; Smax = 13.7 ± 1.5 km h-1; sVT1 = 11.48 ±
1.35 km h-1; sVT2 = 12.89 ± 1.52; S2 km = 14.0 ± 1.62 km h-1;
S10 km = 12.3 ± 1.43 km h-1 and S21 km = 11.6 ± 1.34 km h-1.
A matrix of correlation coefficients (R) was realized in order to
compare different parameters:–: V0O2max; Smax; sVT1; sVT2; S21 km; S10 km; S2 km; RV’O2max: –; 0.53; 0.92; 0.67; 0.60; 0.56; 0.65; 3.92
Smax: 0.53; –; 0.95; 0.97; 0.93; 0.93; 0.98; 5.27
sVT1: 0.92; 0.95; –; 0.95; 0.87; 0.91; 0.95; 5.54
sVT2: 0.67; 0.97; 0.95; –; 0.89; 0.91; 0.95; 5.34
S21 km: 0.60; 0.93; 0.87; 0.89; –; 0.95; 0.93; 5.16
S10 km : 0.56; 0.93; 0.91; 0.91; 0.95; –; 0.92; 5.17
S2 km: 0.65; 0.98; 0.95; 0.95; 0.93; 0.92; –; 5.38
Discussion: Every field trial shown an high correlation vs. R4S with
S21 km, sVT1 and sVT2, highest in Smax-S2 km relation. Rarely, on
the field, there is the possibility to carry out several evaluations.
Therefore, in order to select a single optimal trial, the 2 km test,
considering the of the correlation coefficients appears to be the best
choice. Indeed it permits to estimate aerobic and anaerobic capacities
and to predict the best 21 km time performance.
47 TP P
The after-London in the rhythmic gymnastics
A. Tinto1,2
1SUISM Centro Servizi, Universita degli Studi di Torino2National Technician-Italian Gymnastics Federation
Aim: This study aims at investigating those different aspects char-
acterizing the Score Code evolution. The Olympic Games of London
have been considered as the watershed of this analysis. Moreover, a
pre- and post- London period has been defined and evaluated through
the discussion of the main characteristics of the various Codes,
managing to analyse the current one of the four-year period
2013–2016 which prepares for the Games of Rio de Janeiro.
Method: In order to accurately develop this technical and artistic
comparison among the codes leaving their mark on different gener-
ation of gymnasts, we have chosen to begin the work of discussion
with the Score Code 2001–2004 making, where possible, reference to
the evolution of the discipline also in more remote times (Score Code
1997–2000). The Score Code editions we are making reference to are
2001–2004, 2005–2008, 2009–2012 and 2013–2016; the discussion
on the differences of the Codes has been based on the number of the
compulsory body difficulties present, on the composition of the juries
and on the attribution of the total score, pointing out the main dif-
ferences in the technical requests of the Individual Specialty within
the Codes.
Results: The Olympic Games of London 2012 of Gymnastics Artistic
has determined the end of a period characterized by an extreme
research of technical and body aspects to the detriment of the artistic
and expressive component of the discipline. The Score Code
2005–2007, preceding the one in view of London 2012, was char-
acterized by 18 compulsory difficulties for individual compositions,
number which has kept reducing in the following four-year periods,
arriving at 12 for the Score Code 2009–2012 and at 9 for the current
Code. The work of analysis and comparison among codes would like
to invite Rhythmic Gymnastics’ trainers to rediscover the origin of the
discipline and above all to focus on the Rhythmic aspect now com-
pulsorily present in the Code. As fundamental element, the training of
this Rhythmic skill since children’s earliest years has turned to
something absolutely non-negligible. Training towards the rhythm is
possible even in a young phase.
ReferencesCode de Pointage 2001 FIG
Code de Pointage 2005 FIG
Code de Pointage 2009 FIG
Code de Pointage 2013 FIG
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S21
123
48 TP P
Effects of a task-specific warm-up
on a single-sprint cycling performance
A. Trecroci, A. Rossi, D. Formenti, F. Esposito, G. Alberti
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy
Aim: Warm-up (WU) is a well-accepted practice that determines
psychophysiological positive effects before performance, such as an
increase in muscle temperature, a decrease in stiffness of muscles and
joints, and an improvement of the force–velocity relationship. How-
ever, despite many authors reported an enhanced performance after
WU, other researchers have found no positive effects. The aim of this
study was to assess the effectiveness of WU, compared to a no warm-
up condition (nWU), on a 6-s maximal sprint.
Methods: Twelve physically active males (age 22.8 ± 1.8 years;
BMI 22.6 ± 2.4 kg m-2) were recruited in the study. To ensure
reliability of the sprint cycling, participants completed two familiar-
ization sessions. In the first trial, participants completed a test-specific
standardized WU consisting of cycling for 4 min at a power of
90–100 W (80/90 rpm), followed by 3 bouts of 2-s maximal accel-
erations at the end of 2nd, 3rd and 4th min. The recovery interval
following the WU was 4 min. In the nWU trial, participants sat on the
cycle-ergometer for 10 min before the maximal 6-s sprint. Peak
power per kg (PP), mean power per kg (MP) and total work per kg
(TW) were measured. Paired t test and effect size (ES) were used for
statistical analysis, with confidence intervals set at 95 % (p \ 0.05).
Results: The participants reached higher PP (WU = 12.91 ± 1.68,
nWU = 12.32 ± 1.60 W kg-1; p = 0.015; ES = 0.35, small differ-
ence), MP (WU = 11.82 ± 1.48, nWU = 11.20 ± 1.59 W kg-1;
p = 0.005; ES = 0.38, small difference) and TW (WU = 71.11 ±
9.09, nWU = 67.99 ± 9.14 J kg-1; p = 0.015; ES = 0.32, small dif-
ference) values when performing maximal 6-s sprint after the WU.
Conclusion: The results demonstrated that short-term performance
increased significantly when preceded by a specific WU. This sug-
gests that the overall intensity of WU was appropriate for enhancing
PP, MP, TW. According to the findings, some authors verified that an
active WU was beneficial for a single-sprint performance [3]. Further
studies are needed to assess the impact of a task-specific WU on
intermittent-sprint performance.
ReferencesBishop D (2003) Warm up II. Sports Med 33:483–498
Hawley JA, Williams MM, Hamling GC, Walsh RM (1989) Effects of
a task-specific warm-up on anaerobic power. Br J Sports Med
23:233–236
Yaicharoen P, Wallman K, Morton A, Bishop D (2012) The effect of
warm-up on intermittent sprint performance and selected thermo-
regulatory parameters. J Sci Med Sport 15:451–456
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY, WELLBEING ANDHEALTH
49 PA O
Technological support to monitor some indexes
of physical performance and glycemic trend
during sporting activity in athletes with type 1
diabetes mellitus
C. De Fazio, M. Corigliano, V. Russo, G. Corigliano
Diabetologic Unit A.I.D. ASL NA 1, Naples, Italy
Aim: Insulin regimens and timing of exercise (E) vary individually
and adjustment is a trial and error process aided by frequent blood
glucose (bg) monitoring (m). Some athletes wrongly think that E
starting in a fair hyperglycemic (hyper) state (attempt to pre-load)
reduces the hypoglycemic risk (hypo), but many variables come into
play; with a severely hyper pre-E complications can be serious. Aim
of study: take a cue from a SA to improve, through the evaluation of a
multi-m of cardio-metabolic parameters, the MSC of T1DM and to
include SA in therapeutic.
Methods: CSII Pump Medtronic Paradigm Veo Version 2.5A1.1, CGM
Medtronic Paradigm Veo Sensor Mod554, energy expenditure (EE):
Pro3Armband SenseWear� software cronolife, heart rate (HR) Oregon,
VO2max (Karvonen Formula), carbohydrate (CHO): food diary.
Results: Runner [55 years (y)], from 18 T1DM y and a few y engaged
in amateur SA (HbA1c 7.5 %, weight 79 kg, BMI 24.9 kg/m2, resting
HR 62 bpm), in treatment with CSII pump [basal 13.9 U/24 h; bolus
0.7 U breakfast (b), 1.5 U lunch (l), dinner 2U (d)], only background
retinopathy complication. High CHO intake (105 g previous d, 42 g b,
118 g l, 80 g d). EE = 1774 kcal, 10.5METs average, *10 km/h,
pre-SA HR = 76 bpm, average HR = 150–155 bpm (*85 %
VO2max). Unmodified basal (SA duration £2 h), omitted pre-bolus
and increase CHO, bg pre-E *200 mg/dl. Glycogen resynthesis *8 h
post-SA (CGM: h20–22) and production of late hypo.
Conclusions: The bivalent gt, detected by complex monitoring, is only
partially contained by therapeutic adaptations used; glycogenolysis by E
above anaerobic threshold (AT), linked to the intensity of the SA, it is a
sign of scarce training. We shall at a submaximal test (review of:
VO2max, AT) to be able to structure an IMP aimed primarily upon the
use of NEFA and circulating glucose besides to get less pronounced
changes in bg by glycogenolysis without hyper nor hypo from sub-
traction of bg, so as to have an improvement in the MSC. E is strongly
recommended in T1DM for the many positive effects [1], but for pre-
ventive and therapeutic effective suggested the supervision of a SPAPE,
able to plan and implement a correct dosage [2].
S22 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
ReferencesGalletti P, Riddell MC (2013) Exercise and type 1 diabetes. Compr
Physiol 3(3):1309–1336
Jimenez CC, Corcoran MH, Crawley JT, Guyton Hornsby W, Peer
KS, Philbin RD, Riddell MC (2007) National athletic trainers’
association position statement: management of athlete with type 1
diabetes mellitus. J Athl Train 42(4):536–545
50 PA OP
The use of micro loads and the elastic bands training
in Parkinson’s disease: a longitudinal study
M. Gollin1, L. Beratto2, R. Allois2, A. Binelli3, A. Toscano3,
S. Di Tommaso3, C. Mazza3, P. G. Gili4
1Department of Clinical and Biological Sciences; Motor Science
Research Center, University School of Motor and Sport Sciences,
University of Turin, Italy2PhDc in Experimental Medicine and Therapy, University of Turin,
Italy3University School of Motor and Sport Sciences Graduate, University
of Turin, Italy4Italian Parkinson Association, Section of Turin (AIP), Italy
Aim: To investigate whether isotonic exercises performed with the use
of micro loads (ballasted wrist and ankle bandages), compared with
exercises carried out with elastic bands, cause a physical capacity
variation in a group of patients with Parkinson’s disease (PD).
Method: The duration of the study was 6 months. Twenty-one people
with PD participated in the study, all of whom were able to walk
unassisted. The sample group was divided into two groups : the first
(EG), consisting of 11 subjects (age 69–10 years; weight 72–12 kg,
height 171–177 cm, and a disability score using the Hoehn & Yahr
scale of 2–0.5) used isotonic exercises with the addition of micro
loads. The second group (BG), consisting of 9 subjects (age
70–11 years; weight 69–15 kg and high 169 cm and a disability score
using the Hoehn & Yahr scale of 1.9–0.5) used the same exercises of
the EG, but with elastic bands. Two sessions of physical activity were
performed per week, separated by a recovery day. The two groups
were measured 2 months after the beginning of the activity and every
2 months until the conclusion of the study. The tests were: Sit &
Reach for the evaluation of flexibility; the stabilometry useful for the
evaluation of the center of orthostatic pressure (COP); the Spinal
mouse for the evaluation of spinal morphology; and the Sit to Stand to
provide information on the strength of the lower limbs.
Results: Data showed a statistically significant variation in the Sit to
stand test in the BG group (T0 vs. T2; Anova, p \ 0.05, post hoc,
p \ 0.05, +19 %).
Conclusion: Six months of strength stimulation with the use of elastic
bands produced in patients with PD a significant improvement in the
muscle performance of the lower limbs.
51 PA OP
Exercise program reduces pain and physical disability
in patients with early knee osteoarthritis
K. Corona1, S. Cerciello1, D. Viggiano1, C. Dentizzi2, M. Vasso1,
C. Del Regno1, A. Schiavone Panni1
1Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Italy2ASREM, Azienda Sanitaria Regionale del Molise, Italy
Aim: Knee osteoarthritis (OA) is a degenerative pathology of the
cartilage that can limit the quality of life. Knee pain, stiffness and
decreased quadriceps strength are highly associated with knee
OA, contribute to physical disability and can cause progression of
the disease. Reduction of pain and disability is the main aim of
any treatment approach in the management of knee OA. The
purpose of this study is to determine the effectiveness of an
exercise program on pain and physical function for patients with
early knee OA.
Method: Thirty patients over 50 with early knee OA (grade 1 and 2 of
Ahlback classification) were enrolled in the study. They were ran-
domly assigned to 1 of 2 groups: an exercise group (EG) and control
group (CG). The EG performed a 16 weeks exercise program based
on improvement of aerobic fitness, range of motion and lower limb
muscle strength and stretching. Exercise program differs in frequency,
intensity and duration. All participants completed the following
questionnaires: SF-36, Western Ontario and McMaster Universities
Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC) at baseline and after 16 weeks.
Moreover they performed physical test: Six minute Walking test
(6MWT). After walking test, patients were asked to fill a visual
analog scale.
Results: The results of 6MWT of EG increased from the baseline to
the last follow-up (665–722 m). Patients reported reduced pain during
the follow-up period (4–2.8 mm), indicating a trend toward better
walking capacity. In the same way, patients showed significant
improvement in SF-36 (73–92) and WOMAC scores (77–68) at final
follow-up.
Conclusion: Physical activity is considered to be an important non-
pharmacologic treatment approach in the management of early knee
OA. The goal of exercise therapy in OA patient is to reduce pain and
disability. Therefore, a good exercise program with improvement of
knee muscle strength, stretching, joint stability, range of motion and
aerobic fitness can be proposed.
ReferencesBennell KL, Hunt MA, Wrigley TV, Hunter DJ, Hinman RS (2007)
The effects of the hip muscle strengthening on knee load, pain and
function in people with knee osteoarthritis: a protocol for a
randomised, single-blind controlled trial. BMC Musculoskelet
Disord 8:121
Mikesky AE, Mazzuca SA, Brandt KD, Perkins SM, Damush T, Lane KA
(2006) Effects of strength training on the incidence and progression of
the knee osteoarthritis. Arthritis Rheum 55(5):690–699
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S23
123
52 PA OP
An integrated program of counseling and adapted
physical activity in the management of type II diabetes
F. Galle1, V. Di Onofrio2, R. Mastronuzzi1, A. Cirella1, M. Di Dio1,
A. Miele1, T. Spinosa3, G. Liguori1
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2Department of Sciences and Technologies, University of Naples
‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy3Planning and Organisation Operative Structure, Campania Regional
Health Agency, Naples, Italy
Aim: Several studies showed the role of physical activity in the
prevention and treatment of type II diabetes. Adapted Physical
Activity (APA) may represent a therapeutic instrument if associated
with an educational path aimed to empower diabetic patients and with
the pharmacological treatment. In order to redefine the Diagnostic and
Therapeutic Care Pathway (DTCP) for the management of type II
diabetes, we created a care model based on a structured APA program
and on periodic counseling meetings.
Method: General practitioners working in the area of Naples (quar-
ters ‘‘Fuorigrotta’’ and ‘‘Vomero’’), Bacoli, Monte di Procida e
Pozzuoli, were involved on the basis of their willingness and local
position. Among their patients, they recruited volunteer subjects with
type II diabetes aged 50–70 years and without severe comorbidities.
All of them signed an informed consent for the collection and treat-
ment of clinical data; a group was addressed to the APA and
counseling programs, while the others will represent the control
sample.
Before starting motor activities, collective counseling meetings con-
cerning the influence of physical activity and correct diet on health
status were performed by experts in these fields. Counseling meetings
proceed trimonthly.
The APA sessions include exercises for cardiovascular, muscular
and osteoarticular systems. Senior fitness test was employed to
evaluate physical fitness of each patient at the start of the activities
(T0) and this is repeated every 3 months.
After 12 months (T12) the possible economic advantages (direct
and indirect costs) deriving from this new DTCP will be evaluated
through a Health Technology Assessment perspective.
Results: The first results and the patients’ opinions collected by
general practitioners and experts, testify a positive impact of the
model. A reduction of body weight and waist circumference is reg-
istered among participants, together with a perception of an improved
health status and quality of life. Furthermore, general practitioners
report a general improvement of the glycemic control and a reduced
use of hypoglycemic drugs.
Conclusion: The main challenge of the disease management is the
integration of different figures and institutions. At now, the obtained
results allow to forecast a higher spread of APA structured programs,
both at local and national level, with an integration among social and
healthcare and movement sciences settings.
53 PA OP
Nordic walking versus walking: energy expenditure
and muscle activation
B. Pellegrini1,2, C. Zoppirolli1,2, L. Bortolan1,2,
L. A. Peyre-Tartaruga3, F. Schena1,2
1CeRiSM (Research Centre of Mountain Sport and Health),
University of Verona, Italy2Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Italy3 School of Physical Education, Universidade Federal do Rio Grande
do Sul, Brasil
Aim: Nordic Walking has increased in popularity in the last decades
as a form of exercise that can be adapted for various populations.
Additional benefits of Nordic Walking compared with traditional
brisk walking include higher caloric expenditure due to the use of the
poles that requires the activation of upper body muscles. The aim of
this study was to compare energetic and muscle activation during
Walking and Nordic Walking, on differently inclined terrains.
Method: Nine male subjects with at least 2 years of experience in
Nordic Walking volunteered for the study. Five minutes trials of
walking (W) and Nordic walking (NW) on a treadmill at 6 km/h at 0
and 15 % incline were asked. The muscular activation of dominant
arm [Biceps Brachii (BBr), Triceps Brachii (TBr), Latissimus Dorsi
(LDo), Deltoidus Anterior (DAn)] and leg [Vastus Lateralis, (VLa),
Biceps Femoris (BFe), Gastrocnemius Lateralis (GLa) and, Tibialis
Anterior (TAn)] was recorded by means of a surface electromyografic
system. The energy expenditure (EE) was calculated from oxygen
uptake and respiratory quotient measured during the last minute of
each condition by using an ergospirometric system.
Results: On flat condition, EE was found to be 24 % higher for NW
than for W. On uphill condition, EE increased for both NW and W,
however, EE was only 4.3 % higher for NW than for W. The EMG
values resulted not significant different between W and NW for leg
muscles, 2 times higher for NW with respect to W for LDo and BBr
muscle, and 10 times higher for TBr muscle. Increments of slope
resulted in a significant increase of activation of leg muscles, with no
o small variation of arm muscles activation.
Conclusion: The augmented energy expenditure for NW can be
explained, as expected, by an increased activation of the muscles
involved in the pole propulsion. On uphill condition however, the
extra caloric expenditure is reduced, when comparing the two loco-
motion. Muscle activation analysis suggests that the extra energy
needed to lift the body against gravity is originated from a greater
work done by the lower limbs, rather than by the pole propulsion.
These results confirm the advantage to use NW instead of W to
enhance a higher caloric delivery ant to have a more complete muscle
activation, these effects seem to be reduced in slope condition.
ReferencesMorgulec-Adamowicz et al (2011) Nordic walking: a new form of
adapted physical activity (a literature review). Hum Mov
12(2):124–132
S24 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
54 PA OP
Daily variability in physical activity,
physical frailty, and ADL in a sample
of institutionalized older adults:
a pilot study
M. Roppolo1,2,3, S. Kunnen2, A. Mulasso1,2,3, E. Rabaglietti1,2,3
1Department of Psychology, University of Torino (IT)2Department of Developmental Psychology, Rijks University of
Groningen (NL)3SUISM, University of Torino
Aim: In a growing old world, it is important to identify indica-
tors of functional decline to better prevent negative health
outcomes. In this view, the focus on trends of health indicators
may be crucial. One of the main protective factor for chronic
diseases is physical activity. Within this context, may be useful
to identify the role of daily physical activity on health indicators.
Specifically, according to dynamic systems theorists, daily
variability may provide important information on the develop-
mental process. The aim of this study is to understand the role
of variability in daily physical activity on physical frailty and
ADL.
Method: 22 institutionalized older adults (mean age 84 ± 6 years,
68 % female) were enrolled in this longitudinal study. Self-report
daily physical activity was measured with a VAS (from 0, inactive all
day to 1 active all day). Physical frailty was assessed with the
SHARE-FI questionnaire and ADL with the Katz index. The vari-
ability of daily physical activity was computed subtracting scores of
two subsequent data point.
Results: The average level of self-reported physical activity was
0.33 ± 0.19. 6 subjects were detected as robust, 5 as pre-frail
and 11 as frail. Daily variability of physical activity accounted,
on average, 5.9 % of the total range, and increases with the level
of physical frailty, specifically: 4.1 % for robust; 4.4 % for pre-
frail, and 7.4 % for frail older adults. Furthermore, daily
variability of physical activity was significantly related with
physical frailty (r = 0.59; p = 0.004) and ADL (r = -0.667;
p = 0.001).
Conclusions: Daily variability of physical activity seems to be an
indicator connected both with physical frailty and ADL. The use
of such an indicator may allow a better identification of at risk
subjects to develop negative health outcomes. This pilot study
seems to confirm the usefulness of a dynamic systems approach
for the study of health during ageing, however wider studies are
necessary.
ReferencesHaskell W et al (2007) Physical activity and public health: updated
recommendation for adults from the ACSM and the AHA.
Circulation 116(9):1081
Idler EL, Benyamini Y (1997) Self-rated health and mortality: a
review of twenty-seven community studies. J Health Soc Behav
38(1):21–37
Kunnen SE (2012) A dynamic systems approach of adolescent
development. Psychology Press
55 PA OP
Feasibility of a physical activity program in patients
with mild cognitive impairment
D. Rudi1, N. Smania2, M. Venturelli3, C. Fonte2, G. Coratella1,
V. Varalta2, F. Schena1
1Department Neurological and Movement Sciences, Movement
Sciences, University of Verona2Department Neurological and Movement Sciences, Movement
Sciences, Neuromotor and Cognitive Rehabilitation Research Center,
University of Verona, Verona, Italy3Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy
Aim: Emerging evidence underlined the importance of physical
activity on frailty, independence, communication, depression, cogni-
tion, and quality of life in patients with cognitive decline. However, it
has been recognized that the adherence to standard physical activity
programs is very limited in patients with Mild Cognitive Impairment
(MCI) and Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
Therefore, the purpose of this study was to determine the feasibility
and the grade of adherence to a specific physical exercise program in
a group of patients with MCI and early-moderate stages of AD.
Method: 5 patients (3F, 2M; mean age 72) were randomly assigned to a
specific exercise-training program (ET). Other 10 patients (6M, 4F; mean
age 76.8) were assigned to a standard cognitive-training (CT) program.
Each session of ET program consisted of 10 min (for each) of bike,
walk, and an exercise on ergometer arms. Then, the patients per-
formed on isotonic ergometers for a number of 10 reps and 3 sets, at
75 % of the maximum strength. Finally, exercises for the abdominal
muscles and stretching were performed.
CT program is a multimodal stimulation to reinforce the cognitive
skills with the aim of reorienting the patient about his self, his history,
and environment.
The ET group and CT group underwent 72 treatment group ses-
sions, 90-min/session, and 3 days/week for 6 consecutively months.
The adherence to ET and CT programs was of 90 %. One subject has
retired for family reasons.
Results: The compliance was very high in all patients. Statistical
analysis will be performed using parametric and non-parametric sta-
tistical tests (SPSS software).
Conclusion: Our results suggest that a specific ET and CT program
are a feasible non-pharmacological approach for the treatment of
dementia in subjects with MCI and early-moderate stages of AD.
ReferencesDechamps A et al (2010) Effects of exercise programs to prevent
decline in health-related quality of life in highly deconditioned
institutionalized elderly persons: a randomized controlled trial.
Arch Intern Med
Laurin D et al (2001) Physical activity and risk of cognitive
impairment and dementia in elderly persons. Arch Neurol
Teri L et al (2003) Exercise plus behavioral management in patients
with Alzheimer disease: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA
Venturelli M et al (2011) Six-month walking program changes
cognitive and ADL performance in patients with Alzheimer. Am J
Alzheimers Dis Other Demen
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S25
123
56 PA OP
Perceived difficulty with physical tasks and physical
performance in obese children
V. Gallarato1, P. Tortorelli1, E. Mozzillo1,2, E. Tramontano1,
C. Buongiovanni2, O. D’Amico2, M. Sticco2, A. Franzese2,
G. Valerio1
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2Department of Translational Medical Science, Federico II University
of Naples, Italy
Aim: Both diet and physical activity are important in the management
of childhood obesity, but the extent of excess weight may undermine
several physical tasks, limiting physical activity and adherence to the
therapy. The aim of this study was to assess the influence of the
severity of obesity on perceived difficulty with physical tasks and
physical performance in a sample of outpatient obese children.
Method: One-hundred-fifty children with primary obesity (71 males,
47.3 %), mean age 9.9 ± 2.3 years, were consecutively recruited
from the outpatient clinic of the Department of Translational Medical
Science, Federico II University of Naples. Moderate obesity (Mod-
OB) was defined as BMI-SDS between 1.64 and 2.49, severe obesity
(Sev-OB) as BMI-SDS [2.5. Perceived difficulties with physical
tasks were assessed by interview using a structured questionnaire
(Impact of Weight on Quality-of-Life-Adolescents), which included
seven specific questions regarding physical limitations related to daily
movement. Lifestyle habits were explored by assessing sports par-
ticipation and television viewing. Physical performance was assessed
with the six minute walking test (6MWT).
Results: Compared to Mod-OB children (n = 107) Sev-OB children
(n = 43) showed: higher frequence of perceived difficulty with most
of the explored physical tasks (walking, running, hopping, stair
climbing, feeling clumsy or awkward, getting up from chairs,
p \ 0.02); less sports participation (27.9 vs. 55.1 %, p = 0.003); no
difference in time spent in television viewing; worse performance in
the 6MWT (distance 500.2 ± 4.5 vs. 540.3 ± 61.9 m, p \ 0.001).
Conclusion: Severe obesity is an important barrier to daily physical
activities and sports participation. Our findings may have practical
implications for approaching physical activity in obese children.
Exploring both the perception of a task’s difficulty level and physical
performance may be useful to design exercise programs that allow
safe and successful participation.
ReferencesMorinder G et al (2009) Six-minute walk test in obese children and
adolescents: reproducibility and validity. Physiother Res Int 14:91–104
Tsiros MD et al (2011) Obesity: the new childhood disability? Obesity
Rev 12:26–36
57 PA P
Sport events as communication driver for no-profit
organizations: the case of ‘‘Susan G. Komen
for the Cure’’
M. Tabouras
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University
of Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this paper is to identify the economic, financial and
reputational benefits that a no profit organization receives, by
organizing sport events. More specifically, the research focuses on the
‘‘Susan G. Komen for the Cure’’ Marathon, promoted and organized
by the Susan G. Komen for the Cure Foundation since 1982.
Method: The analysis of case study of the Race for the Cure Mara-
thons was developed based on an overview of the recent academic
studies concerning sport events and no profit organizations that
involve sport events in their fundraising activities. Furthermore, the
research is carried out by a documentary analysis of case specific
reports, press and data provided by the organization’s official website.
Results: The outcome of the work shows that the main economic and
financial benefits consist in sponsorships, merchandising and incre-
ment of participants. These actions allow the organization to invest
more funds in research, education, general and administrative activ-
ities in order to fulfill their mission and provide a fertile ground for
firm to invest in. Thanks to events like the Susan G. Komen Race for
the CureSeries and the Susan G. Komen Breast Cancer 3-Day for the
Cure, the organization spent during the past 6 years nearly $1.5 bil-
lion in research and community programs making it today the world’s
largest private funder of the breast cancer fight. Thanks to the par-
ticipant’s positive feedback for the Komen Race for the Cure� Series
and the numerous contributions made by corporate partners of dif-
ferent industrial sectors, the foundation experienced a tremendous
expansion, launching a global breast cancer movement.
Conclusion: Sport events represent a suitable fund-raising tool for
non-profit organizations; such events produce a significant positive
stakeholder response, becoming a familiar and reliable international
brand, attracting more sponsors, media and participants with conse-
quent increment of financial, economic and reputational benefits that,
in the case studied, are re-invested in cancer research.
ReferencesSusan Komen Foundation. http://ww5.komen.org/
King S (2006) Pink Ribbons, Inc. Breast cancer and the Politics of
Philanthropy, University of Minnesota Press
Wang H et al (2011) Corporate philanthropy and corporate financial
performance: the role of stakeholder response and political access.
Acad Manag J 54(6):1159–1181
58 PA P
A life goal
G. Alagia, D. Tafuri, G. Raiola
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: This study has as its purpose, to identify whether there are
significant changes in percentage terms, between the years go by the
player and his ability to score.
Method: This study is carried out through the comparison of some
careers of players sampled, who played the role of attacker, and who
have trod the international stage for a very long period of time, cre-
ating more than 300 in their career goals. By defining some
evolutionary stages of their careers, called by the undersigned
developmental stages, spanning a period of between 20 and 35 years.
The developmental stages are broken down thus: 20–25, 25–30,
30–35 years. For each developmental stage will be calculated the
percentage of realizations of each player and through the development
of tables and graphs will be able to determine the performance of the
achievements in conjunction of the increase of age.
Results: Looking at the data and the graphs of the three players, who
played throughout the course of their long career the role of attack-
er, we can summarize the results obtained in the following way: The
footballer Del Piero, during the three developmental stages, showed
S26 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
the percentage equal to 27.30 for the first stage, 30.47 for the second,
36.82 for the third stage. The footballer Ronaldo L. N. has achieved
in the first stage a percentage equal to 30.11, 31.53 in the second stage
the third stage shows a percentage of realizations equal to 13.63. The
footballer Raul, has realized for the first stage a percentage of real-
izations equal to 40.25 in the second and in the third 25.31 26.83.
Conclusion: It can be inferred by observing the results that age, not
shown to be a limiting factor for the performance of the players, in
terms of achievements. This study, and ‘the springboard for others
who want to investigate the evolutionary stages of players that per-
form the role of attacker, for instance by highlighting as you change
the types of specific training, during the span of their career.
ReferencesRaiola G, Tafuri D, Gomez Paloma F (2014) Physical activity and
sport skills and its relation to mind theory on motor control. Sport
Sci 8(2)
Bansgbo J (2006) La preparazione fisico-atletica nel calciatore.
Allenamento aerobico e anaerobico. Perugia: Calzetti-Mariucci
59 PA P
Effects of focal vibration in subjects with shoulder
impingement
A. Brunetti1, G. Rinonapoli1, O. Brunetti2, A. Caraffa1, A. Biscarini2,
F. M. Botti2, S. Cerquetani1
1Department of Surg Sez Clin Orth and Traum, Perugia2Department of Sper Med Sez Hum Physiol
This study analyzes the effects of an original muscle vibration para-
digm proven to induce lasting functional enhancements (100 Hz,
focal applications repeated in 3 consecutive days on voluntary con-
tracted muscles), on upper trapezius and supraspinatus, of patients
affected by secondary shoulder impingement syndrome. 10 men and 8
women (56 ± 5 y.h.) were randomly assigned to combined vibratory
and rehabilitative intervention (group A) or to rehabilitative treatment
alone (group B). Upper limb kinematics was recorded during cir-
cumduction tests (repeated CCW movements following a circle,
placed aside the patient) through a Smart DX (BTS) system in terms
of shoulder, elbow and wrist positions and velocities, the simulta-
neous recording of shoulder muscle synergies was allowed by
multiple surface EMG sensors (FreeEMG). The functional impair-
ment was assessed in terms of subjective pain, ROM and strength by
means of the Constant Murley Scale score (CMS). 4 test sessions
were performed (2 pre intervention, 1 24 h after vibration and the
latter at 30 days). For the analysis was applied a two-way ANOVA
for time and intervention type and tBonferroni test for post hoc
multiple comparisons setting significativity at p \ 0.05. In both
groups baseline CMS score was 64 and improved after 30 days
intervention. In group A it rose up to 92 already 24 h after vibration
and persisted at 90 after 30 days, conversely, in group B, it increased
only up to 75.5 after 30 days. EMG baseline recordings showed an
increased activation of the upper trapezius and biceps brachii and a
reduction in activation of the middle and lower trapezius concomitant
to an high execution speed variability in comparison with the healthy
contralateral side. 24 h after vibration, circumduction velocity
increased and became regular and sEMG evidenced a normalization
of muscle activation timing and amplitude. In group B the modifi-
cations resulted less pronounced. In conclusion, both rehabilitation
and focal vibration improve secondary impingement syndrome.
However, focal vibration alone is able to induce immediate effects
persisting up to 30 days with rehabilitative treatment. Rehabilitation
alone results also efficacious even if less effective. It remains unclear
whether vibration aloneis able to maintain persistent effects. EMG
and kinematic recordings suggest an increased agonist–antagonist
balance as substrate of the improvements observed
60 PA P
Fit4waste collectors project—wellness at workplace:
phase 1
M. Gervasi, A. R. Calavalle, D. Sisti, V. Bottos, M. B. L. Rocchi
Biomolecular Sciences Department, University of Urbino ‘‘Carlo
Bo’’, Urbino, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to assess lifestyles, the perception
about one’s own quality of life and the perception of chronic lower-
back pain amongst a sample group of waste collectors. The results
will be used for the prevention and reduction of work-related injuries
and dysfunctions in a future related project.
Method: A sample of fifty waste collectors employed by SAGER s.r.l
(Villesse, GO, Italy) compiled three different types of questionnaires:
(1) assessed by the Istituto Superiore della Sanita (ISS, Italy) about
different habits: physical activity, smoking, nutrition and drug usage;
(2) the WHOQOL-brief (Work Health Organization Quality of Life)
about physical and psychological health, social relationships and
environmental issues; (3) QPBDS (Quebec Pain Disability Scale) to
assess chronic Low Back Pain level. Using latent class analysis
(LCA) for the first questionnaire results, we identified 2 classes of
subjects, characterized by different patterns of nutrition: unhealthy
(diet with prevalence of refined carbohydrates) and healthy (fruit and
vegetables).
Results: The data highlighted significant differences between
unhealthy and healthy diet habits: cookies and pie consump-
tion = 2.5–3.5 vs. 1.8–2; fruit and vegetable consumption = 2.5–2.6
vs. 3.5–4. Moreover, the unhealthy group had a significantly higher
incidence of smokers. The QPBDS data shows that 97.5 % of the
sampled did not suffer from chronic LBP, so that it could not influ-
ence the other results. Statistical analysis studied also the relationship
between the variables of the two latent classes (healthy vs. unhealthy)
and the WHOQOL score by a two-sample t Test. The WHOQOL data
showed that psychological health depended by 31 % upon variations
in physical activity and that psychological health was closely related
to social activity.
Conclusion: Our results can confirm that those with healthy habits
also scored higher points in the WHOQOL data. It can thus be argued
that the quality of social relationships had a close link with psycho-
logical health and that both were influenced by physical well-being
and a healthy lifestyle.
ReferenceBogale D et al (2014) Assessment of occupational injuries among
Addis Ababa city municipal solid waste collectors: a cross-
sectional study. BMC Public Health 14:169
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S27
123
61 PA P
Use of technological devices to improve physical
activity: what we can do for elderly people?
M. Ciccarelli, G. Capelli, A. Borgogni
Department of Human Sciences, Society and Health, University
of Cassino and Southern Lazio, Italy
Aim: The aim of this review is to investigate what has been done so
far in the field of technology development to promote physical
activity in the elderly and is the basis of a study that aims to create an
application for portable devices in order to encourage the elderly to be
more active.
Method: Studies were obtained from computerized searches of
multiple electronic databases biography. Starting from the concept of
Extragames-active virtual games-, several keywords were used for
research purposes: physical activity, motivation, behaviour, and
technological interventions.
Results: The literature review has shown how technology should be
developed to promote and motivate a healthy life. Numerous studies
have been carried out focusing on goals setting, the monitoring of
progress and motivational messages; others, encourage the elderly to
move more with the interaction metaphors and with the persuasion
techniques adapted to technology. A significant amount of them, in
fact, indicates, as a support to lifestyle improvements, the use of
psychological theories of behaviour change that, in connection with
the principles of electrical and information engineering, give rise to
so-called persuasive technology.
Conclusion: This first phase of the study showed that the action of the
technology as a mean to promote physical activity should be aimed at
supporting the change of elderly’s behaviour. The action of the
intended application of our research project, therefore, will be
developed taking into account the method of the Persuasive Tech-
nology and Goal-Setting Theory. This application also must interface
with the user through various functions such as the use of motiva-
tional messages, tips video/image that propose exercise to do at home
or outdoors. It will also be able to detect the amount of daily physical
activity and provide a geo-referenced map of the city, pointing
‘‘walkable’’ and cycle paths more suitable for elderly; open spaces or
facilities where he/she can do the chosen physical activity.
ReferencesConsolvo S, McDonald DW, Landay JA (2009) Theory-driven design
strategies for technologies that support behavior change in
everyday life. In: CHI’09 proceedings of the 27th international
conference on human factors in computing systems. ACM, New
York
Ferron M, Massa P (2013) Transtheoretical model for designing
technologies supporting an active lifestyle. In: CHItaly’13 pro-
ceedings of the biannual conference of the Italian chapter of
SIGCHI. ACM, New York
62 PA P
Exergames and healthy nutrition joined against obesity
for 1 year: preliminary results at 3 month follow-up
C. Ferraris1, N. L. Pepe1, C. Trentani1, S. Tinelli1, P. Borrelli3,
M. Vandoni2, L. Correale2, E. Ricagno2, E. Codrons2,4,
M. Arpesella2, C. Montomoli3, A. Tagliabue1
1Department of Public Health, Experimental Medicine and Forensic
Science, Human Nutrition and Eating Disorders Research Centre,
University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy2Department of Public Health, Experimental Medicine & Forensic
Science, LAMA (Laboratory of Adapted Motor Activity), CRIAMS,
University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy3Department of Public Health, Experimental Medicine & Forensic
Science, Section of Biostatistics and Clinical Epidemiology,
University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy4Department of Brain and Behavioral Sciences, University of Pavia,
Pavia, Italy
Aim: We hypothesize that the inclusion of exergame improves weight
loss and prevents attrition in slimming treatments. We planned the
present study to compare weight loss and attrition between two
combined treatments with or without the inclusion of exergames in
obese patients.
Methods: Twenty healthy volunteers (25–50 years, both sexes and
BMI 25–40) were recruited and randomized to one of two treatment
condition: Diet Group (DG) and Diet + Exergames Group (DEG).
Physical activity intervention was provided in DEG. An expert in
Adapted Physical Activity established the exercise program for each
volunteer according to his/her physical fitness and attitude among the
different features offered by Wii Fit Plus. The training program was
defined and monitored during 60 min group session every 2 weeks
and the participants were asked to repeat their program at home three
times per week. General physical activity level was controlled with
the International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ) [1] during
the treatment period in both group.
Results: 80 % of participants completed 3 month period. Mean
weight loss was significantly greater in the DEG (-7.11 %;
p \ 0.05), compared to the DG (-6.74 %; p \ 0.05). These pre-
liminary results can be explained by a significant reduction in energy
intake and increase the level of weekly activity (METs/min/week)
compared to baseline in both groups.
Conclusions: Preliminary results seem to support our hypothesis
regarding the usefulness of including the exergames in slimming treatment.
A more detailed assessment will be available at the end of the study.
ReferenceInternational Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ) (2005) IPAQ
Research Committee. http://www.ipaq.ki.se/scoring
S28 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
63 PA P
A structured and supervised program of fitwalking:
the short-term therapeutic efficacy on some parameters
in people with type 2 diabetes (T2DM) sedentary
but able to prolonged walk
C. De Fazio, M. Corigliano, V. Russo, G. Corigliano
Diabetologic Unit A.I.D. ASL NA 1, Naples, Italy
Aim: The therapeutic and preventive efficacy of physical activity
(PA) is EBM but is not properly implement: 35.8 % of T2DM is
sedentary, 34.1 % does little strenuous manual labor, only 26.5 %
performs AP; at the time of diagnosis dedicates time to the nutritional
aspect (74.8 %) and less attention to prescribe PA (18.4 %). Were
evaluated the effects of a structured and supervised program of fit-
walking in the short-term (6 months) on some anthropometric
parameters, cardio-metabolic and physical performance in T2DM,
sedentary but able to prolonged walk.
Method: 20 sports science graduates have joined 40 diabetic-outpa-
tients centers for 6 months to perform the technique of fitwalking in
groups of 20 T2DM (800 people), which carried out sessions of 1 h
for 2–3 times/week. WED questionnaire administration to assess the
main emotional barriers-relations. Scientific data processing is of 7
Italian centers (125 T2DM: 83M; 42F, mean age 61 ± 7 years, BMI
29.7 ± 6.7), with the evaluation of the above parameters:• at time 0 (T0), after 3 (T3) and 6 months (T6): body weight (bw),
BMI, waist circumference (wc), fasting blood glucose (fbg),
HbA1c, resting heart rate (rhr);
• at T0 and T6: total cholesterol (tcol), triglycerides (t), HDL, LDL,
VO2max.
Haematochemical tests: standard methods, HbA1c: HPLC, VO2max
(sub-maximal treadmill or bike ergometer test). Statistical analysis:
mean, DS, ES, Wilcoxon signed-rank test for comparisons within the
single group repeated measures ANOVA.
Results: Significant variations are observed for bw (-1 kg, p 0.05),
wc (-3 cm, p 0.019), fbg (-9 mg/dl, p 0.012), HbA1c (-0.27 %,
p 0.02), rhr (-0.4 bmp, p 0.014) and VO2max (+3 ml/kg/min,
p 0.03), and improvements on the emotional barriers-relations; not
statistically significant changes for the other parameters (BMI, tcol,
HDL, LDL, t).
Conclusion: A structured and supervised program of short-term fit-
walking produces significant improvements of glyco-metabolic
compensation (fbg, HbA1c) anthropometric parameters (bw, wc) and
performance indexes (rhr, VO2max) but not lipid parameters. The
technique of fitwalking, for its easy of application to most of the
T2DM, safety and therapeutic efficacy can be a useful support for an
appropriate prescription.
ReferencesSchellenberg ES, Dryden DM, Vandermeer B, Ha C, Korownyk C
(2013) Lifestyle interventions for patients with and at risk for type
2 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med
159(8):543–551
Studio Dawn (2007) Barometer of diabetes and physical activity in
Italy
64 PA P
The effects of four different training programs on
breast cancer patients
V. De Luca1, P. Borrione1,2, F. Quaranta1,2, E. Tranchita1,3,
E. Guerra1,2,4, A. Parisi1,2
1Department of Movement, Human and Sport Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Italy2Italian Federation of Sport Medicine, Italy3School of Specialization of Sport Medicine, La Sapienza University
of Rome, Italy4Department of Cardiology, Polyclinic Casilino of Rome, Italy
Aim: Investigate the effects of four training programs in breast cancer
patients after surgery and therapy. Several studies have demonstrated
that exercise interventions may be appropriate in cancer populations
due to improvements in physical and psychological health, without
causing lymphedema or significant adverse events.
Method: Twenty mastectomized woman 45.61 ± 2.71 surgically
treated with therapeutic treatment concluded, eligible for non com-
petitive sports, volunteered to exercise 3 d/w for 8 weeks, were
randomly assigned to Strength Training (ST), Circuit Training (CT),
Aerobic Training (AT), Pilates Training (PT) or Control Group (CG).
All sessions were preceded by a warm-up and followed by a cool-
down. The ST session was structured with 2 exercises for leg, 1 for
knee flexors, 2 for lower extremities and 2 for upper body. The CT
group performed a workout structured with mixed exercises using
equipment and free weights: 2 exercises for upper body with dumb-
bell, 2 for lower body with barbells, and 1 for the back. The AT group
performed exercise protocols on treadmill, elliptics or cycloergometer
starting from 40 % of the VO2max, and increasing up to 70 % of
VO2max. The PT group has carried a 50 min-lesson performing all
the principal positions of the method, focusing on breathing, posture
and strengthening. In order to evaluate the effect of PA, all patients
were tested for VO2max with Astrand-Ryhming test, for BIA values
using a Handy3000, and the strength was evaluated with FreePower
Sensorize.
Result: The results of the study show that AT, ST, and CT improve
the maximal oxygen consumption more than Pilates. The BIA
parameters improved in different ways. Maximum strength undergoes
major improvements principally with ST and CT. No sensible chan-
ges in patient that did not perform any kind of physical activity was
shown.
Conclusion: Sports therapy, as a medicine, should be dispensed
finding the right balance between workload and intensity always in
relation to the needs of the patient and starting level. Physical activity
should be as individualized as possible. Additional studies should be
made to go further evaluate the efficacy of other training protocols.
ReferencesCheifetz O et al (2010) Effects of physical activity on cancer survival:
a systematic review. Physiother Canada 62:25–34
Bryner et al (1997) The effects of exercise intensity on body
composition, weight loss, and dietary composition in women. J Am
Coll Nutr 16:68–73
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S29
123
65 PA P
Active sitting: use of dynamic sitting among corporate
employees (a survey)
M. Gervasi1, A. R. Calavalle1, D. Sisti1, S. Senni2,
M. B. L. Rocchi1, S. Zanuso2
1Biomolecular Sciences Department, University ‘‘Carlo Bo’’, Urbino,
Italy2Technogym SpA
Aim: The aim of this study was to investigate the correlation between
the use of Active Sitting (dynamic sitting on a fit ball, AS) and the
number of working hours lost along 3 years: 2011 (before AS use),
2012 and 2013 in a sample of employees. Employees were catego-
rized according to AS use into: regular, discontinuous, former-users
and non-users.
Method: The project involved 309 employees (Technogym SPA) that
decided, or not, to adopt AS during their working hours. Two dif-
ferent questionnaires were distributed to the sample: Questionnaire 1:
anthropometric and lifestyle data; Questionnaire 2: Quebec LBP
Disability Questionnaire.
To determine whether the use of AS was associated with anthropo-
metric variables and/or hours lost to absenteeism, Chi squared or
ANOVA tests were used. In this latter case, some variables were
log10 (x + 1) transformed, in order to meet the assumption of the
homoscedasticity between samples.
Results: The sample was constituted by 202 men (65 %), and 107
women (34 %); mean age = 40 (6.8); BMI = 23.6 (3.3); smok-
ing = 14.2 %; Quebec LBP score = 5.6 (7).
Absenteeism data were analyzed according to the four categories AS
use (regular = 126, discontinuous = 57, former-users = 84, non
users = 41).
In 2011 and 2012 (AS used for 6 months) not statistically
significant evidences were detected among the subjects of the 4
groups in hours lost to absenteeism (p = 0.69) and (p = 0.75)
respectively.
In 2013 (AS in use), the use of AS was significantly associated
with absenteeism (p = 0.02). The number of the hours lost to
absenteeism was higher among non-users and former-users compared
to regular and discontinuous users.
In the regular users we found a significant decrease in hours
lost to absenteeism compared the different periods, in 2013 vs.
2012 and 2011 (5.8 vs. 6.2 and 8.0) and compared to the non-users
also (11.5 vs. 9.3 and 9.5). Voluntary AS adoption was not asso-
ciated with: age; educational level; smoking; BMI and Quebec
LBP score.
Conclusions: The 309 subjects, showed no differences in lost
working hours in 2011 and 2012, highlighting that the sample was
free from a selection bias a priori. In 2013, those who used the AS, for
a year and an half, more or less continuously, showed a reduction in
hours lost to absenteeism compared to those who were former-users
or non-users. In conclusion, the use of AS could be associated with
improved quality of posture at work, which could influence, the
number in hours lost to absenteeism.
66 PA P
Protocol of telematic monitoring to evaluate
the applicability of specific program of physical activity
in a scholar population to reduce obesity
and overweight
L. Grasso, Z. Lazarevic, F. Pigozzi, P. Borrione
Department of Movement, Human and Health Science, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Italy
Aim: The aim of the present study was to evaluate the effectiveness
of a structured program of physical activity developed by specialists,
complied for monitoring of trend for specific parameters as weight,
blood pressure, ECG, SPO2. The study was carried out on, children
attending the primary school, using telematics applications for the
remote monitoring of the results.
Materials: The study population was composed by 52 students of
both sexes attending the primary school. Two groups of students were
identified: Group A, composed by 26 students, submitted to the
specific physical activity and Group B, composed by 26 students,
engaged in a normal school activity. For all two groups specific
parameters were monitored longitudinally: height, body weight, BMI,
blood pressure, oxygen saturation, sports activities, lifestyle habits,
the incidence of infections of the upper airways during the study
period. Both groups were periodically remote monitored using ECG
that was recorded by ‘‘Resting ECG system’’ installed directly on PC
and sent by mail to other PC with the same analysis software.
Results: This study evidenced a normal physical growth of both groups.
The study group showed a decrease in body weight and in mean arterial
pressure, bradicardization, lower incidence of arrhythmias, a minimal
increase of saturation PO2, lower incidence of respiratory infections and
an identical incidence of trauma when compared to the control group.
Conclusion: This study confirmed that the physical activity is an
essential tool for the prevention of overweight/obesity in childhood
population being an important precursor of cardiovascular and met-
abolic disease. In addiction the use of telematics control will allow to
manage/control/monitor the activity in remote with the potential of
immediate interventions.
67 PA P
Influence of a pregnancy bodysuit for the treatment
of lower back pain on metabolic and ventilatory
parameters
A. Q. Lucciola, C. Cortis, A. Rodio
Department of Human Sciences, Society and Health, University
of Cassino and Lazio Meridionale, Cassino, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to clarify how an innovative preg-
nancy bodysuit (ComfortBody�), may affect metabolic and
S30 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
ventilatory parameters. This bodysuit reduces thoracolumbar and
lumbosacral angle. These changes ensure a greater hip extension in
late stance phase and improve knee extension during terminal swing
increasing stride length.
Method: After signing an informed consent, 15 pregnant women (age
30.6 ± 3.8 years, weight gain 10.1 ± 2.5 kg) between 24th and 38th
gestation week were included in a single-blind, randomized, placebo-
controlled study. Participants walked 10-min on a level treadmill at a
speed of 0.83 m/s during 3 experimental sessions: familiarization,
wearing the ComfortBody (B) and placebo (P) with a 30-min
recovery in between. Experimental sessions were scheduled on ses-
sions 2 and 3 (B, P) through permuted-block randomization. At the
end of B and P, participants were asked to rate the most comfortable
session. Oxygen consumption (VO2) and pulmonary ventilation (VE)
were measured in standing position at rest and during walking, by
means of a telemetric device (K4b2 Cosmed, Italy). Frequency of low
back pain (LBP) during pregnancy was recorded with a 5-point Likert
scale. After delivery we asked if wearing bodysuit reduced perceived
LBP. Parametric and nonparametric test were used to assess differ-
ences (p \ 0.05).
Results: B and P showed no differences at rest for VO2 (B:
4.2 ± 0.7 ml kg-1 min-1; P: 4.1 ± 0.6 ml kg-1 min-1) and VE (B:
10.3 ± 1.7 L min-1; P: 10.2 ± 1.8 L min-1) and during walking for
VO2 (B: 10.0 ± 1.5 ml kg-1 min-1; P: 9.7 ± 1.0 ml kg-1 min-1)
and VE (19.2 ± 2.6 L min-1; P: 19.2 ± 2.9 L min-1). Most of the
subjects (73 %) indicated B as the most comfortable session. 20 % of
subjects reported ‘‘never’’ as the frequency of LBP, 13.3 % ‘‘rarely’’,
46.7 % ‘‘occasionally’’, 20 % ‘‘frequently’’. 13 of 15 subjects showed
a reduction of perceived LBP after wearing the bodysuit. They also,
stated to perceive greater abdominal and lumbar support.
Conclusion: Despite pregnancy is a physiological condition, preg-
nancy-related LBP is a very common complaint [1]. The use of this
bodysuit improves posture [1] by providing comfort and support, and
by reducing perceived LBP without changes in metabolic and venti-
latory parameters.
ReferencesFederico B et al (2007) Modificazioni della postura in gravidanza.
Riv. It. Ost. Gin 16:707–722
Lucciola AQ et al (2014) Evaluation of spatio-temporal gait
parameters with and without a pregnancy bodysuit. Book of
abstracts of the 19th annual congress of the European College of
Sport Science 566
68 PA P
Physical activity and health in postmenopausal middle-
age women: a preliminary study
L. Mattina, P. R. Brustio1,2, C. Zignin1, M. E. Liubicich1
1SUISM, University of Torino, Torino, Italy2Department of Psychology, University of Torino, Torino, Italy
Aim: Menopausal transition is part of the normal aging process,
nevertheless it may be a critical and vulnerable period for woman life.
Physical activity has been shown to enhance the life quality. The aim
of this study was to assess the relationship between the level of
physical activity and related-physical health in a sample of middle-
age women.
Method: Seventy postmenopausal middle-age women (mean age
M = 56.6 ± 3.84 years; weight M = 63.70 ± 10.42 kg; height
M = 161.4 ± 5.79 cm; body mass index M = 24.45 ± 3.95 kg/m2)
living in Asti participated into the study. The sample drew a ques-
tionnaire of demographic characteristics, the International Physical
Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ)—Short Form and the 12-item Short-
Form Health Survey (SF-12; physical item). A Pearson’s product-
moment correlation was run to assess the relationship between IPAQ
and SF-12. Significant level was set p \ 0.05.
Results: The mean menopause age of the sample was
M = 49.5 ± 2.50 years; 65 (92.9 %) women had a natural meno-
pause, 5 (7.1 %) an Artificial Menopause. Metabolic equivalent
(MET) intensity levels were calculated basing on the published for-
mulas. The mean of total MET scores was M = 4,175 ± 3,862 MET-
min/week. Concerning the SF-12 8.6 % women reported an excellent
general physical health, 8.6 % very good, 55.7 % good, 22.9 % fair
and 4.3 % poor. Based on partial correlation coefficients we observed
a direct association between IPAQ and the physical health score at
SF-12 (partial r = 0.244, p \ 0.05).
Conclusion: The results highlighted as the high level of physical
activity was associated with high physical health. The study supported
the idea as it may be important for postmenopausal middle-age
women to engage physical activity for a good physical health.
ReferencesElavsky S (2009) Physical activity, menopause, and quality of life: the
role of affect and self-worth across time. Menopause 16:265–271
Nelson DB et al (2008) Effect of physical activity on menopausal
symptoms among urban women. Med Sci Sports Exerc 40:50–58
Craig CL et al (2003) International physical activity questionnaire:
12-country reliability and validity. Med Sci Sports Exerc
35:1381–1395
69 PA P
Infrastructural aspects of making an active city
and improving physical activity: a case-study
M. Pagliarella, A. Borgogni
Department of Human Sciences, Society and Health, University
of Cassino and Southern Lazio, Cassino, Italy
Aim: The main aim is to study the process of the urban renewal
supposedly finalized to make Cassino an active city thus promoting
physical activity for sport, leisure and commuting.
Method: The PhD study began in January 2014. Currently an in depth
literature review is being carried-out also based on the systematization
of the materials collected during the Intensive Programme Erasmus on
the same topic carried out in May 2014. At the end of this phase, I am
planning to build research tools for administering interviews to decision
makers, stakeholders and citizens. The focus of the research will be on
three main areas: a cycle path used for jogging and walking, the Villa
Comunale, main city park, and the connections between the railway
station/urban centre and the University campus. In the latter, relevant
concerning the mobility for commuting, students, teaching and
administrative staff of the University will be involved. Questionnaires
will be delivered pre and post the expected interventions. Moreover,
town planning perceptive and qualitative surveys will be used.
Result: While the PhD research is in the first year, I can speak about
expected results in terms of criteria to make the highlighted areas and,
at a larger scale, the city of Cassino, more active. Moreover, in case of
implementation of the interventions of rehabilitation complementing
the organisation of the 2016 University World Cross Country
Championship, the connected process of urban renewal will be
included in the study.
Conclusion: The study case of Cassino is remarkable from an in-
frastructural and lifestyles point of view because it is a city totally
rebuilt after the Second World War. Moreover there is a large use of
motorized mobility and a lack of public transportation. Furthermore,
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S31
123
Cassino is at the boundary between Lazio and Campania Regions;
even if no local data are available, the inactivity rate is very high
considering that, according to ISTAT (2012), Lazio Region presents a
43.8 % of inactive people and Campania Region 57.3 %.
ReferencesEdwards P, Tsouros A (2008) A healthy city is an active city. WHO
Europe
Istat (2012) Indagine annuale ‘‘Aspetti della vita quotidiana’’
70 PA P
Habitual physical activity in adolescents: the role
of aerobic fitness, pleasure, and exertion to exercise
M. Vandoni1,*, E. Codrons1,2,*, P. Sacchi1, L. Correale1,
S. Ottobrini1, Y. Leynaud1, L. Martinelli1, E. Porzio1,
C.F. Buzzachera3
1LAMA (Laboratory of Adapted Motor Activity), CRIAMS,
Department of Public Health, Experimental Medicine and Forensic
Science, University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy2Department of Brain and Behavioral Sciences, University of Pavia,
Pavia, Italy3North University of Parana, Londrina, Brazil
* These authors contributed equally to this work
Aim: Most adolescents do not achieve the recommended amount of
physical activity (PA) that are associated with better health outcomes.
The reasons for this phenomenon are unclear, a positive relationship
between habitual PA and aerobic fitness exists in adults, although
studies in adolescents have given conflicting results. Therefore, the aim
of this study was to examine the relationship between amount of daily
PA and aerobic fitness in adolescents. However, studies have shown that
feelings of pleasure and exertion are associated with future PA partic-
ipation, regardless of aerobic fitness. Thus, the secondary aim of this
study was to examine the relationship between habitual PA, affective
valence, and perceived exertion during exercise in adolescents.
Method: Thirty high school adolescents (24 boys and 7 girls), aged
18.3 ± 1.1 years, completed an orientation trial and a maximal,
graded treadmill test to determine maximal oxygen consumption
(VO2max). Physiological (VO2, measured by Fitmate, Cosmed�, Italy;
and HR, measured by RS800, Polar, Finland) responses were con-
tinuously recorded throughout the test. The exertional (measured by
6–20 Borg RPE Scale) and affective (measured by Feeling Scale)
responses were recorded every stage throughout the test. Habitual PA
was measured by accelerometers (Actiheart, Minicoutter�, USA),
worn around the waist for 5 days, including at least one weekend day.
The accelerometer captures minute-by-minute activity counts that
were collapsed into minutes spent in sedentary, light, moderate, and
vigorous intensity activity. A linear regression was performed with
mean counts of PA as independent variable, and aerobic fitness,
affective valence, and perceived exertion to maximal exercise as
dependent variables. A significance level of p \ 0.05 was chosen.
Results: Linear regression indicated no relationship between daily PA
variables and aerobic fitness, with the exception of a significant
relationship for vigorous activity (r = 0.33, p \ 0.05). None of the
daily PA variables were related to exertional and affective responses
to exercise, with exception of a significant relationship for affective
valence at maximal exercise (r = 0.36, p \ 0.05).
Conclusion: In this population, vigorous PA was related, at least in
part, to aerobic fitness and affective valence to exercise. A better
aerobic fitness and more positive affective responses to exercise are
directly related to the amount of daily vigorous PA.
MOVEMENT LEARNING,PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICALDEVELOPMENT AND COACHING
71 ML O
Battery of Questionnaires to study youth’s motivations,
barriers and preferences for physical activity
M. Lanza1, I. Salvadori2, M. Cimas3
1Department of Neuroscience and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy2Master in Preventive and Adapted Physical Activity, University
of Verona3Grado en Ciencias de la Actividad Fısica y del Deporte, Universidad
de A Coruna UDC
Aim: The aims of the search are (1) verify the practicability of a
battery of questionnaires that study barriers and motivation for
physical activities in youths; (2) identify the kinds of Physical
activities that poorly active youths prefers.
Method: More than 500 students (14–21 years) have compiled a
battery of questionnaires divided into three parts that investigate:
(a) personal characteristics; (b) perception of barriers and motiva-
tions for physical activities through 48 items (BRAFS) at which
students express their level of agreement (3 = Fully agree, … -
3 = strongly disagree); (c) youth’s lifestyle (sedentary, poorly
active, active, strongly active), the percentage of time that each
students would be willing to devote at six categories of physical
activities.
Results: Questionnaires was correctly compiled, in 20/35 min, from
more than 95 % of participants. The preliminary study shows that
correlation among 48 BRAFS items is significant (p \ 0.05) in
about half of cases but only for two couples it is higher than 0.7
(Items 4.1–4.2 r = 0.73; Items 12.1–12.2 r = 0.76). Until today four
items were studied to verify if they are able to identify differences
in barriers and motivations between poorly active and active stu-
dents: 2.1—the feeling of psychological well-being that I get from
my physical activity motivates me to practice it (M = 1.61 ± 1.23);
13.2—physical activity allow me to obtain economical benefits
(M = -1.02 ± 1.66); 1.3—my knowledge on how to carry out
physical activities promotes my practice (M = 1.50 ± 1.08); 9.3—
organization and time for my study (or work) don’t limit my
physical activity (M = 0.06 ± 1.80). Items 1.3, 2.1 and 9.3 shows
different results for poorly-active and active youth (p \ 0.05).
Poorly active youths seems to prefer to be involved more time in
Exercise (M = 29.06 % ± 16.75), Locomotion of daily life
(M = 20.06 % ± 16.13) and Recreational Physical Activities
(M = 19.36 % ± 12.55) rather than in Sport (M = 13.58 % ±
13.99), Physical Education (M = 9.24 % ± 9.48) and Hand Works
(M = 8.71 % ± 8.89).
Conclusion: Preliminary results seem to demonstrate that battery of
questionnaires is practicable. In particular BRAFS questionnaire
allow detecting a large amount of physical activity’s determinants
without significant overlaps. The knowledge of preferences in youth’s
physical activity could help Physical Educators and Researchers to
better define physical activities for specific groups like poorly active
or active youths.
ReferencesBauman AE (2012)
Biddle SJH (2008)
S32 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
72 ML OP
Physical activities and sport in mental health: proposal
for practice
A. Benevento1, G. Raiola2
1Sciences and Tecniques of Sport, University of Salerno, Fisciano,
Italy2Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: A study previously published on the occasion of the scientific
meeting of the International Conference on Sports Science and Dis-
ability held in Naples at the University Naval February 15, 2014, in
the field of physical education and physical activity in health Menale,
determined that ‘‘It makes appropriate to the study of a practice for
the effective implementation of these activities and connectable to an
objective evaluation tool. This work illustrates the practice used for a
pilot project for a period of 4 months, and analyzes the results with
validated test administered to the experimental group and the control
group.
Method: Analysis of practices used. Administering tests validated
(FPS, POMS, tests Rockfort, measurement BMI) to an experimental
group and a control group. They were also used additional assessment
instruments calibrated for the specific use. Graphical representation of
the data obtained.
Results: The analysis of the data obtained shows an improvement of the
patients in the experimental group compared with those of the control
group. The positive changes more ‘relevant were obtained after the first
month of activity and then confirmed during the remainder of the trial.
Conclusion: The data collected in this project indicate that the
implementation of the proposed practice offers tangible results, with
significant improvements already achieved in the first month. The
result of this study encourages the creation of an experimental project
in which they are involved more structures and more patients in order
to verify the effectiveness with the increase of the variables. The
ultimate goal is to create a clear and concrete practices that can
provide positive results and comparable.
ReferencesCarozza P (2003) La riabilitazione psichiatrica nei Centri Diurni.
Aspetti clinici e organizzativi. Ed. F.Angeli
Giuliani A, Micacchi G, Valenti M (2005) L’Attivita Motoria nei
servizi di salute mentale. It J Sport Sci
73 ML OP
Importance of sport and physical activity on social
behavior in people with intellectual disabilities
E. Iuliano1, G. Fiorilli1, G. Aquino1, A. di Cagno2, G. Calcagnile3,
G. Calcagno1
1Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Italy2Department of Health Sciences, Foro Italico Rome, Italy3Special Olympics Molise
Aim: The aim of this study was to evaluate the differences in social
behavior between subjects with intellectual disabilities who practice
sports activities compared to subjects, with the same intellectual
disabilities, who are not practicing sports.
Method: For this study 175 subjects of both genders, with Down
syndrome and moderate cognitive delay were recruited; 105 athletes
as sportive group (age 17.5 ± 2.2) and 70 non-athletes as control
group (aged 17.3 ± 2.4). Eligible participants were from different
Italian sportive associations competing in the Special Olympics
games (for the sportive group) and from different Italian associations
for disables (for non-sportive group). To evaluate behavioral prob-
lems a validated self-report questionnaire was administered: Strengths
and Difficulties Questionnaires (SDQ). The questionnaire was com-
posed by 25 items, concerning behavioral problems relative to 5
dimensions, such as Emotional symptoms (5 items), Conduct prob-
lems (5 items), Hyperactivity/inattention symptoms (5 items), Peer
relationship problems (5 items) and Pro-social behavior (5 items). The
questionnaire also assigns 3 multi-dimensional scores: Global score
(20 items), Internalizing problems score (10 items) and Externalizing
problems score (10 items).
Results: The analysis of variance showed significant differences
between the 2 groups in all the 5 dimensions of the SDQ and in all the
3 multi-dimensional scores, with better scores for sportive group than
non-sportive group.
Conclusion: Sport and physical activity can be considered an
important mean to develop social behavior in subjects with intellec-
tual disability.
ReferencesDykens EM et al (1996) Effects of Special Olympics International on
social competence in persons with mental retardation. J Am Acad
Child Adolesc Psychiatry 35(2):223–229
Goodman A et al (2010) When to use broader internalizing and
externalizing subscales instead of the hypothesized five subscales
on the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ): data from
British parents, teachers and children. J Abnormal Child Psychol
38:1179–1191
74 ML OP
Electrocortical responses in volunteers watching movies
including the execution of complex motor gestures
M. Ivaldi1, G. Cugliari2, E. Fiorenti1, A. Rambaudi3, A. Rainoldi4
1S.U.I.S.M. University of Turin, Turin, Italy2Department of Brain and Behavioral Sciences, Medical Statistics
and Genomics Unit, University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy3Department of Informatics, University of Torin, Italy4Department of Medical Sciences, S.U.I.S.M., University of Turin,
Turin, Italy
Aim: EEG registration during the execution of a movement is a
difficult task because of the numerous artifacts generated by the
movement itself. The analysis of electrocortical activity during motor
imagery or while watching an action made by an athlete can be more
easily carried out. According to the theory of mirror neurons, in fact,
there is an overlapping in some cortical activation during the exe-
cution of a motor gesture and during the observation of the same
gesture made with the same purpose by another person. The analysis
of electrocortical activity as a result of visual stimuli may reveal a
statistically significant difference in signals of expert subjects, com-
pared to non-experts, while watching a movie commensurate to the
field of expertise.
Method: Fourteen volunteers, aged 18–33 (mean age = 23 ± 4 -
years), 7 belonging to the expert group (high experience in the field of
acrobatic gymnastics) and 7 to the control one, took part in the study;
EEG was recorded using a prototype of a wireless amplifier (OT Bioe-
lettronica, Italia) during the vision of 10 movies containing executions of
specific technical gestures of acrobatic gymnastics (5 containing evident
technical errors and falls and 5 without errors or falls).
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S33
123
Results: No statistically significant differences were found between
groups at baseline in the analyzed spectrum (0–11 Hz). Statistically
significant difference (p \ 0.05) emerges in EEG power spectrum in
Delta and partially in Alpha bands especially in frontal and central
electrodes on the right side of the head (F4 and C4) ad occipitals (O1
and O2).
Conclusion: The statistically significant differences between expert
and controls during the vision of complex motor gestures could
indicate a difference in the brain activity during the recognition of
complex motor programs. Although the results confirm what is
reported in the literature specifically for the Delta band, this does not
occur with respect to the Alpha band. These findings confirm the
relationship between EEG activity and vision of specific motor ges-
tures and extend the knowledge on the electrocortical response to
visual stimuli emphasizing the difference between experienced and
inexperienced subjects, relative to the field analyzed.
ReferenceBabiloni C et al (2002) Human cortical electroencephalography
(EEG) rhythms during the observation of simple aimless move-
ments: a high-resolution EEG study. Neuroimage 17.2:559–572
75 ML OP
Learning by observation: how to improve the cognitive-
motor abilities
S. Orru1,2, A. Accarino1, F. Foti3,4, D. Martone1,2, E. Imperlini1,2,
L. Petrosini3,4, P. Buono1,2, L. Mandolesi1,4
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University
of Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2CEINGE Advanced Biotechnologies, s.c.a r.l., Naples, Italy3Department of Psychology, University of Rome ‘‘La Sapienza’’,
Rome, Italy4IRCCS Santa Lucia Foundation, Rome, Italy
Aim: Experimental studies have shown that it is possible to improve
navigation abilities by observation of the correct procedure of
exploration. Learning by observation is linked to the activation of the
mirror system, a neural network that comes into play when we per-
form or observe a particular motor act characterized by a purpose and
belonging to our motor experience. In this scenario we analyzed
whether it is possible to enhance spatial abilities in preschool children
by observation of motor procedures.
Method: 30 typically developing children (aged 4–5 years) took part
to the study by performing the radial arm maze (RAM), a highly
ecological task that investigates the different facets of spatial memory
including procedural components. All parents gave written informed
consent.
For the assessment of the development, anthropometric measurements
were collected; moreover, assessments included also brain laterali-
zation tests (to evaluate the half-brain dominance) and motor skills.
The assessment of cognitive development was carried out through
qualitative analysis of the drawing of the human figure.
The children were randomly divided into three experimental groups:
Group I: 10 children that, before performing the RAM, observed
trainer solving the maze using a rigidly structured procedure (45�angles);
Group II: 10 children that, before performing the RAM, observed
trainer solving the maze using a seemingly illogical procedure;
Group III: 10 children that performed directly RAM following
exclusively verbal instructions.
Results: Among the parameters analyzed, we underline: total time,
number of errors, spatial span and 45� angles.
The data obtained showed that Group I, who had observed a struc-
tured procedure, made less errors (p \ 0.05) than the other two
groups and had a greater awareness of the task (declarative knowl-
edge). Group II made some errors in the first trial but, in general, they
performed better in all analyzed parameters than Group III who did
not receive any visual help.
Conclusion: The present findings suggest how important is both to
observe a motor action before performing it and also to understand the
purpose of the observed action in the development of new motor
procedures.
ReferencesFadiga L et al (1995) J Neurophysiol 73:2608–2611
Leggio MG et al (2000) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97:2320–2325
Mandolesi L et al (2009) Int J Dev Neurosci 27:789–797
76 ML OP
Victimization and sports participation
among outpatient obese children and adolescents
P. Tortorelli1, V. Gallarato1, E. Mozzillo1,2, E. Tramontano1,
C. Buongiovanni2, O. D’Amico2, M. Sticco2, A. Franzese2,
G. Valerio1
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2Department of Translational Medical Science, University of Naples
‘‘Federico II’’, Italy
Aim: To investigate the association between weight status and verbal
or relational victimization, and the influence on sports participation in
children and adolescents.
Method: The study sample was represented by 163 children/adoles-
cents with primary obesity (BMI standard deviation score (SDS)
C1.64) consecutively recruited from the outpatient clinic of the
Department of Translational Medical Science, Federico II University
of Naples, and 240 children/adolescents (165 normal weight, BMI-
SDS between -1.63 and 1.03; 54 overweight-BMI-SDS between 1.04
and 1.63) recruited from a primary and a middle school in Naples.
Groups were comparable for age and gender distribution. Verbal and
relational victimization (teasing about physical aspect; teasing for
other reasons; exclusion from sports activities) were assessed through
a modified version of the Olweus questionnaire. Perceived difficulties
with physical tasks were assessed using a structured questionnaire
(Impact of Weight on Quality-of-Life-Adolescents).
Results: Obese participants were more frequently involved in the
three forms of victimization than normal-weight and overweight
participants (p \ 0.001). In particular teasing about physical aspect
(35.8 %) was the most frequent form reported by obese participants,
followed by teasing for other reasons (19.1 %) or exclusion from
sports activities (8.6 %). A significant correlation was found between
teasing about physical aspect and perceived difficulty with physical
tasks in obese participants (p \ 0.001). Among the teased obese
participants, 84.6 % stated no sports participation, while 15.4 % was
involved in an individual sport (p = 0.03). Sixty-three percent of
obese participants felt that weight loss could have improved social
relationships with their peers.
Conclusion: Obese children and adolescents are at risk of teasing
about physical aspect, which may contribute to social isolation, par-
ticularly in sports activities. Coaches and physical education teachers
should be made aware about these issues, in order to prevent vic-
timization and foster better self-esteem in obese children through the
beneficial effects of physical activity.
S34 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
ReferencesPuhl RM et al (2013) Strategies to address weight-based victimiza-
tion: youths’ preferred support interventions from classmates,
teachers, and parents. J Youth Adolesc 42:315–327
Puhl RM et al (2013) Weight-based victimization: a comprehensive
assessment of weight-loss treatment-seeking youth. Pediatrics 131:e1–e9
77 ML OP
Spatiotemporal and kinematic gait parameters
of parkinsonian patients in off and on state
with and without Mild Cognitive Impairment: a motion
analysis study
P. Varriale1,2, R. Rucco1,2, V. Agosti1,2, F. Jacini1,2, C. Vitale1,2,
S. Rombetto3, F. Corato4, G. Sorrentino1,2
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2Istituto di Diagnosi e Cura Hermitage Capodimonte, Naples, Italy3Cibernetic Institute ‘‘E. Caianiello’’, CNR, Pozzuoli, Naples, Italy4Second University of Naples, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of our study was to test the effect of a dual-task
condition (L-Dopa) on spatiotemporal and kinematic gait parameters
in a population of patients affected by Parkinson disease (PD) with
and without mild cognitive impairment (MCI).
Method: Patients with clinical, neuropsychological and instrumental
diagnosis of PD were enrolled. Patients were classified as MCI+
(n = 15) if they had both a cognitive deficit not causing a significant
functional decline and dysfunction in at least 1one cognitive domain
as confirmed by a consistent pattern of impairment in the specific
neuropsychological tests, otherwise they were classified as MCI-
(n = 14).
Using a motion analysis system, we analyzed spatiotemporal and
kinematic parameters in two different condition: (1) a normal gait
(walking at self-paced speed) and (2) a cognitive dual-task (walking
while serially subtracting 7 s starting from 100) in off and on state.
Before the trials, all participants were instructed to walk at a normal
pace at their usual speed.
The following gait parameters were analyzed: speed, stride width,
stride length, cycle time, step length, step time, double limb support
time (DLS), cadence, stance time, swing time, double/single limb
support time ratio (DLS/SLS). Moreover, we analyzed the range of
motion (RoM) on the sagittal plane of the thigh (T), knee (K), and ankle
(A) joints, normalized for the 100 % of the gait cycle calculating the Ds
value as the difference between two consecutive peaks in the gait cycle.
Results: Our results showed significant differences only during the
cognitive dual task, in off state, in the following parameters: DLS/
SLS (p = 0.03), AD3 (p = 0.05), AD4 (p = 0.05), KD3 (p = 0.04)
and KD4 (p = 0.02).
Conclusion: The significative differences of the spatiotemporal and
kinematic parameters in OFF-state as compared to ON-state show that
L-dopa is able to improve the gait in PD patients affecting not only
several spatio-temporal parameters but also the amplitude of the
movement of both ankle and knee. Moreover the cognitive dual task
seems to be a valid instrument to evaluate the involvement of exec-
utive functions in automatic, highly conserved, motor functions such
as gait.
ReferenceDomellof ME, Elgh E, Forsgren L (2011) The relation between
cognition and motor dysfunction in drug-naive newly diagnosed
patients with Parkinson’s disease. Mov Disord 26:2183–2189
78 ML OP
Motivational processes and sport volunteering
during Winter Universiade Trentino 2013
F. Vitali1, A. Bellutti2, C. Trentin1, F. Schena1
1Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Italy2Winter Universiade Trentino 2013 Organising Committee
Aim: Volunteering is a key component of sport system, which creates
economic and social value, producing benefits for volunteers them-
selves, organizations involved, and communities they volunteer in.
This is particularly true for major sport events. Although motives of
sport and event volunteers has been examined, little is known about
the motives of repeat volunteers and dimensions which may foster
volunteer retention, such as volunteer job satisfaction and resilience.
This study examines motivations, job satisfaction, and resilience of
volunteers to identify more effective retention strategies for
organizers.
Method: Participants were 630 volunteers at Winter Universiade
Trentino 2013 (F = 57.5 %; aged 15–70 years, M = 30.6 ± 14.3)
who rated a web short version of Special Event Volunteer Motivation
Scale, the Volunteer Job Satisfaction Scale, a short version of Con-
nor-Davidson Resilience Scale, and ten statements used in a previous
study to investigate implications and future intentions of experience
as a volunteer.
Results: Volunteer job satisfaction was directly related to resilience
(r = 0.32, p \ 0.01), and to willingness to volunteer for another
major sport event (r = 0.51, p \ 0.01). Regression analysis results
showed that motivations linked to solidary incentives (e.g. social
interaction, group identification, networking) enhance interest in sport
(b = 0.250, p \ 0.01), while motivations referred to purposive
incentives (e.g. doing something useful to the community and the
event) foster willingness to volunteer for another major sport event
(b = 0.205, p \ 0.01).
Conclusion: Perceiving event volunteering as a satisfying and pur-
posive experience may consolidate not only interest in sport, but also
willingness to volunteer for another major sports event. This con-
clusion needs to be capitalized upon to promote specific sports
participation and volunteering.
ReferencesDownward et al (2006) The sports development potential of sports
event volunteering: insights from the XVII Manchester Common-
wealth Games. Eur Sport Manag Q 6:333–351
Georgiadis T et al (2006) Motivation and volunteer participation in
the ‘‘Athens 2004’’ Olympic Games. Sport Manag Int J 2:65–89
Surujlal J et al (2008) Volunteers’ perceptions of benefits derived
from volunteering: an empirical study. South Afr J Res Sport Phys
Educ Recreat 30:105–116
79 ML P
The effects of non-verbal communication of the coach
A. Veloce, M. T. Cattaneo, F. Scamardella, D. Carfora
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The research focuses on the analysis of different types of
behaviors related to non-verbal communication. In particular, it
examines the role of the coach and his functions, then it briefly
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S35
123
analyzes leadership style, alighting on the communicational process
and the principal forms and functions of non-verbal communication.
Communication between the coach and his football players is a rel-
ative field of primary importance: communication is an ability that
can be trained.
Method: This survey was achieved through a questionnaire made up
of 8 questions simulating various situations occurring in a match.
They were submitted to a sample of 72 trainers, among there were
technicians senior team and technical teams of youth. The first section
of the questionnaire investigates certain situations occurring before
the match. On the other hand, the second part focuses on the very
moments of the game and on the half-time. The last questions inquire
about the conclusion of the match: coaches are asked about the
reactions they might have at the end of the competition.
Results: According to the result of the survey, it has been noticed that
football coaches give relevant importance to non-verbal communi-
cation: 81 % of them declared to make use of different forms of non-
verbal communication and most of the time they do intentionally,
with the specific purpose of sending a message to their own team.
Only 7 % admitted to do it without a precise motivation. Thanks to
their answers it has been pointed out that youth coaches are more
disposed to send specific messages, intended to spread a sense of calm
and trust to their players.
Conclusion: The main purpose of this study was to show how foot-
ball coaches employ various forms of non-verbal communication
during different phases of the match. We can assert that communi-
cational skills represent an essential matter for a trainer, since they
can make the difference between a good coach and a very Special
One.
ReferencesArgyle M (2007) Il corpo e il suo linguaggio. Studio sulla
comunicazione non verbale. Zanichelli, Bologna
Bass B (2008) The Bass handbook of leadership: theory, research and
managerial application, 4th edn. The Free Press Editor, New York
Cox RH (2007) Sport psychology, 7th edn. McGraw Hill, New York
80 ML P
Physical education + plus: physical activity lesson
breaking for improve life skills in inclusive school
S. Cazzoli1, S. Gatto2
1University of Torino, Adjunct Professor, Torino, Italy2Master in Education Science for Primary School, Torino, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to analyze physical activity lesson
breaking for improve life skills in inclusive school. The ‘‘coping of
stress’’ and ‘‘coping of emotions’’ era Life skills as abilities for
adaptive and positive behaviour, that enable individuals to deal
effectively with demand and challenges of everyday life (WHO,
1997). Physical Activity (PA) breaking every day (+plus two Physical
Education-PE 2 h weekly) improved the level of concentration in the
learning school setting and the positive classroom climate.
Method: 24 students national primary school of Torino (aged
9–10 years) were involved in 8 week Yoga training break every day
(March–April 2014). Typology of activity: physical activity (yoga
position, visualisation, diaphragmatic breathing, listening nature
sound); personal perception and self-awareness of children from the
experience (narrative storytelling, design, auto-evaluation). The
concentration was investigated by questionnaire (8 questions).
Results: Data key questions in the questionnaire: (1) after interrup-
tion of the study the students resume their study smoothly 33.3 %
(before training bt), 50 % (after training-at); (2) maintain the con-
centration for most of the lesson 16.6 % (bt), 45.85 % (at); (3) do not
understand the explanation 75 % (bt), 45 % (at); (4) while studies
people speaking near you and you manage to isolate yourself to study
29.16 % (bt), 50 % (at); (5) while studies people stop after you can
immediately resume concentration on the subject of the study 37.5 %
(bt), 54.16 % (at).
Conclusion: After data analysis we can say that the physical activity
lesson breaking improved the general level of concentration in the
sample. The positive data suggest inserting breaks of physical activity
alternating activity class to improve concentration and facilitate
learning. The positive data have also been detected in 4 subjects with
certified specific learning disorders. This was a preliminary study that
requires further study and subsequent investigations on larger sample.
ReferencesDi Nuovo (2009) Attenzione e concentrazione, Erickson Trento
WHO (1997) Life skills education for children and adolescents in
school. Programme on mental health World Health Organization
81 ML P
The Body Worlds Exhibition: an example of health
education through a critical-reflective approach
A. Cunti, S. Bellantonio, A. Priore
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: Body Worlds is an informative scientific exhibition which
displays human anatomical specimens that have been conserved
using plastination. The aim is obtain socio-demographic informa-
tion, habits and lifestyles to identify the target visitors and to
explore the reasons of the visit, the perceived objectives, the
reactions in order to propose a critical reflection on its educational
implications.
Method: Two questionnaires were used to obtaining socio-demo-
graphic information and to revealing habits and lifestyles in order to
identify the target visitors in Naples. Participants are 407 (F = 257,
M = 150).
Results: The results show that the visitors lead already a fairly
healthy lifestyle, respond positively to the exhibition and after the
visit declare their intention of improve his lifestyle (29.48 % improve
diet, and 29.23 % start or increase physical activity). The results
clearly show that the exhibition attracts a particular type of audience,
already inclined to sufficiently healthy lifestyles. Exhibitions wishing
to encourage a process of change must take into account the com-
plexity of the interaction between the artistic and perceptional
dimension, the cognitive dimension and the emotional and identifi-
cation dimension.
Conclusion: Results show that it has been accepted by visitors,
interested to learn more about the functioning of the human body, and
push us even to think that the behavior change, which visitors claim to
achieve through an improved lifestyle passes through a deepening of
self-knowledge. Emerges the importance to create educational
opportunities that guide the individual’s willingness to pursue healthy
choices. The promotion of healthy lifestyles becomes effective if
knowledge transmission is included in a wide educational process,
that aims to empower individuals through development of critical and
self-reflexive capabilities. Focusing the educational value of the
museum experience emerges the necessity to put in relationship the
body exposed and the visitor’s body, through an identification
process.
S36 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
ReferencesBurns L (2007) Gunther von Hagens’ BODY WORLDS: selling
beautiful education. Am J Bioethics 7(4):12–23
Hooper-Greenhill E (2013) Museum and their visitors. London,
Routledge
von Hagens G (2005) On gruesome corpses, gestalt plastinates and
mandatory internment. In: von Hagens G (ed) BODY WORLDS:
the anatomical exhibition of real human bodies. Institute for
Plastination, Heidelberg
82 ML P
Comparison of motivational and psychological aspects
between professional martial artists and amateurs
athletes
M. D’Angelo1,2, M. Benzi2, M. Valenti2, R. Di Giminiani2,
M. G. Vinciguerra2, F. Masedu2, S. Tamorri2
1Beijing Sports’ University2Department of Applied Clinical Sciences and Biotechnology,
University of L’Aquila
Aim: The primary aim of this study consisted in comparing profes-
sional martial artists and amateurs of different sports according to
motivational and psychological aspects. This subject has been chosen
because of the recognized importance of the emotional and affective
dimensions within martial arts.
Method: 80 athletes were selected. The sample was divided into 40
professional martial artists and 40 amateurs athletes of different dis-
ciplines. In order to measure the motivational and psychological
dimensions two validated questionnaires were administered: the
SMS28 (Sport Motivation Scale) and the IPPS48 (Psychological
Inventory of Sportive Performance) along with a final interview. A
correlation analysis, adjusted for multiple testing, was carried out,
using an a level which has been set at 5 %. Group profiles, stratified
by gender, according to the psychological and motivational ques-
tionnaires were compared using a Hotelling T2 test. Eventually, after
the normal distributional hypothesis check, the magnitude of the items
coming from questionnaires was assessed exploiting a multivariate
regression model.
Results: The correlation analysis showed high correlation coeffi-
cients. We point out a correlation of -0.62 between lack of
concentration and self-esteem and of 0.58 between lack of concen-
tration and preoccupations within amateurs and 0.48 for the martial
artists. Likewise we mention a correlation of -0.53 between absence
of motivation and one of the three intrinsic motivations. The Ho-
telling T2 test was statistically significant in both groups, suggesting a
probable effect of the practice of martial arts on one o more items of
the used questionnaires getting for IPPS48 p = 0.00, and for SMS28
p = 0.00. Non statistically significant effect was detected in IPPS48
for the item preparation for the competition (p = 0.40) and in SMS28
for one the three external motivations (p = 0.10).
Conclusion: We observed in the martial artists’ group, referring to
IPPS48, a higher self-esteem, self-talk practice and a lower lack of
concentration compared to the opposite results of the amateurs. For
the SMS28 questionnaires we observed that the martial artists’
group reported on average higher scores for all the three types of
the intrinsic motivational aspect. We observed a gender dependence
of both psychological and motivational profiles in the amateurs
group.
ReferencesKawabata M, Mallett CJ (2013) Examining discriminant validity
issues of the Sport Motivation Scale-6. J Sports Sci 31(2):173–180
Lu FJ, Hsu EY, Wang JM, Huang MY, Chang JN, Wang CH (2010)
Exercisers’ identities and exercise dependence: the mediating
effect of exercise commitment. Percept Mot Skills 115(2):618–631
83 ML P
New comprehensive technical methods in youth
volleyball
M. Vernet1, C. Mina2, F. A. Faure Rolland1
1Scuola Universitaria Interfacolta in Scienze Motorie (SUISM),
University of Torino, Italy2Union Volley Pinerolo, Italy
Aim: The motor image (IM) and the observation of motor action
(AO), if adequately combined, could have a positive effect on the
following automatic imitation of the same action and they could be
utilized for the motor activity learning process. For individuals who
have difficulties with the motor representation the AO as an aim could
be a better strategy. For the learning of a complex motor action the
AO seems to produce better effects than working on the IM, or at least
in the initial learning phase.
Method: For 8 weeks 28 girls (age 10 ± 1), who regularly train
twice a week, have integrated their activity with the observation of
motor actions sports gestures involving volleyball. The girls, divided
into two homogeneous groups (A-B) (Test U Mann–Whitney, a 0.05),
have performed together the typical training sessions (90’); after the
warm-up (10’) it has been proposed some technique videos
(2 9 5’AO 30’ intervals) differentiated for group (A: bagher; B: set).
It has been done an evaluation based on execution and technique
(PRE-POST) in simple exercises of bagher (Ba) and set (Se) which
have been codified and filmed. The evaluation has been quantified in
an appositely created report (range 3/10 ± 0.5).
Result: In the PRE evaluation of both technical gestures, Group A
(Ba: 7.5 ± 1.0; Se: 7.1 ± 0.9) happens to be averagely higher than
group B (Ba: 7.4 ± 0.9; Se: 6.7 ± 1.0); the POST evaluation of
Group A (Ba: 7.8 ± 0.7; Se: 7.3 ± 0.9) and B (Ba: 8.0 ± 0.7; Se:
7.3 ± 0.9) are equivalent for Se whereas Ba is higher in Group B.
The % improvement found between PRE and POST in both A (Ba:
4.6 %; Se: 2.9 %) and B (Ba: 8.0 %; Se: 9.0 %) is always higher than
the technical gesture pertinent to AO.
Conclusion: The analysis (Test T Wilcoxon, a 0.05) on the evalua-
tion of technical efficiency seems to confirm how the observation of
the action (AO) could have determined higher learning levels in the
technical gesture observed; only Group B could show to have
obtained significant improvement even in the not observed technical
gesture.
ReferencesEaves DL et al (2014) Motor imagery during action observation
modulates automatic imitation effects in rhythmical actions. Front
Hum Neur 8:28
Gatti R et al (2013) Action observation versus motor imagery in
learning a complex motor task: a short review of literature and a
kinematics study. Neur Lett 540:37–42
Kim J et al (2014) Differences in brain waves of normal persons and
stroke patients during action observation and motor imagery.
J Phys Ther Sci 26(2):215–218
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S37
123
84 ML P
Behavioral differences of sled towing in track
and field’s athletes
L. Chirio1, M. Fantoni2, F. A. Faure Rolland1
1S.U.I.S.M. (Scuola Universitaria Interfacolta in Scienze Motorie),
University of Turin, Italy2Technical Sector FIDAL Piemonte, Italy
Aim: With this work we wanted to deeply study the aspects con-
nected with the use sled towing in two groups of young athletes of
different genders who practice speed disciplines in track and field.
Like already expressed in other studies ‘‘The use of the towing affects
the extent of stride length more than the stride frequency’’. Although
this training technique appears to be broadly studied in the sport
bibliography, the several authors do not show particular indications
about the behavioral differences among subjects of the two genders.
Method: Two groups of 8 athletes of different genders who practice
track and field (F: age 16 ± 1, BW 56.1 ± 6.4 kg; M: age 17 ± 1,
BW 64.8 ± 6.8 kg) completed some sprint runs on a 30 m distance.
The first run (A) was completed without any additional weights, the
next ones were completed with progressively increased weight (B:
10.0 kg; C: 12.5 kg; D: 17.5 kg; E: 20.0 kg). It was calculated for all
athletes and each group the velocity (V), the stride length (L) and the
frequency (F). The data obtained was compared with the weight
towed which value is expressed in % of the average body weight of
the examined athletes and group (%BW charge).
Results: In both groups the decreasing % velocity (F.r: 0.983; M.r:
0.987) of the initial chronometric performance, the reducing % of the
stride length (F.r: 0.945; M.r: 0.919) result to be highly correlated
(Test Pearson) to the increment of the %BW charge; low the %F
correlation (F.r: 0.653; M.r: 0.601).
Conclusion: The analysis conducted (Test Wilcoxon Mann Whitney a0.05; Test T Wilcoxon a 0.05) confirm how the variations of the inves-
tigated parameters (%V; %L; %F) are not statistically different between
the male and the female group when the weight towed is evaluated with
the % BW charge Defining the amount of weight to tow in relation to the
% of the body weight could be a useful indication in order to define the
sled towing weights during training for the two genders.
ReferencesAlcaraz PE, Palao JM, Elvira JLL (2009) Determining the optimal
load for resisted sprint training with sled towing. J Strength Cond
Res 23(2):480–485
Chirio L, Faure Rolland FA (2011) A study on the sprint’s effects
with sled towing among women track-and-field athletes. J Sports
Med Phys Fitness 51:55
Lochie RG, Murphy AJ, Spinks CD (2003) Effects of resisted sled
towing on sprint kinematics in field-sport athletes. J Strength Cond
Res 17:760–767
85 ML P
The role of the teacher of physical education
in integrative-inclusive processes in sports
F. Giardiello, D. Tafuri, G. Raiola
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: It regards the misunderstanding on integration process and
inclusion one. So is to check if the teachers in physical education
know the inclusion process and integration applied on sport sciences.
Furthermore, also how it is possible for them to achieve these two
aspects in physical education and sport in school contexts.
Method: It was used a questionnaire administered to 70 physical
education teachers and consists of the following questions:
Integration and inclusion are the same thing? Integration and inclu-
sion in team sports are the same thing? Integration for team sports is
achieved with the right to facilitate peer competition or the right to
participation of all? The realization of the right to participation by all
is done along the research lines of the cognitive theory or the eco-
logical-dynamic one?
Results: Replies were as follows:
Question 1: 2.85 % yes, 97.14 % no.
Question 2: 5.71 % yes, 88, not 57 %, 5.71 % did not answer.
Question 3: 24.28 % ‘‘to peer competition,’’ the 74.28 % ‘‘to the
participation of everyone,’’ 1, 42 % did not answer.
Question 4: 2.85 % ‘‘cognitive’’, the 91.42 % ecological-dynamic,
the 5.71 % did not respond.
Conclusion: The physical education teachers know that integration
and inclusion are two different process, and they know that it is
possible to aim these two process in physical education and sport in
school contexts. Among them, the most important is to facilitate the
integration and inclusion of disabled-people in any group activities,
especially in sports so, it has to open a new way at all and offer
everyone the opportunity to participate. It is useful to deep some
reflection on mission of sport and physical education about compe-
tition and participation.
ReferencesRaiola G (2012) Motor learning and didactics into physical education
and sport documents in middle school-first cycle of education in
Italy. J Phys Educ Sport 12:157–163
Di Tore P A, Raiola G (2012) Case study on physical education and
sport in Naples. Mediterr J Soc Sci 3:479–484. doi:10.5901/mjss
2012.v3n1p.479
Raiola G, Tafuri D, Gomez Paloma F (2014) Physical activity and
sport skills and its relation to mind theory on motor control, Sport
science 8:2
86 ML P
Coaching interactions: active learning in a professional
waterpolo team
L. Varriale1, P. Briganti1, D. Tafuri1, F. Mazzeo2, G. Guillot1
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2Department of Sciences and Technologies, University of Naples
‘‘Parthenope’’, Italy
Aim: The research aims to investigate psychological and organiza-
tional dynamics of coach–coachee interactions, in order to
systematizing and clarifying the studies on this topic in the sport field.
Coaching is conceived as an interactional dyadic or group process of
investigation on low performance to identify criticisms and best
practices. We consider a systemic level of analysis of the following
dimensions: types of coaching agenda contents (skill, performance,
life coaching), characteristics of coaches (external, internal, line
manager, self-coaching), main components stressed by each different
coaching school (emotionality, rationality, activity, awareness, con-
text). These three factors provide a clear theoretical and practical
framework to analyze the interaction between coach and coachee in
terms of co-construct ion sense in the perspective of a continuous and
active learning. Traditional models analyze more the communication
S38 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
techniques and strategies adopting in the coaching, here we focus on
the cognitive and emotional aspects of the partners in terms of con-
sciousness about professional identity and interpersonal efficacy. In
the last decades, coaching is mainly applied in the sport field, in fact,
coaches and athletes tend to develop coaching interactions in order to
improve athletes’ performance.
Method: In our exploratory study conducted through a qualitative
approach, we investigate the case of ‘‘Acquachiara’’ professional
waterpolo team in Naples (Italy). After a brief review of the literature
on this topic, we interviewed the team coach (Mr. Paolo De Cres-
cenzo) to discuss the relevance and impact of the coaching
interactions evidencing the basic dynamics and main criticisms.
Conclusion: In the coaching experience investigated the cognitive
and emotional components, in terms of skills and interpersonal effi-
cacy, play a key role and are more important than the communicative
techniques and strategies in alignment of athletes’ beliefs and
behaviors. This is an example of mental coaching because of the
prevalent attention by the coach to the following aspects: construction
of shared respect, common technical and social rules, affective one-
to-one relationships in-group to facilitate autonomy, procedural paths
more important than outcomes, focus on group interests. This work in
progress research can be developed through more interviews to other
coaches and also athletes, and comparisons to other sporting teams in
order to better understand the coaching interactions adopting a kind of
psychological analysis perspective to identify and operationalize the
critical variables.
87 ML P
Highly digitalized environment and low motor
skills: analysis and hypothesis of compensatory
educational intervention
M. L. Iavarone
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study is to analyze the phenomenon of reduced
motor skills in children exposed to Highly digitalized environment
that make use of device (smart phone and tablet) up to 3 h per day.
Method: The study that has followed a methodology of interpretive
analysis has investigated the phenomenon by referring to the orien-
tation of the embodied cognition studies (Gibbs 2006; Rizzolatti and
Sinigallia 2009) and grounded cognition (Barsalou 1999, 2008; Ia-
chini 2011) that analyze the relationship between the body, the
process of motor learning and technology. In particular, we used the
concept of ‘‘affordances’’ (Gibson 1979), or ‘‘call to action in the
subject matter or context’’ in reference to areas of extreme perva-
siveness of digital environment.
Results: The main findings focus on a clear set of questions: what are
the effects that the body undergoes living in an environment in which
technologies have such a strong impact? And how the relationship with
these modification processes of motor learning in the digital natives 2.0?
Conclusion: The focal point of our investigation focuses on the need
to care and to set environment useful to ‘‘vicariance’’ the deficit of
relationship with the environment especially related to the body and
movement.
ReferencesBarsalou LW (1999) Perceptual symbol systems. Behav Brain Sci
22:577–609
Barsalou LW (2008) Grounded cognition. Annu Rev Psychol
59:617–645
Gallese V (2005) Embodied simulation: from neurons to phenomenal
experience. Phenom Cogn Sci 4:23–48
Gibbs R (2006) Embodiment and cognitive science. Cambridge
University Press, New York
Gibson JJ (1979) The theory of affordances. In: Shaw R, Bransford J
(eds) Perceiving, acting, and knowing
Iachini T (2011) Mental imagery and embodied cognition: a
multimodal approach. J Mental Imagery 35
Iachini T, Iavarone ML, Ruotolo F (2013) Toward a teaching
embodied-centered: perspectives of research and intervention.
REM V
Iavarone ML, Iachini T (2012) Verso una didattica ‘‘embodied-
centered’’: prospettive di ricerca e di intervento. In: Sibilio M (a
cura di) La complessita decifrabile. Pensa MultiMedia, Lecce
Rizzolatti G, Sinigaglia C, Anderson F (2008) Mirrors in the brain:
how our minds share actions and emotions. Oxford University
Press, Oxford
Wilson M (2002) Six views of embodied cognition. Psychon Bull Rev
9:625–636
88 ML P
The Courves method: epidemiological survey in order
to screen fitness self efficacy
G. Innocenti1, M. Piazza1, R. Monti2
1Department of Clinical, Experimental Medicine, University
of Florence, Italy2High School teacher, Florence, Italy
Aim: The population under study is referred to 126 female subjects,
selected from among 1,119 subjects, aged between 15 and 84 years
(mean age of 39 years with a standard deviation of 12.9 years) from
19/07–01/17/2014 2007 and participated in the Curves method, the
minimum duration of 30 min to workout at the headquarters of
Chiesina Uzzanese (Pistoia), for a consecutive period of 4 months.
The subjects aged 15 and 64 years; which have been subjected to at
least 4 Indexes relating to 9 body measurements. Exclusion criteria:
subjects were excluded from underweight, i.e., those with a BMI
\18.5. Inclusion criteria only 11, 3 %, i.e. 126 subjects out of 1,119,
are back in the studio.
Method: The analysis of variance represents a set of statistical
techniques that are part of inferential statistics and is born in the
context of experimental research in order to assess the effect of cer-
tain factors (independent variables of the continuous type or
categorical) at the level of one or more dependent variables when the
comparison is done on more than two groups. The ANOVA or ONE-
WAY ANOVA is the simplest type of analysis of variance is used to
test the difference between the means of more than two samples when
you have only one source of variability. A typical example is when
we want to test the hypothesis that three or more drug treatments give
rise to the same result in terms of a certain dependent variable out-
come. In practice, the one-way ANOVA is in a way an extension to
three or more samples of the t test that is normally used in the
comparison of two independent samples. There is talk of one-way
ANOVA for repeated measures when a certain variable of interest is
measured multiple times on different occasions for each of the
experimental units in the study.
Results: This type of statistical methodology has been carried out for
the following three parameters: body weight; waist circumference;
percentage of fat mass. T1, T2, T3 and T4 by dividing the sample into
two parts, 18 women 34 years of age and women 35/64 years age
classes. In the two tests was added the statistical test of significance,
since the results of a statistical test does not have a value of absolute
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S39
123
and mathematical certainty, but only of probability. The level of
significance (cut off, threshold value) of a test is 0.05 (5 %); this
probability, called the P value represents a quantitative estimate of the
probability that the observed differences are due to chance. A P value
that is close to 0 reflects a low probability that the observed differ-
ences are due to chance; then define a statistically significant result
simply means that what has been observed is unlikely due to chance.
All statistical analyzes were performed using the statistical software
SPSS 17.
Conclusion: The study aimed to demonstrate the beneficial effects of
the workout at Curves circuit relative to a set of specific parameters,
namely the 9 body measurements, recorded for at least 4 times a period
of at least four consecutive months through 3 training units per week, for
a minimum of 30 min each especially for overweight women and for
those of more advanced age (35–64), and from the point of view of
toning and maintaining a good state of health for women of normal
weight and for those younger (15–34 years). All selected women (126
subjects) were then practiced a permanent, ongoing training during each
month of physical activity (3 times a week) for at least 4 months. The
average age of the participants selected according to the inclusion cri-
teria does not differ from the total sample who had access to the specific
methodology of training (41.4 years, standard deviation 11.6 years).
Even for the age groups are not observed major differences, it is women
between 35 and 54 years to represent most of the sample, but among
these the highest rates are observed between 45 and 54 years (44.4 %).
According to the specific analysis of the data of body measurements was
evaluated in the average body weight at baseline (T0), which is equal to
64.9 kg, with a standard deviation of 10.71 kg.
ReferencesAlloatti, Antonutto, Prampero et al Human physiology. Edi Hermes
Beckham SG, Earnest CP (2000) Metabolic cost of free weight circuit
weight training. J Sports Med Phys Fitness 40(2):118–125
Cupisti A, D ‘Alessandro C, Castrogiovanni S, Barale A, Morelli E
Nutrition knowledge and dietary composition in italian adolescent
female athletes and non-athletes. Int J Sport Nutr Exerc Metab
12(2):207–219
D’Alessandro C, Moretti E, Evangelists I, Galletta F, Fanzoni F,
Lazzeri D, Piazza M, Cupisti A (2007) Profiling the diet and body
composition of adolescent subelite rythmic gymnastics
19(2):215–227
Kreider RB, Wilborn CD (2009) Weight management: ‘‘nutritional
concerns in recreation, exercise, and sport’’. CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis, Oxford, pp 167–200
89 ML P
Learning by observation: can a cognitive process be
transformed into a powerful rehabilitation tool
in the presence of intellectual disabilities?
F. Foti1,2, D. Menghini3, E. Orlandi1, C. Rufini3, G. Valerio4,
S. Spera5, A. Crino5, S. Vicari3, L. Petrosini1,2, L. Mandolesi2,4
1Department of Psychology, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy2IRCCS Fondazione Santa Lucia, Rome, Italy3Child Neuropsychiatry Unit, Department of Neuroscience, Bambino
Gesu Children’s Hospital, Rome, Italy4Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University
of Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy5Pediatric and Autoimmune Endocrine Disease Unit, Bambino Gesu
Children’s Hospital, Rome, Italy
Aim: New competencies may be learned through active experience
(learning by trial and error) or observation of others’ experiences
(learning by observation). Observing another person performing a
complex action accelerates the observer’s acquisition of the same
action and limits the time consuming process of learning by trial and
error. The aim of this study was to analyze the ability to learn by
observation and by trial and error in Williams syndrome (WS) and
Prader–Willi syndrome (PWS), in order to facilitate interventions that
develop the acquisition of new cognitive and motor abilities in the
presence of intellectual disabilities.
Method: The performance of twenty-four WS individuals (mean
mental age 6.03 y ± 0.02) and twenty-four PWS individuals (mean
mental age 6.04 y ± 0.03) was compared with that of twenty-eight
typically developing (TD) children matched for mental age and
gender on tasks of learning of a visuo-motor sequence by observation
or by trial and error. The participants learned the sequence either by
performing the task after in an observational training (observing an
actor detecting the sequence) or by actually performing the task by
trial and error.
Results: The syndromic groups showed specular learning profiles.
Indeed, PWS individuals were impaired in learning the sequence by
observation and they were as efficient as TD children in detecting the
sequence by trial and error. In contrast, WS individuals were able in
learning the sequence by observation and they were impaired to learn
the sequence by trial and error in comparison to TD children.
Conclusion: The present results have important implications for
developing specific programs to facilitate the acquisition of new
cognitive and motor competencies allowing better social integration
and development of self-efficacy and self-confidence in individuals
with intellectual disabilities.
ReferencesMeltzoff AN et al (2009) Foundations for a new science of learning.
Science 325:284–288
Bird G, Heyes C (2005) Effector-dependent learning by observation
of a finger movement sequence. J Exp Psychol Hum Percept
Perform 31:262–275
90 ML P
Motor learning strategy: using mistakes to eliminate
mistakes
C. Milanese1, S. Corte1,2, V. Cavedon1, T. Agostini3
1Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Italy2PhD Course in Science of Physical Exercise and Human Movement,
University of Verona, Italy3Department of Psychology, University of Trieste, Italy
Aim: Previous studies showed that error amplification strategy was
efficient if the main error was amplified and the learner exaggerated
their main error as much as possible. The aim of this study was to gain
a better understanding of how the subject’s run pattern varies as a
consequence to main error’s vs. secondary errors’ amplification.
Method: 20 students studying at the School of Exercise and Sport
Sciences were recruited for the experiment. The focus was on the foot
at touchdown; the participants with a rearfoot strike (n = 14)
were selected for the experiment, while those with a forefoot strike
were excluded (n = 6). Fourteen participants (mean age of
20.9 ± 1.4 years) were randomly assigned to one of two groups:
main error (ME) group and secondary error (SE) group. The rearfoot
strike was diagnosed as the main error, whereas an incorrect shoulder
position (i.e., behind the base of support) as the secondary error.
Kinematic outcomes were recorded with a VICON system. Mann–
Whitney-U-test was used to assess the differences between the groups
S40 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
at two times: T0 and T1. Differences of the data within groups at T1
were analyzed by Wilcoxon-Test.
Results: No significant differences were found between groups at T0,
nor after corrective intervention (T1) for all kinematic parameters,
except for the ankle angle at T1 (p = 0.004). At T1, the ME group
showed significant differences in the ankle angle values, the toe and
the heel height with respect to the ground, as well as the horizontal
distance between the COM and the heel (7.72, -21.96, +12.69, -
20.41 %, respectively; p \ 0.05 for all). No significant changes were
found in the SE group (p = 0.735, p = 0.310, p = 0.499 and
p = 0.128, respectively).
Discussion: In this study, the amplification of a secondary error (i.e.,
the spatial position of the shoulders with respect to the foot strike) did
not cause any change to the subject’s foot strike pattern. The findings
show that an intervention on the shoulders (secondary error) did not
provide the subject with the intrinsic feedback necessary for a useful
comparison between his movements. It would seem therefore that the
diagnosis of the main error, as suggested by previous studies [1, 2], is
necessary for the use of amplification of error as an effective learning
strategy for the correction of motor pattern.
ReferencesCesari and Milanese (1995) Coach Sport Sci, 18–29
Milanese et al (2008) Sport Psychol, 164–174
91 ML P
Interlimb coordination and corticospinal excitability
in karate athletes
F. Moscatelli1,2, A. Valenzno1, A. I. Triggiani1, A. Petito1, A. Bellomo1,
L. Capranica2, M. A. P. Cilibert1, C. Babiloni3, G. Cibelli1
1Department of Clinical and Experimental Medicine, University
of Foggia2Department of Human Movement and Sport Science, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’3Department of Physiology and Pharmacology, Sapienza University
of Rome
Aim: Activity-dependent neural plasticity is associated with altered
correlation in neuronal discharge. Transcranial magnetic stimulation
(TMS) can be used to monitor the functional state of the corticospinal
system. By using single-pulse TMS we studied the ongoing neural
activity in the primary motor cortex (M1) of karate athletes and the
interlimb coordination performance was considered as a functional
assessment of the corticospinal system excitability.
Method: Thirteen right-handed male karate athletes (25 ± 5 years)
and 13 matched non-athletes (28.7 ± 16.2 years) were enrolled, after
signing informed consent. The TMS was applied using a figure-of-
eight coil (outer coil diameter 70 mm) powered by the Magstim
Rapid2 stimulator. Resting motor threshold (rMT) was determined
according to Rossini et al. (1994). Surface electromyography was
recorded from the first dorsal interosseus muscle. The MEP latency
and amplitude at rMT and 110-120 % of rMT were considered. In-
terlimb coordination was investigated according to Capranica et al.
(2004) and correlated to corticospinal excitability.
Results: In comparison to non-athletes, karate athletes showed sta-
tistically significant lower rMT, shorter MEP latency and higher MEP
amplitude. Similar results were obtained at 110–120 % of rMT.
Overall correlation between rMT and MEP latency and amplitude
were significant. Interlimb coordination performances were more
pronounced in athletes, than in their counterpart non-athletes. As
expected, correct executions were better during the in-phase, than
anti-phase condition, with a significant decrement from 80 to
180 bpm frequencies. Correlation analysis between rMT and inter-
limb coordination tasks showed an overall highly significant
relationship at 120–180 bpm, in both phase and antiphase conditions.
Conclusion: Athletes practicing karate showed increased corticospinal
excitability in a small hand-muscle, compared with non-athlete coun-
terparts. These findings indicate that activity-dependent alteration in the
balance and interactions between inhibitory and facilitatory circuits
determine the final output from the M1, which characterized karate
athletes. Our results also revealed a close correspondence between
corticospinal excitability and interlimb coordination performance, as a
neurophysiological correlate of sport practice in karate athletes.
ReferencesCapranica et al (2004) Field evaluation of cycled coupled movements
of hand and foot in older individuals. Gerontology 50:399–406
Rossini et al (1994) Non-invasive electrical and magnetic stimulation
of the brain, spinal cord and roots: basic principles and procedures
for routine clinical application. Report of an IFCN committee.
Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 91:79–92
92 ML P
Pedagogy of the sport interface between the practice
of sport and training of the person
F. Perrotta
Literacy Motor Project, CONI, Italy
The sport in Italy involves tens of thousands of kids with passion and
dedication to train, play and compete under the constant guidance of
coaches and instructors. From this basic idea, it should be noted that the
technical aspect covers all be roughly the 50 % of the work required to
build and manage a team at youth level in an engaging and educational. It
is not clear why then work in the field should be 99.9 % of an exclusively
technical. Also, because we firmly believe to have experienced it per-
sonally that a team of guys with whom he has worked seriously on the size
of the team spirit, the atmosphere of the locker room, the management of
emotions is even more ready to assimilate the technique and especially to
play better. Education through sport, it is a strong message that should be
disseminated by a small team in a small town to a big club in a big city.
Method: The European Union and the World Health Organization
have identified promotion of education ‘‘LIFE SKILLS’’, one of the
priorities of educational policies and interventions to promote among
the younger generations and adults, such as:
• Problem Solving, address and solve everyday problems in a
constructive way,
• Critical Thinking and Creative Thinking, analyze the situation in
an analytical way, exploring alternatives, and finding original
solutions,
• Effective communication, express yourself in a manner appropri-
ate to the situation and interlocutor, both verbal and non-verbal
level
• Empathy, recognize, discriminate, share the emotions of others
• Management of emotions and stress management, recognize and
regulate their emotions and states of tension
• Effectiveness staff, able to effectively organize a series of actions
needed to cope with new situations, trials and challenges
• Effectiveness collective system of values and beliefs shared by a
group about the ability to achieve common goals
Conclusions: Train children and adolescents to overcome the errors
mean strengthen them inwardly, so as to give them a good reason to
always face the inevitable difficult situations that arise in their lives.
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S41
123
Goal of any sound education is to ensure that children acquire the
inner strength to get back into the game, to not give into despair. Our
task will be to help children to form their own future, in order to raise
teenagers ready to compete in adult society.
ReferencesPerrotta F (2002) Pianeta scienze motorie. Ellissi, Napoli
Perrotta F (2003) Chinesiologia, Ellissi, Napoli
93 ML P
Motor skills with the ball
A. Tinto1, 2, G. Camolese1, 3
1SUISM, University of Torino, Torino, Italy2Italian Federation of Gymnastics (FGI)3Italian Football Federation (FIGC)
Aim: This study aims at searching for specific skills related to the ball
control through the use of the feet. The landmark sports have been
football, which, above all others, is linked to the use of the ball
through our feet and rhythmic gymnastics implying, within the study
of the body effort, the use of other parts of the body and, therefore,
also the feet. The test has been submitted to Suism students of Turin
attending the course of Skill Structuring.
Method: The 2-month test has been developed in three main phases. If
the first has been dedicated to the research of foot sensitization situations
considered in the different segments, the second has examined the spe-
cific elements of the ball (knocking a ball about, rolling, throwing) both in
individual situation and application to the group. Finally, the third phase
has been aimed at organizing and classifying the skills according to the
schemes and the parameters mentioned in the bibliography.
Results: About 40 specific motor skills have been pointed out by the
students, distributed in a taxonomy including 10 items, referable to
basic elements useful in an initial phase of introduction to sport. Youth
sport, strictly linked to the structuring of motor skills, is increasingly
making use of transversal competences. Two main reasons: the path of
introduction to sport should take into consideration the growth and the
establishment of solid common bases (multilateralism) in order to enter
and develop a motor speech aiming at one discipline.
94 ML P
Physical activity in preschool children: the opinions
of the parents
L. Bello1, E. Sponza1, G. Fumagalli1, P. Tortella1,2
1Department of Public Health and Community Medicine, University
of Verona, Italy2Department of Philosophy and Cultural Heritage, University of Ca
Foscari, Venice, Italy
Aim: This qualitative study aimed to investigate parents’ opinions on
physical activity of preschool children.
Method: 37 parents of 0–6 y old children, participating to a ‘‘special
physical activity day for children’’ in May 2014 completed a written
semi-structured interview with open-ended and closed questions. The
parents were asked opinions on preschool physical activity at school
and at home, and about the relevance of the ‘‘special physical day’’.
The interviews were coded in NVivo.8.
Results: From parents thinking physical activity depends on multi-
dimensional factors and that a number of variables, across several
categories influence the activity. The most relevant categories are:
organization (85 %), cultural (44 %), social (22 %), health (11 %),
economic (10 %), psychological, cognitive (10 %), emotions (30 %),
physical environmental (35 %). Parents perceive the importance of
many factors in the development of their children and the most
important role of physical activity is enjoyment, vent, socialization,
opportunity to relate with peers and parents. Parents also delegate to
school teachers the daily physical activity of their children. They
assert that the physical environment is very important for children
development and they would like to have more parks and events
dedicated to children. Only few parents (10 %) evidence the impor-
tant of physical activity for health and motor development, as the
most important related aspects are enjoyment, vent, socialization,
relations.
Conclusion: Physical activity is perceived by parents as an opportunity
of enjoyment, vent, socialization, relations and not a fundamental
activity to promote health. They delegate to school and they don’t know
their important role in promoting physical activity in their children.
ReferencesDe Craemer M et al (2013) Physical activity and beverage consump-
tion in preschoolers: focus groups with parents and teachers. BMC
Public Health 13:278
Hinkley T et al (2008) Preschool children and physical activity. Am J
Prevent Med 34:435–441
95 ML P
The development of gross motor competence in 5 y old
children is related to the scaffold of the physical
educator
P. Tortella1,2, G. Fumagalli2
1Department of Philosophy and Cultural Heritage, University of Ca
Foscari, Italy2Department of Public Health and Community Medicine
Aim: In this study we analyze the role of the physical educator in
developing motor competence in a difficult task, in 5 years old
children.
Method: Fifty-nine 5 year old children of Treviso were studied in the
local playground Primo Sport 0246. The children attended the play-
ground for 10 weeks, once a week, for 30 min free play and 30 min
structured activity. They were randomly divided in group A (80
children) and group B (30 children). Group A were scaffold by the
physical educator during difficult motor tasks and group B was free to
find personal strategies to execute the task, without support. The task
consisted in climbing a spring bar, walking without falling down:
group A could lean on the arm of the educator to climb the bar. When
up the child has to walk alone and if he could not the educator told
him to jump down and supported him to climb up again, at the same
point of the jump, until the end of the bar. Group B was asked to find
the best strategy to climb the bar and to walk in balance.
Results: At the beginning no children could climb the bar, after 10
lessons 20 % of group B were able to climb but unable to walk, while
80 % of group A could climb the bar by themselves, 17 % requested help
and 3 % could not climb. Of the 29 children able to climb the bar, 33 %
walked the entire path without falling, 50 % fallen less than twice and the
remaining fallen more than twice. During free time, the 29 children of
group A extensively and repeatedly used the spring bar by themselves;
the instrument was not used at all by any of the children of group B.
Conclusion: Why children of group A continued to train during free
play on the balance spring bar, without successfully results until the
5 weeks while children of group B didn’t? We suppose that the role of
S42 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
the physical educator, scaffolding each child influenced the self per-
ception of motor competence, determining their resistance in training
without immediate success and develop their resilience and capabilities.
ReferencesLubans DR et al (2010) Fundamental movement skills in children and
adolescents. Sports Med 40:1019–1035
Tortella P et al (2012) Percezione-azione: il ruolo dell’educatore nella
attribuzione di significato all’ambiente e al compito, con bambini
di 5 anni, Atti del Nono Convegno Ann. dell’Associazione Italiana
di Scienze Cognitive, Trento, pp 303–308
96 ML P
The human movement syntax
R. Scaramuci, A. Onofri, A. Marconcini, M. G. Vinciguerra
Department of Applied Clinical Sciences and Biotechnology
University of L’Aquila, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study is to define a ‘‘Movement Sintax’’, that,
using more technical coded elements, establish their exact connection
through a process based on mechanical principles of applied knowl-
edge. The purpose is to provide, to the coaches and teachers, an easy
assessment of movements evaluation.
Method: The study is determinate from syntactic analysis the
movement elements. Observing at the above elements, it is noted
that to determine the center of gravity movement, respect to the
connection point between two successive instants, it is sufficient to
evaluate, which among the possible ones, the most appropriate
attitude to trade the body center of gravity trajectory, needed to
make the move.
Results: The result of this work was the compilation of graphics cards
built using the graphical program auto-cad 2010 version, easy to read
and understand mechanical movements from the simplest to the most
complex. The cards will be collected into a volume, nearing com-
pletion, entitled the ‘‘Motor Subsidiary’’, which may be, in the future,
a useful tool for all those who work on the move and in particular for
students of Sports Colleges and degree programs in sports science.
Conclusion: At the conclusion of this analysis, it will be possible to
provide an additional means of knowing the movement to improve
teaching strategies are applied to it, for ease of understanding in all its
mechanical and technical forms. This study also makes it easier to
recognize the errors of movements execution, allowing the operator to
implement the best and most appropriate corrections.
ReferencesMalavenda S (1952) Tecnica e didattica dell’educazione fisica: prima
parte. Comitato Olimpico Nazionale Italiano, 299
Malavenda S (1956) Tecnica e didattica dell’educazione fisica:
seconda parte. Labor Arti Grafiche, 246
Manoni A (1992) Biomeccanica e Divisione Strutturale della
Ginnastica Artistica, 229
TRAINING AND NEUROMUSCULARPERFORMANCE
97 TN O
Acute passive stretching reduces peak power output
and exercise efficiency during a cycle incremental ramp
test
F. Esposito, E. Limonta, E. Ce, S. Longo, M.Venturelli, A. Veicsteinas
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health (SCIBIS), University
of Milan, Italy
Aim: Acute passive stretching can temporarily compromise muscle
maximum force generating capacity through mechanical alterations
and neural adjustments. While the effects of stretching on short-term
anaerobic tasks have been already extensively investigated, yet little
is known about the influence of this maneuver on aerobic perfor-
mance. Therefore, the aim of the present study was to investigate the
effects of acute passive stretching administration on peak aerobic
power and exercise efficiency during a continuous cycle incremental
ramp test.
Method: Eight physically active males (age 23 ± 3 years; stature
1.71 ± 0.1 m; body mass 68 ± 8 kg; mean ± SD) performed two
maximum incremental ramp tests (25 W/min), with and without pre-
exercise stretching, in random order. During tests, we measured O2
uptake (VO2) and other metabolic and cardiorespiratory parameters
breath-by-breath. The slopes of the VO2 vs. mechanical power rela-
tionship below (S1) and above (S2) the first ventilatory threshold were
calculated. Delta efficiency (Dg), as the ratio of the change in work
accomplished per minute to the change in energy expended per
minute, was also determined over the same exercise regions as for S1
(Dg1) and S2 (Dg2).
Results: With stretching: (1) in spite of similar peak VO2, peak power
output was about 3 % lower (P \ 0.05); (2) S2 increased by 11 %
(P \ 0.05); and (3) Dg1 and Dg2 were significantly changed by +2.1
and -3.4 %, respectively (P \ 0.05).
Conclusion: Overall, these results are suggestive of a preserved
aerobic metabolism at peak exercise, but also of a less efficient sys-
tem in the heavy and severe exercise domain after stretching
administration. These findings have several practical implications,
questioning the opportunity to prescribe the maneuver immediately
before a task of heavy or severe intensity, when efficiency plays a key
role in testing and/or performance.
ReferencesEsposito F et al (2012) Cycling efficiency and time to exhaustion are
reduced after acute passive stretching administration. Scand J Med
Sci Sports 22(6):737–745
Fowles JR et al (2000) Reduced strength after passive stretch of the
human plantarflexors. J Appl Physiol 89(3):1179–1188
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S43
123
98 TN OP
Neuromuscular fatigue on locomotor and non-
locomotor muscles induced by half marathon run
G. Boccia1,2, D. Dardanello2, V. Rosso2, E. Colamarino2, C. Tarperi3,
F. Schena1,3, A. Rainoldi2
1CeRiSM, Rovereto, Italy2Department of Medical Sciences, Motor Science Research Center,
School of Exercise and Sport Sciences, SUISM, University of Torino,
Torino, Italy3Department of Neurological, Neuropsychological, Morphological
and Human Movement Sciences, University of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: This experiment investigated the fatigue induced by half-mar-
athon run (21.1 km) on neuromuscular function of locomotor and
non-locomotor muscle groups.
Methods: Neuromuscular function evaluation was performed the day
before (PRE) and immediately after (POST) half-marathon on 11
experienced runners. It consisted of two maximally voluntary con-
tractions (MVC) respectively of knee extensor and arm flexor
muscles. During contractions electromyographic signal were recorded
respectively from vastus lateralis (VL) and biceps brachii (BB)
muscles with linear array of eight electrodes. Average rectified values
(ARV), muscle fiber conduction velocity (CV), and fractal dimension
(FD) of electromyographic signals were calculated. ARV is related to
the net muscle activity [1], CV is related to size of muscle fiber
recruited, and FD is inversely related to the synchronization of
recruited motor units. Wilcoxon test was used to compare PRE versus
POST values.
Results: Knee extensors showed decreased MVC valued (-14 %,
p = 0.001) together with reduction in ARV of VL (-13 %,
p = 0.01), reduction in CV (-6 %, p = 0.05), and no difference in
FD (+0.4 %, p = 0.84) in POST. Conversely, arm flexors did not
showed MVC changes (+1 %, p = 0.12) while showing ARV
reduction in BB (-15 %, p = 0.02), a trend to increase in CV (+8 %,
p = 0.21), and lower FD (-1.3 %, p = 0.002) in POST.
Conclusion: Strength reduction in knee extensors was accompa-
nied by a comparable reduction of muscle activity and by a
reduction in size of recruited muscle fibers. Arm flexors main-
tained strength capability after the run while decreasing the net
muscle activity and increasing synchronization of recruited motor
units. It seemed that half-marathon induced fatigue affected dif-
ferently locomotor and non locomotor muscles. Even if BB muscle
did not reduce strength capability, it showed myoelectric signs of
fatigue.
ReferencesFarina D et al (2004) The extraction of neural strategies from the
surface EMG. J Appl Physiol 96(4):1486–1495
Mesin L et al (2009) A bi-dimensional index for the selective
assessment of myoelectric manifestations of peripheral and central
muscle fatigue. J Electromyogr Kinesiol 19(5):851–863
99 TN OP
The effects of passive stretching
on the electromechanical delay components in human
skeletal muscle
E. Ce, M. Venturelli, E. Limonta, S. Longo, A. Veicsteinas,
F. Esposito
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health (SCIBIS), University
of Milan, Italy
Aim: Electromechanical delay (EMD) represents the time delay from
the onset of muscle electrical activation to the onset of force devel-
opment. EMD includes events that are electrochemical and
mechanical in nature. Under isometric contraction, EMD can be
partitioned, by an electromyographic (EMG), mechanomyographic
(MMG) and force (F) combined approach, into two components, each
containing different parts of the electrochemical and mechanical
processes underlying neuromuscular activation and contraction.
Acute passive stretching alters muscle–tendon unit (MTU) stiffness
and reduces peak force (pF). MTU mechanical properties and EMD
are closely related. Thus, EMD changes would be expected after
stretching. The aim of the study was to assess the stretching-induced
changes in electrochemical and mechanical contributors to EMD. The
time course of these changes were also evaluated.
Method: Tetanic stimulations were delivered on the medial gas-
trocnemius muscle of 16 male participants, before and after (every
15 min, for 2 h) passive stretching. During contractions, EMG, MMG
and F signals were recorded. Delays between EMG and F (EMD),
EMG and MMG (Dt EMG-MMG, EMD mainly electrochemical
component) and MMG and F signals (Dt MMG-F, EMD mainly
mechanical component) were calculated, together with pF and EMG
conduction velocity (CV).
Results: After stretching (1) pF decreased by 31 % (P \ 0.05), while
EMG CV did not change; (2) EMD, Dt EMG-MMG and Dt MMG-F
increased significantly from 45.4 ± 3.0 ms, 2.2 ± 0.3 ms and
42.4 ± 3.1 ms to 52.7 ± 3.4 ms, 2.4 ± 0.3 ms and 50.3 ± 3.5 ms,
respectively; (3) EMD and Dt MMG-F remained lengthened for the
entire recovery period, while Dt EMG-MMG recovered within 15 min.
Conclusion: These findings suggest that after stretching, pF reduction
was accompanied by an elongation of the overall EMD. Stretching
had effects of short duration at the electrochemical level, but more
persisting effects on MTU characteristics.
ReferencesCavanagh PR, Komi PV (1979) Electromechanical delay in human
skeletal muscle under concentric and eccentric contractions. Eur J
Appl Physiol Occup Physiol 42:159–163
Rampichini S et al (2014) Effects of fatigue on the electromechanical
delay components in gastrocnemius medialis muscle. Eur J Appl
Physiol 114(3):639–651
Simic L et al (2013) Does pre-exercise static stretching inhibit
maximal muscular performance? A meta-analytical review. Scand J
Med Sci Sports 23:131–148
S44 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
100 TN OP
Fatigue affects optimum angle in knee flexors
but not in knee extensors
G. Coratella, G. Bellin, M. Beato, F. Schena
Department of Neurological and Movement Science, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: Running kinematics parameters show different adaptations after
a fatiguing protocol, highlighting a reduction of knee movement. An
altered balance of knee flexors and extensors is considered a predis-
posing injury factor in soccer, and is usually monitored using
functional and conventional Hamstrings to Quadriceps ratios
(Hecc:Qconc and Hconc:Qconc respectively). The aim of the study is to
measure optimum angle changes recorded during an isokinetic test
before and after a soccer match simulation.
Methods: Twenty-two amateur male soccer players participated in
the study. Before and after a standardized soccer match simulation,
subjects performed maximal isokinetic strength tests both for ham-
strings and quadriceps muscles at 60�/s, 180�/s and 300�/s. Optimum
angle, peak torque and both Hecc:Qconc and Hconc:Qconc were exam-
ined. Both dominant and non-dominant limbs were tested.
Results: Optimum angle significantly increased (0� = full extension)
only in knee flexors. Both eccentric and concentric modalities evi-
denced such increment, which occurred in both limbs. No changes
were found in knee extensors optimum angle. Subjects experienced a
significant strength loss both in knee flexors and knee extensors.
Functional Hecc:Qconc ratio was lower only in dominant limb at higher
velocities, while Hconc:Qconc did not change.
Conclusion: After a specific fatiguing task, only hamstrings showed a
clear leftward shift of peak angle in length-tension relationship. In
addition, decreased H:Q ratio was confirmed. Both differences in
strength and in torque/angle relationships indicate an incremented
difference between knee flexors and extensors. These results add a
further explanation about increasing hamstrings strain injury risk
during last minutes of soccer match.
ReferencesDelextrat A et al (2010) The use of the functional H:Q ratio to assess
fatigue in soccer. Int J Sports Med 31(3):192–197
Small K et al (2009) Soccer fatigue, sprinting and hamstring injury
risk. Int J Sports Med 30(8):573–578
101 TN OP
Effect of acute stretching on upper limb strength in elite
women volleyball players
C. Battaglia1, G. Fiorilli2, E. Iuliano2, E. Pistone1, G. Aquino2, G.
Calcagno2, A. Di Cagno1
1Department of Health Sciences, Foro Italico, Rome, Italy2Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Italy
Aim: It is generally believed that pre exercise static stretching pro-
motes better performance and reduces the risk of injuries during
exercise. Aim of the study was to determine the effect of a bout of
static stretching (SS) and dynamic stretching (DS) on upper limb
strength, across a time spectrum of 25 min.
Method: Twenty-four female volleyball players (age 19.5 ± 1.5
years, weight 65.2 ± 6.32 kg, height 1.68 ± 0.06 m) were enrolled
as volunteers for the study. Two days of randomized experimental
testing (SS, DS) were completed. Each subject of SS group performed
five exercises in 6 min. The DS protocol consisted of the volleyball
team’s usual DS warm up of the same duration to SS. Post-stretch
performance measures were assessed by push up test (PUT) and
overhead throw test (OTT) to determine upper limb power and
explosive strength, respectively, at 0, 5, 15, and 25 min post-stretch.
Results: The 2 9 4 way repeated measures ANOVA revealed no
interaction between groups on PUT, whereas significant interaction
on OTT (p \ 0.01) (F(1.22) = 9.806), were found. In the OTT, the
analysis of variance for DS revealed a significant difference across
time F = 10.212 (p \ 0.05). DS group improved OTT performance
after 15 min (OTT-0 = 6.40 ± 0.8 m vs. 0TT-15 6.85 ± 0.9 m)
whereas no significant improvements in SS group were found.
Conclusion: Athletes should be aware to perform upper limb DS
15 min before explosive strength activity. The results of this study
highlighted that 6 min-SS warm up may impair upper limb explosive
force production for up to 25 min.
ReferencesKruse NT, Barr MW, Gilders RM, Kushnick MR, Rana SR (2013)
Using a practical approach for determining the most effective
stretching strategy in female college division I volleyball players.
J Strength Cond Res 27(11):3060–3067
Simic L, Sarabon N, Markovic G (2013) Does pre-exercise static
stretching inhibit maximal muscular performance? A meta-analyt-
ical review. Scand J Med Sci Sports 23(2):131–148
102 TN OP
Stretching-induced changes in calf muscles
architecture, stiffness and neuromuscular activation
S. Longo, E. Ce, M. Devoto, M. Venturelli, E. Limonta, A. Veicsteinas,
F. Esposito
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health (SCIBIS), Universita
degli Studi di Milano, Milan, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to understand whether the previously
shown stretching-induced decrements in torque and stiffness at the
ankle joint could be ascribed also to changes in the architecture of the
gastrocnemius medialis (GM) and lateralis (GL) muscles, both in the
middle and distal portions of the muscles’ bellies.
Methods: Fourteen physically active male participants volunteered
for this study (age 23 ± 2 years, body mass 75.6 ± 9.5 kg, stature
1.77 ± 0.08 m, mean ± SD). Fascicle length (FL) and pennation
angle (PA) were calculated in the middle and distal portions of GM
and GL at 0�, 10� and 20� of dorsiflexion. At the same angles, passive
torque (Tpass), peak torque (pT) and myotendinous junction dis-
placement of GM and GL were determined. Stiffness of the muscle–
tendon unit (MTU) was calculated as the slope of the passive torque–
angle curve at 20�. Muscle and tendon stiffness were calculated for
both GM and GL, by dividing the changes in Tpass and MTJ and Tpass
and tendon displacement between 0� and 20�, for muscle and tendon
stiffness, respectively. Measurements were repeated after static
stretching (SS).
Results: After SS, Tpass, pT and MTU stiffness decreased by 22, 12
and 16 %, respectively (p \ 0.05). Muscle and tendon stiffness
decreased by 15 and 16 %, and 38 and 12 % (p \ 0.05) in GM and
GL, respectively. Nevertheless, no changes in FL and PA occurred.
The Intraclass Correlation Coefficient was always [0.90.
Conclusions: The present findings show that after a bout of static
stretching, the decrease in torque production was not related to the
architecture of the middle and distal portion of both gastrocnemii
heads, thus excluding the role of changes in PA and FL as possible
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S45
123
contributors to the stretching-induced decrease in pT output. Con-
versely, torque reduction was coupled with a significant decrease in
the whole MTU stiffness, attributable to a decline in stiffness at
muscle and tendon level occurring in both heads of the gastrocnemius.
In particular, MTU stiffness decrements after SS correlated strongly
with changes in stiffness at the tendon level.
ReferencesMorse CI et al (2008) The acute effect of stretching on the passive
stiffness of the human gastrocnemius muscle tendon unit. J Physiol
586(1):97–106
Nakamura M et al (2011) Acute and prolonged effect of static
stretching on the passive stiffness of the human gastrocnemius
muscle tendon unit in vivo. J Orthoped Res 29(11):1759–1763
103 TN OP
The effects of neuromuscular training on vertical jump
in young female basketball players
R. Benis1, M. L. Russo2, A. La Torre1
1Department of Biomedical Science for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy2Department of Applied and Clinical Science and Biotechnology,
University of L’Aquila, L’Aquila, Italy
Aim: Aim of this study is to measure the influence of neuromuscular
training program on vertical jumps in female young basketball
players.
Methods: Fifty-five healthy regional female basketball players
(16 ± 2 years, 62.9 ± 8.4 kg, 174 ± 7 cm, 20.8 ± 3.1 kg/m2) were
involved in a 9-weeks protocol consisting of three session/week of 2 h
of basketball practices. All subjects were divided in two groups: 30 in
the ‘‘experimental group’’ and 25 in a ‘‘control group’’. The 20 min
neuromuscular program consisted in core endurance, plyometrics and
strength exercises whereas the control group performed the normal
training routine. Subjects were tested at baseline (BL) and week 9
(W16) by Y excursion balance test, Counter Movement Jump (CMJ)
and one legged CMJ (Optojump, Microgate, Bolzano, Italy). A paired
t test and a unpaired t test were used respectively to assess pre-post
differences within groups and between groups. Results were expres-
sed as mean ± SD. Significant differences were found at p \ 0.05.
Results: All participants completed the 9 weeks program with a mean
adherence of 90 %. No significant differences were found at BL in the
two groups. At W9, experimental group showed significant
improvements in CMJ (ES 0.8) one-legged CMJ right leg (ES 0.8)
CMJ left leg (ES 0.6).
Regarding the control group we did not find any significant differ-
ences at W9 compared to BL.
Conclusions: The study shows how a neuromuscular training pro-
gram has shown to increase vertical jumps in young female basketball
players.
ReferencesAnderst DM et al (1994) Effects of plyometric and explosive
resistance training on lower body power. Med Sci Sports Exerc
26:S31
Gal Ziv et al (2010) Vertical jump in female and male basketball
players—a review of observational and experimental studies J Sci
Med Sport 13:332–339
Hewett TE, Ford KR, Myer GD et al (2006) Anterior cruciate
ligament injuries in female athletes: part 2, a meta-analysis of
neuromuscular interventions aimed at injury prevention. Am J
Sports Med 34:490–498
Zazulak BT et al (2007) Deficits in neuromuscular control of the trunk
predict knee injury risk: a prospective biomechanical-epidemiolo-
gic study. Am J Sports Med 35:1123–113
104 TN OP
Effects of passive stretching on local vascular
hemodynamic response
M. Venturelli, E. Limonta, E. Ce, F. Esposito
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health (SCIBIS), University
of Milan, Milan, Italy
Aim: Neurophysiological, structural, and biomechanical effects of
passive limb stretching (PLS) have been already extensively studied.
However, only few investigations focused on the peripheral hemo-
dynamic responses to PLS, and only in the animal model. Therefore,
the aim of this study was to determine in healthy humans the acute
effects of PLS on limb blood flow (LBF). Our hypothesis was that
peripheral hemodynamic responses would be affected by the PLS,
because of the repetitive ischemias and reperfusions induced by the
passive skeletal muscle tension.
Method: Eight healthy individuals (age 22 ± 3 years) underwent a
passive stretching protocol of the knee extensors, during which the
participants’ knee joint was passively flexed at 20� for 45 s, and
passively extended at 180� for 15 s. The PLS procedure (flexion and
extension) was repeated 5 times. Measurements of arterial blood
velocity and vessel diameter were taken in the passively stretched leg
distal to the inguinal ligament and proximal to the deep superficial
femoral bifurcation with Logiq-9 ultrasound systems.
Results: PLS had a significant influence on peripheral hemodynamic.
Specifically, LBF responses during the 1st passive flexion of PLS
were transitory increased with respect to baseline by *125 %.
Interestingly, a second hyperemia (*120 % of baseline) was recor-
ded during the limb passive extension of the 1st PLS. During the 2nd
PLS procedure the hyperemic response recorded during the passive
flexion phase of PLS was drastically reduced with respect to the 1st
(*25 % of baseline), while LBF recorded during the passive exten-
sion was equal respect to the 1st PLS (*120 % of baseline). From the
3rd PLS procedure the hyperemic responses to passive flexions were
negligible, while the peaks of LBF were consistently elevated
(*120 % of baseline).
Conclusion: In agreement with our hypothesis, PLS significantly
influenced peripheral circulation in the passively stretched knee ex-
tensors. However, the time response of these alterations in the
peripheral hemodynamic suggests two different components of this
phenomenon. The hyperemic response corresponding to the flexion
phase of the PLS procedure could be explained by an acute release of
nitric oxide derived from the mechanical stretching of the vessels.
Afterwards, the response decreased progressively during the 2nd and
3rd, 4th, and 5th PLS procedures. Contrarily, the constant hyperemic
responses recorded during the passive extensions of PLSs were pos-
sibly caused by a reduced ischemia determined by a diminished
skeletal muscle tension.
S46 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
TRAINING AND EVALUATION METHODS
105 TE O
Underwater symphony synchronized swimming team
Teate Synchro training evaluation
C. Marrone, F. Masedu, M. G. Vinciguerra
Department of Applied Clinical Sciences and Biotechnology,
University of L’Aquila, L’Aquila, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to evaluate in a group of athletes
belonging to Synchronized Swimming Synchro Team Teate, the
improvements achieved performing a training program of 8 months.
Method: The sample collected 18 women, with age ranging from 11
to 20 years. The training program started at October 2013 carrying
out the first diagnostic tests. The water test was: speed 25 m swim
style, cooper test, 25 m apnea distance. The Cleaning test was: lower
limb mobility (right/left split, front split), trunk mobility (seat and
reach). The second evaluation took place in January 2014. The third
evaluation was carried out in April 2014. As a matter anthropometric
BMI was detected only in the last part of the evaluation. The statis-
tical analysis performed linear mixed models accounting for the
longitudinal structure of the study design. Model fitting was assessed
by likelihood ratio test adjusting for multiple testing. Measures
repeatability was estimated using intra class correlations. The analysis
made use of the statistical software STATAVersion13.
Results: The results showed for the apnea test a BMI = -0.91 ± 0.44;
Period = 2.45 ± 0.30; Age = not statistically significant. In this case
an high BMI score get worse performance on the apnea getting an
average improvement of 2.45 at each testing period. The
ICC = 0.86 ± 0.06 (high availability). The test of Cooper gave the
following outcomes: BMI = not statistically significant; Period =
28.46 ± 11.00; Age = 161.22 ± 39.53. At each period of testing we
get an average incremental effect of 28.45. Il ICC = 0.47 ± 0.18 (low
repeatability). The speed test performed on average in the following
way: BMI = not statistically significant; Period = 28.46 ± 11.00;
Age = -4.49 ± 2.17; Period = -0.92. The was ICC = 0.85 ± 0.07.
The other variables performed likewise with high repeatability scores.
Taking into account the results obtained from the tests carried out
engines is possible to conclude that for all abilities analyzed there have
been improvements over the period starting with different entities.
Conclusion: The sincronette, especially in the free exercises, must be
able to last for several minutes the paddle, the thrusts and kicks,
sometimes with very intense muscular effort, in apnea. Therefore,
even if they are not yet well-defined physiological characteristics, it is
certain that the adaptive resistance is key aspects in their athletic
training, as it is fit to work in apnea.
ReferencesDal Monte A, Faina M (1999) Evaluation of the athlete: functional
analysis and biomechanics of performance capability
Greek M, Forty B (1996) Heart rate variations in response to apnea
during synchronized swimming
106 TE OP
EEG theta coherence in cycling performance
S. di Fronso1,3, C. Robazza1,2, L. Bortoli1,2, E. Filho1,2, P. Ripari3,
S. Comani1,4, M. Bertollo1,3
1BIND-Behavioral Imaging and Neural Dinamics Center, University
of Chieti ‘‘G. d’Annunzio’’, Italy2Department of Medicine and Aging Sciences, University of Chieti
‘‘G. d’Annunzio’’, Italy3Department of Clinical and Experimental Sciences, University
of Chieti ‘‘G. d’Annunzio’’, Italy4Department of Neuroscience and Imaging, University of Chieti
‘‘G. d’Annunzio’’, Italy
Aim: Brain cortical activity is related to exercise preference, mode
and intensity during endurance sport like cycling. Drawing on the
multi action plan (MAP) model, we aimed at verifying whether
specific cortico-cortical functional connectivity patterns in the theta
band underlie associative attention-based strategies reflecting differ-
ent attentional focus and perceived effort.
Method: Ten male cyclists participated in the study, which included
four visits. During the first visit, they performed an incremental test to
estimate their anaerobic threshold (AT), and individual preferred
pedalling rate (IPPR). During the other three visits they completed a
time to exhaustion (TTE) test at IPPR with a workload defined as
AT + 5 %. During the TTE test, EEG (32 channel system by ANT)
was recorded and RPE scores were collected. A counterbalanced
random design was used. Cyclists directed their attentional focus to:
(1) a metronome reproducing their IPPR (associative external strat-
egy; type 1 performance) (2) perception of their IPPR (associative
internal strategy on the core-component of action; type 2 perfor-
mance), (3) feelings of muscular fatigue (associative internal
dysfunctional strategy; type 3 performance). Coherence analysis in
the theta band (3.5–7.5 Hz) was performed to detect functional con-
nectivity patterns related to the different attentional strategies.
Coherence maps were calculated for the EEG baseline, for periods of
RPE ranging 0–4, 5–8, 9–MAX and during recovery.
Results: RM-ANOVA showed differences among the three experi-
mental conditions in TTE with the worst performance obtained in
type 3 condition. Coherence analysis results showed general and
diffused cortico-cortical functional connections among electrodes
during baseline and recovery, with a coherence decrease during TTE
in type 1 and 2 conditions, in particular for periods of RPE 0–4. On
the other way, type 3 condition maintained general and diffused
coherence also during TTE.
Conclusion: Our results suggest that theta cortico-cortical functional
connectivity patterns reflect the attentional strategies adopted, and are
associated with functional and dysfunctional performance types.
Regular synchronization of cells network reflects mental activity and
actual information processing 3.
ReferencesBrummer V et al (2011) Med Sci Sport Exerc 43:1863–1872
Bortoli L et al (2012) Psychol Sport Exerc 13:693–701
Klimesch W (1999) Brain Res Rev 29:169–195
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S47
123
107 TE OP
Auxotonic training method and free exercise in figure
skating: a longitudinal study
M. Gollin1, E. Fornaca2, R. Allois2
1Department of Clinical and Biological Sciences, Motor Science
Research Center, University School of Motor and Sport Sciences,
University of Turin, Turin, Italy2University School of Motor and Sport Sciences Graduate, University
of Turin, Turin, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to compare the efficacy of a tradi-
tional free body exercise (FBEG), and elastic bands conditioning EG
on the performance of vertical jumps, body balance, flexibility of
lower back and hamstring muscles.
Method: A sample of 16 athletes of both gender, practicing figure
skating in single specialty at a competitive level were examinated.
They were divided into two homogeneous groups of work, com-
posed of 8 individuals each: elastic band Group (EG, age
14–3 years, weight 48–11 kg, height 157–15 cm) and free body
exercise group (FBEG, age 15–3 years, weight 50–7 kg, height
162–10 cm) Both groups had 7–3 years of practice of sport, carried
5–1 weekly training sessions of the fundamental discipline, for a
total of 7–1 h per week, 11 months a year and participated in races
5–1 times during the season. The tests were carried out before the
start of training protocol (T1), and at the end, 10 weeks later (T2).
The athletes have performed the following tests in the same order:
podo postural balance test (using stabilometric platform), the lower
back flexibility (Sit and reach test), and the jump test: squat jump
(SJ), countermovement jump (CMJ), countermovement jump free
arms (CMJFA).
Results: Data analysis (Wilcoxon test; T1 vs. T2) in the FBEG
showed a statistically significant change in stabilometric platform test,
in the right mono-podalic test sampled with closed eyes: Dev. st. M-L
(p \ 0.05, -21 %); Average speed M-L (p \ 0.01, -18 %); Perim-
eter (p \ 0.05, 21 %).
Conclusion: Free body and elastic bands exercises, were efficient
methods of maintaining the organic and muscular capacity. Moreover,
free body exercise improves stability in eccentric contraction on the
ground in limb stance phase.
108 TE OP
Anthropometric characteristics and ethnic background
of the athletes and swimmers winners at the last four
Olympic Games (2000–2012)
I. Frascaro1, R. Sammarco1, M. Marra1, F. Contaldo1,2
1Department of Clinical Medicine and Surgery, University Federico
II, Naples, Italy2Interuniversity Center of Obesity and Eating Disorders, University
Federico II, Naples, Italy
Aim: In this study we have analyzed demographic characteristics
(age, height, weight, BMI and ethnicity) of 678 athletes winners of the
three Olympic medals (gold, silver and bronze) in swimming and
athletics disciplines at Olympic Games from 2000–2012. The main
purpose of the study was to verify a possible relationship between
ethnicity and athletic performance.
Method: Data have been collected from the official website of the
Olympic Games (http://www.Olympic.org); those related to age and
anthropometric characteristics were taken from the site (http://www.
sport-reference.com).
Results: Among male winner athletes (n = 204), mostly (38 %;
n = 77) came from North America and 60 % n. 124 belong to Black
ethnicity; female athletes (n = 216) mostly (49 %; n = 106) came
from European Continent and 60 % n. 129 belong to Caucasian
ethnicity; male swimmers (n = 144) mostly (42 %; n = 60) came
from North America and 83 % n. 120 belong to Caucasian ethnicity;
among female swimmers (n = 114) mostly (36 %; n = 41) came
from European Continent and 90 % n. 103 belong to Caucasian
ethnicity.
Conclusion: Black African ethnicity of athletes living Western
Countries (North America and Europe) excell in athletic disciplines
possible for several reasons: (1) genetic predisposition, (2) develop-
ment of a good O2 uptake capacity as a result of an early exposure to
walking and running, (3) a relative increase in measured Hb and Ht, (4)
development of optimal metabolic efficiency based on the somatotype
and lower limbs characteristics (5) a favorable enzyme profile and
muscle fibers composition, (6) special dietary habits, (7) live and train
at altitudes and (8) a strong motivation to achieve economic success.
The Caucasian success in swimming games may be explained
because Caucasians have a lower bone mineral content (BMC), a
lower skeletal muscle mass despite comparable total body water
(TBW) with consequently lower fat-free mass body (FFB) compared
to Black-Africans.
Caucasians, thus, seem to have more buoyancy and fluidity in the
water than Black-Africans swimmers. In conclusion, ethnicity and
socioeconomic factors may significantly affect the success at Olympic
competitions.
ReferencesCohn SH et al (1977) Body elemental composition: comparison
between black and white adults. Am J Physiol 232:E419–E422
Schutte JE et al (1984) Density of lean body mass is greater in blacks
than in whites, J Appl Physiol 56:1647–1666
Zillikens MC et al (1991) Estimation of total body water by
bioelectrical impedance analysis in blacks. Am J Hum Biol
3:25–32
109 TE OP
Effects of two different muscular resistance training
protocols on health-related fitness components in young
healthy subjects
L. Russomando1, D. Martone1,2, A. Alfieri1,2, P. Buono1,2
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University
of Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2CEINGE Biotechnologie Avanzate s.c.ar.l., Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to analyze the effects of two different
resistance training protocols, muscular endurance (ET) and muscular
strength (ST), on some health-related physical fitness components.
Resistance training has been accepted as alternative method to
improve and maintain muscular fitness and to promote health.
Recently, high intensity resistance training has been proposed as a
novel strategy for increasing adherence to physical activity.
Method: 42 healthy, untrained, young men (26 ± 2.2 years; Body
Weight, BW, 75.36 ± 6.78), recruited by ASD Ardor Naples, have
been randomly assigned to ET (n = 21) or ST (n = 21) protocols,
respectively. ET session consists in ten exercises, 3 sets of 18–20
repetitions at 60–65 % of 1-RM, 30–60 s rest between sets. ST ses-
sion consists of five exercises, 3 sets of 6–8 repetitions at 80–85 % of
1-RM, 90–120 s rest between sets. Both groups trained 45 min per
S48 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
session, three times a week, for 16 weeks. At baseline (T0) and after
intervention (T1), BW, waist circumference (WC), aerobic fitness
(VO2max), muscular fitness (1-RM), fat mass (FM) and Free Fat Mass
(FFM) were assessed in both groups.
Results: ET and ST groups showed similar health-related fitness
components at baseline (T0); all enrolled subjects completed the
intervention program. At T1, significant improvements (p \ 0.05) in
BW, VO2max, 1-RM, FM and FFM were observed in both groups. In
particular, WC resulted significantly reduced (88.5 ± 3.6 cm vs.
93.1 ± 3.4 cm, p \ 0.05) only in ET group at T1. Further, inter-
group comparisons at T1 evidenced a significant improvement in BW
(71.1 ± 7.5 kg vs. 77.2 ± 6.0 kg) and in FM (12.68 ± 1.4 kg vs.
14.56 ± 1.37 kg) in ET compared to ST group, respectively. Con-
versely, FFM resulted enhanced (p \ 0.05) in ST compared to ET
group (62.6 ± 4.9 kg vs. 58.4 ± 6.9 kg), as expected.
Conclusion: Our results suggest that both ET and ST protocols are
effective to improve physical fitness and could be used as alternative
protocols to traditional aerobic training; in fact, reducing the
monotony, these protocols may increase compliance and reduce the
dropout, especially in sedentary subjects.
ReferencesNicholas AR et al (2009) Med Sci Sports Exerc 41(3):687–708
Paoli A et al (2012) J Transl Med 24(10):237
110 TE OP
Different effect of high intensity resistance training
(HIRT) and low intensity resistance training on molecular
signalling response in human skeletal muscle
T. Moro1, A. Paoli1, A. Bianco3, L. Monaco2, F. Naro2, C. Reggiani1
1Department of Biomedical Sciences, University of Padova, Padova,
Italy2DAHFMO Unit of Histology and Medical Embryology, University
of Rome, ‘‘La Sapienza’’, Rome, Italy3Department of Movement Science, University of Palermo, Palermo,
Italy
Aim: Resistance training (RT) is one of the most important stimuli for
muscle hypertrophy, but it may play also an important role on weight
loss and fat acid (FA) oxidation increase. It has been largely dem-
onstrated that RT affects anabolic signalling molecule
phosphorylation but, considering the numerous variables of RT, the
differences between training modalities has been till now poorly
investigated. The aim of this study was to assess Akt, 4EBP1, S6 and
AMPK, ACC signalling after a single bout of high-intensity resistance
training (HIRT) and of traditional resistance training (TRT).
Methods: 12 healthy subjects performed in two different moments and
with different legs HIRT and TRT protocol. HIRT consisted in 2 sets of
6/2/2 reps with incomplete rest between (20’’) sets while TRT consisted
of 4 sets 915 reps with 101500 of rest between sets. Biopsies from the
vastus lateralis were taken 1 week before training sessions (pre),
immediately after (T0), 6 h after (T6) and 24 h after (T24) training.
Results: No significant differences were found at any of time points
after exercise in AKT and 4EBP1 phosphorylation. There was a
significant increase in S6 phosphorylation at T6 both in HIRT and
TRT. Exercise intensity does not seem to influence the response of
AMPK: AMPK-P increased after both kind of RT; ACC-P activity
greater increased immediately after HIRT respect to TRT, but any
significant differences were measured at any time point. mRNA
analysis showed that HIRT seems to be more related to mechanical
deformation (MGF), while the TRT seems to act on IGF-1 pathway.
Conclusion: Our findings suggest that a less time commitment
resistance training technique is equally effective to induce an increase
of S6-P without a concomitant increase of AKT-P that could be
explained by an AKT-independent S6 phosphorylation. AMPK/ACC
pathway analysis may suggests a greater FA oxidation with high
intensity/low volume resistance training compared to traditional
technique. This data seems confirm that the manipulation of different
variables of RT induces different molecular and metabolic responses
related to the activation of specific muscle signaling pathways.
ReferencesAndersen JL, Aagaard P (2010) Scand J Med Sci Sports. 20(2):32–38
Paoli A et al (2014) Clin Physiol Funct Imag (in press)
Paoli A et al (2012) J Transl Med 24(10):237
Paoli A (2012) AM J Physiol Endocrinol Metab 302:E387
Verdijk LB et al (2009) Am J Clin Nutr 89(2):608–616
111 TE OP
Perceived control and hedonic tone in shooting
performance: a case study
C. Robazza, M. Bertollo, E. Filho, L. Bortoli
Department of Medicine and Aging Sciences, BIND, Behavioral
Imaging and Neural Dynamics Center, ‘‘G. d’Annunzio’’ University,
Chieti, Italy
Aim: In this case study we examined the effects of perceived control
and hedonic tone dimensions on performance as conceptualized
within the theoretical framework of the multi-action plan (MAP)
model. Four performance categories were derived according to 2 9 2
interactions of hedonic tone and performance, and perceived control
and performance.
Method: An elite-level shooter (age = 27 years) member of the
Italian national team participated in the study. He was asked to: (1)
identify the most relevant, idiosyncratic core component of his
shooting action, and (2) perform 120 shots distanced 10 m from a
professional target. Prior to and after each shot, the shooter reported
his perceptions of hedonic tone and perceived control of the core
component of action.
Results: A logistical ordinal regression analysis was used to examine
the shooter’s hedonic tone and perceived control in regards to his
performance levels. Results showed within individual differences in
intensity and probability levels of the dependent variables across the
four performance types. Data trend over time was also examined. The
shooter exhibited large fluctuations in both hedonic tone and per-
ceived control throughout the shooting session.
Conclusion: Findings provided support for the 2 9 2 interactions
(i.e., hedonic tone 9 performance, and perceived control 9 perfor-
mance) as outlined in the MAP model. From an applied perspective,
results suggest that athletes can take advantage of using both emotion-
centered and action-centered strategies in order to achieve optimal
performance states.
ReferencesBertollo M et al (2013) Behavioural and psychophysiological
correlates of athletic performance: A test of the multi-action plan
model. Appl Psychophysiol Biofeedback 38:91–99
Bortoli L et al (2012) Striving for excellence: a multi-action plan
intervention model for shooters. Psychol Sport Exerc 13:693–701
Johnson et al (2009) Determining individual affect-related perfor-
mance zones (IAPZs): a tutorial. J Clin Sport Psychol 3:34–57
Kamata et al (2002) Individual zone of optimal functioning (IZOF): a
probabilistic estimation. J Sport Exerc Psychol 24:189–208
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S49
123
112 TE OP
Neuromuscular taping of the ankle: acute effects
on joint stability of a classical method versus a T.E.CH.
protocol
L. Russo, P. Bartolucci
Department of Applied and Clinical Science and Biotechnology,
University of L’Aquila, L’Aquila, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to compare the acute effects on ankle
stability of a classical application of neuromuscular taping (CT) to a
mixed protocol consisting of taping application and proprioceptive
exercises (TECH). Previous studies [1–3] investigated the effects of
neuromuscular taping on ankle postural control but no studies are
available about the effects of training using neuromuscular taping.
Method: Eighteen male regional rugby players (27.6 ± 3.3 years;
176.5 ± 7.5 cm; 87.6 ± 15.5 kg) performed two trials on separated
days: CT or TECH condition was randomly assigned. CT condition
consisted of a neuromuscular taping application dressed on for
25 min, during this time subjects were allowed to move freely. TECH
condition was the same of CT but during the 25 min subjects per-
formed a protocol of proprioceptive exercises. Each trial started and
ended with an open (OE) and closed (CE) eyes monopodalic stabil-
ometry (Sensor Medica, Guidonia-RM, Italy). For each test the
following parameters were evaluated: CoP path length (CL), sway
area (SA), average velocity (AV), Dx and Dy. Data were normally
distributed and a t test was used for statistical analysis. No time and
learning effects about the stabilometric data was measured between
trials.
Results: The CT protocol produced significant differences for CL
(-26 %), AV (-32 %) and Dy (-28 %) of the right foot only in CE
condition. The TECH protocol produced significant modifications for
CL (-15 %), AV (-17 %), Dx (-15 %) and Dy (-26 %) of the left
foot in OE condition, while significant differences for CL (-18 %),
AV (-22 %) and Dy (-22 %) of the left foot and for CL (-17 %),
AV (-22 %), Dx (-19 %) and Dy (-22 %) of the right foot were
measured in CE condition.
Conclusion: The results suggest that the combination of neuromus-
cular kinesio taping with proprioceptive training (TECH) maximizes
the stability of the ankle through a significant reduction of the
instability parameters.
ReferencesCortesi M et al (2011) Effects of kinesio taping on standing balance in
subjects with multiple sclerosis: a pilot study. Neuro Rehabil
28(4):365–372
Nakajima MA et al (2013) The effect of kinesio tape on vertical jump
and dynamic postural control. Int J Sports Phys Ther 8(4):393–406
Schields CA et al (2013) Effect of elastic taping on postural control
deficits in subjects with healthy ankles, copers, and individuals with
functional ankle instability. Foot Ankle Int 34(10):1427–1435
NEW DIAGNOSTIC STRATEGIESAPPLIED TO MOVEMENT AND SPORTSCIENCES
113 DS O
Unraveling the doping molecular effects of DHT
and IGF-1 combined hyperstimulation in human
peripheral blood lymphocytes
E. Imperlini1,2, S. Spaziani3,4, A. Mancini1,3, M. Caterino1,2,
P. Buono1,2,3, S. Orru1,2,3
1CEINGE Biotecnologie Avanzate scarl, Naples, Italy2Fondazione IRCCS SDN, Naples, Italy3Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University
of Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy4Center for Advanced Biomaterials for Health Care@CRIB, IIT,
Naples, Italy
Aim: Despite many clinical evidences claim positive association
between doping agents abuse and increased health risk, the related
molecular mechanisms remain still uncharacterized. Previously, we
demonstrated in human peripheral lymphocytes (PBL) that high doses
of dihydrotestosterone (DHT) and insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-
1) modified the expression of genes involved in skeletal muscle dis-
orders as well as in cell-mediated immunological response. At protein
level, DHT hyperdosage affected cell motility and apoptosis; IGF-1
hyperstimulation triggered an active cytoskeletal reorganization and
an overproduction of immune response- and inflammation-related
cytokines. Here, we investigated the molecular effects of DHT and
IGF-1 hyperstimulation (DHT + IGF-1) in human PBL using a pro-
teomic approach.
Method: PBL were isolated from buffy coats of heparinized blood of
healthy adult male donors, cultured and treated with DHT (80-fold
physiological levels) and IGF-1 (fivefold physiological levels). Then,
we analyzed the protein expression profiles of DHT + IGF-1 lym-
phocytes using 2D DIGE technology and protein arrays. Proteomic
data were further analyzed by bioinformatic tools.
Results: 2D DIGE analysis revealed 25 differentially expressed
proteins, most of them included by IPA software in the high-score
network: Cell Signaling, Cellular Assembly and Organization. Five
species belonged to the ‘‘paxillin signaling’’ that plays a key role in
cell adhesion. By using specific protein arrays, 27 kinases displayed a
high phosphorylation level in DHT + IGF-1 lymphocytes, whereas
most cytokines were underexpressed.
Conclusion: Our data indicate that the DHT + IGF-1 combined
treatment affects cell adhesion through modulation of expression
levels of cytokines and paxillin signaling-related proteins. Moreover,
S50 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
DHT + IGF-1 hyperstimulation produces a long activation of differ-
ent transduction signaling pathways, confirming a synergistic effect of
DHT and IGF-1.
ReferencesImperlini E et al (2010) Androgen receptor signaling induced by
supraphysiological doses of dihydrotestosterone in human periph-
eral blood lymphocytes. Proteomics 10:3165–3175
Mancini A et al (2013) DHT and IGF-I in blood lymphocytes: new
markers for the Athlete’s Biological Passport. J Biol Regul
Homeost Agents 27:757–770
Spaziani S et al (2014) Insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor signaling
induced by supraphysiological doses of IGF-1 in human peripheral
blood lymphocytes. Proteomics (in press)
114 DS OP
Acute tendinopathies in sport: therapy with Aloe gel
topical use vs. laser therapy
A. Ammendolia, T. Iona, R. Scarfone
1Department of Surgical and Medicine Sciences, ‘‘University
of Catanzaro Magna Graecia’’, Catanzaro, Italy2Medical staff, Volley Tonno Callipo, Vibo Valentia, Italy
Aim: Several studies emphasize the anti-inflammatory properties of
aloe in mice and rats, but no systematic investigation exist in humans.
The aim of this study is to evaluate if the topical use of aloe gel is
effective and safe for the treatment of the acute tendinopathies in
athletes, compared with low-laser therapy.
Method: During 2 consecutive championship sessions, we enrolled
46 healthy volleyball players affected by patellar or Achilles ten-
dinopathies, divided in: GROUP A, 25 male (28.3–4.9 years; weight
93.1–11.6; height 198–7.0) treated by 3 topical applications/day of
aloe gel for 10 days; GROUP B, 21 male (28.8–4.4 years; weight
93.4–13.4; height 198.6–6.5) treated by 1 session/day of low laser
therapy for 10 days. Using a VAS score, we evaluated local pain
(T0 = basal; T1 = after 5 days and T2 = after 10 days from the
beginning of the therapy) and considered the number of the days from
the beginning of the treatments to the restarting of the gym training
and back to the competitions. All parameters are reported as mean
standard deviation and were processed by t test and considering
significant values of P \ 0.05.
Results: About the local pain, in both groups there was an important
pain relief after 5 days (GROUP A: T1 = 4.3–1.5; GROUP B:
T1 = 4.8–1.4), but without significant statistical differences. Instead
at T2 we noted a significant reduction of the local pain in GROUP A:
T2 = 1.2–1.4 respect to GROUP B: T2 = 2.1–1.6 (P \ 0.048).
Moreover we observed a very significant statistical difference about
the days need to restart the gym training (GROUP A: 4.5–1.4;
GROUP B: 6.1–1.2; P \ 0.0001) and back to the competitions
(GROUP A: 8.3–2.9; GROUP B: 11.3–2.2; P \ 0.0001). No side
effects were observed.
Conclusion: These data demonstrate that both therapies are effective
to obtain the pain relief, but using Aloe gel should be possible to have
a larger reduction of the symptom, supporting a quicker back to the
sport activity and with the advantage to make the therapy at home. So,
considering his effective and safety, in our experience the topical use
of Aloe gel can be considered a valid alternative in the treatment of
the athletes acute tendinopathies.
ReferencesBrett MA et al (2008) Treatment of tendinopathy what works, what
does not, and what is on the horizon. Clin Orthop Relat Res
466:1539–1554
Vogler BK et al (1999) Aloe vera: a systematic review of its clinical
effectiveness. Br J Gen Pract 49:823–828
115 DS OP
Benefits of brisk walking as moderate on soluble
and cell markers of inflammation in HIV-infected
persons receiving anti-HIV drugs: a pilot study
M. Bonato1, V. Longo2, S. Bossolasco2, G. Pavei3, G. Merati1,
A. La Torre1, P. Cinque2
1Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy2Department of Infectious Diseases, San Raffaele Scientific Institute,
Milan, Italy3Department of Pathophysiology and Transplantation, University
of Milan, Milan, Italy
Aim: Regular physical exercise could be beneficial for delaying all
causes of mortality in the general population reducing the risk of
cardiovascular diseases and type-2 diabetes. These diseases are
associated with chronic inflammation caused by abnormal cytokine
production characterized by activation of inflammatory signaling
pathways. Chronic inflammation is a common feature also in HIV
infected subjects caused by the interplay between HIV infection and
combined antiretroviral therapy (cART). Based on these hypothesis,
aim of this study was to investigate the effects of brisk walking, as
moderate aerobic exercise, on physical fitness, metabolic measures
and soluble and cell inflammatory markers among HIV-infected
treated subjects.
Methods: A pilot study was designed including HIV-infected, cART-
treated, sedentary subjects with metabolic problems, in a 12-week
protocol consisting of 3 outdoor sessions/week of 60 min brisk
walking at 65–75 % of HRmax with (‘‘walk-strength’’ group) or
without (‘‘walk’’ group) 30 min circuit training at 65 % of 1-repeti-
tion maximum (RM). Measures at baseline (BL) and at week 12
(W12) included distance walked at 6 min walking test (6MWT) and
1-RM Test; morphometric measures; fasting lipid and glucose blood
profile; plasma level of d-dimer, high-sensitivity CRP (hsCRP),
interleukin-6 (IL-6), interleukin-18 (IL-18), soluble CD14 (sCD14),
myostatin, and CD38 and HLA-DR expression on CD4 + and
CD8 + cells. Differences between groups were tested by the Mann–
Whitney test and W12 changes from BL by the Wilcoxon-signed rank
test. Results are expressed as median values.
Results: Forty-nine subjects were enrolled and 36 completed the
12-week program: 15 in the ‘‘walk-strength’’ group and 21 in the
‘‘walk’’ group. Median adherence was 67 %. At W12, significant
improvements from BL were observed of both aerobic and strength
performance, with an improvement of distance walked during 6MWT,
of BMI, waist and hip circumference, and total and LDL cholesterol,
without differences between training groups. Significant reductions
were observed of plasma levels of d-dimer (from 272 to 181 ng/mL,
p = 0.0002), hCRP (from 2.02 to 1.14 lg/mL, p = 0.001), IL-6
(from 4.63 to 4.47 pg/mL, p = 0.021), IL-18 (from 354 to 304 pg/
mL, p = 0.010) and myostatin (from 20.9 to 13.5 pg/mL, p = 0.006).
We observed also a decrease of frequency of CD8+ CD38+ HLA-DR
(from 3.7 to 1.8 %, p \ 0.0001), but not for CD4+ HLA-DR+.
Conclusion: A 12-week protocol of brisk walking was associated
with a significant reduction of immune activation in HIV-treated
subjects with metabolic disorders. Moderate physical activity can be
proposed as a strategy to control long-term consequences of treated
HIV infection.
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S51
123
116 DS OP
Exertional rhabdomyolysis, RYR1 gene sequence
variations and association with malignant hyperthermia
susceptibility
A. Carsana
Department of Molecular Medicine and Medical Biotechnology,
University of Naples Federico II and CEINGE-Biotecnologie
Avanzate, Naples, Italy
Aim: This work reviews the cases of exertional rhabdomyolysis (ER)
and/or myalgia or of stress-induced malignant hyperthermia (MH)
events in which RYR1 sequence variations (SVs), associated or pos-
sibly associated to MH-susceptibility (MHS), have been identified.
ER and stress-induced MH events are syndromes that primarily pla-
gue military recruits in basic training and athletes. Events similar to
those occurring in ER and in stress-induced MH events are triggered
in MHS patients by commonly used volatile anesthetics and/or suc-
cinylcholine, which cause an altered intracellular Ca2+ regulation.
MH is an autosomal dominant hypermetabolic condition that may
occur in genetically predisposed subjects. SVs in the RYR1 gene,
encoding the skeletal muscle Ca2+ channel (RyR1) of the sarcoplas-
mic reticulum, have been found in about 70 % of MH families.
Results: The possible disease-causing role of RYR1 SVs, identified
in patients who experienced ER and stress-induced MH events, was
discussed. Moreover, studies on a mouse model of heat- and anes-
thetic-induced MHS (knock-in RyR1Y522S/wt) reported that AICAR,
an activator of the AMP- kinase, prevents Ca2+ leaking, generation of
ROS and RNS, and heat-induced death in these mice. Interestingly,
studies on the effects of eccentric exercise on mouse RyR1Y522S/
wt muscles indicated that high-force eccentric contractions, run under
non-stressful conditions, may attenuate the thermal stress-induced
loss of function.
Conclusions: These data emphasize the concept that some RYR1
SVs are associated with both ER and MHS and underline the
importance of performing RYR1 SVs screening in these patients.
Moreover, the potential use of AICAR for prophylactic treatment in
humans with enhanced susceptibility to exercise and/or heat-induced
sudden death associated with RYR1 SVs, and the possible role of
exercise to mitigate the severity of stress-induced MH episodes have
been advanced.
ReferencesCarsana A (2013) Exercise-induced rhabdomyolysis and stress-
induced malignant hyperthermia events, association with malignant
hyperthermia susceptibility, and RYR1 gene sequence variations.
Sci World J 2013:531465
Carsana A (2013) Exertional rhabdomyolysis, RYR1 gene sequence
variations and association with malignant hyperthermia suscepti-
bility. Int J Clin Anesthesiol 1:1004
Chelu MG et al (2006) Heat- and anesthesia-induced malignant
hyperthermia in an RYR1 knockin mouse FASEB J 20:329
Corona BT et al (2010) Effect of prior exercise on thermal sensitivity
of malignant hyperthermia susceptible muscle. Muscle Nerve
42:270
Lanner JT et al (2012) AICAR prevents heat induced sudden death
in RYR1 mutant mice independent of AMPK activation. Nat Med
18: 244
117 DS OP
ACE I/D polymorphism and physical activity
engagement: role of body composition and hormones
P. Izzicupo, B. Ghinassi, M. A. D’Amico, A. Bascelli, A. Di Blasio,
G. Napolitano, A. Di Baldassarre
Aging and Medicine Sciences, University of Chieti, Pescara, Italy
Aim: Lack of physical activity (PA) is becoming a worldwide
problem and the investigation of its correlated and determinant is one
of the most important challenges of present and future research.
Studies on genetic determinants of PA show conflicting results,
however, the role of both obesity and genes related with-it is now
acknowledged. Angiotensin Converting Enzyme insertion/deletion
(ACE I/D) polymorphism has the potential to regulate both adiposity
and PA, trough hypothalamic receptors for its products. Because the
menopausal transition is characterized by the lack of physical activity
and increasing adiposity, the aim of this study was to compare PA,
body composition, and related hormones, in ACE I/D variants of
postmenopausal women.
Method: Thirty-eight post menopausal women (age 55.9 ± 4.2
years) were involved in the study. The ACE I/D genotype was
detected by PCR amplification of a fragment of intron 16 of the ACE
gene. The PCR products were separated using 3 % agarose gel
electrophoresis and visualized using ethidium bromide staining. Daily
PA was measured using a multisensory devices (SenseWear Pro3
Armband; BodyMedia, Pittsburgh, PA). Body composition was
evaluated using a stadiometer with a balance-beam scale, an anthro-
pometric tape (Seca 200; Seca, Hamburg, Germany) and using a foot-
to-foot 50-kHz bioelectrical impedance scale (BC-420MA; Tanita,
Tokyo, Japan). Hormones concentrations were measured with Search
Light Human Cytokine Arrays. Statistical analysis were realized by
Mann–Whitney U test.
Results: Subgroups were divided on the basis of the presence of I
allele (ID/II = 21; DD = 17). DD subjects shows lower PA levels
(Mets, II/ID = 1.50 ± 0.24, DD = 1.40 ± 0.22, P = 0.050; PA
Energy Expenditure, II/ID = 532.74 ± 313.90, DD = 336.12 ±
214.57, P = 0.029), and both worse adiposity (Body Mass Index, II/
ID = 25.95 ± 4.50, DD = 27.99 ± 3.77, P = 0.050; Fat Mass, II/
ID = 21.42 ± 7.52, DD, 25.76 ± 5.98, P = 0.048) and hormones
levels (leptin, II/ID = 47.34 ± 26.00, DD = 66.65 ± 22.94,
P = 0.029; dehydroepiandrosterone sulphate, II/ID = 1.13 ± 0.69,
DD = 0.73 ± 0.39, P = 0.048).
Conclusion: ACE I/D polymorphism has been recently suggested to
influence PA engagement and body composition. At the same time,
obesity is a PA determinant. This study shows that DD subjects has
lower levels of PA suggesting that ACE I/D polymorphism might
influence PA engagement by its effect on body composition and
related hormones.
S52 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
118 DS OP
Effect of long-term aerobic and anaerobic training on
human myoblast differentiation and oxidative
metabolism
A. Mancini1,2, R. Arcone1,2, A. Alfieri1,2, E. Vitale3, P. Buono1,2,4
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2CEINGE Biotecnologie Avanzate scarl, Naples, Italy3Department of Structural and Functional Biology, University
of Naples ‘‘Federico II’’, Naples, Italy4IRCCS SDN Foundation, Naples, Italy
Aim: This pilot study aimed to evaluate the effects of long-term
aerobic or anaerobic training on myoblast differentiation and oxida-
tive metabolism using human skeletal myoblast cells, LHCN-M2 as
paradigm.
Method: 10 young males (20–30 years) who underwent swimming
(SW, n.5) or body building (BB, n.5) training for more than 3 h/week at
least from 3 years were enrolled. As control n. 5 male untrained (UN)
subjects, matched for age were also enrolled. All enrolled subjects gave
their consent informed. Blood samples were collected between 8–10 h
in the morning in order to obtain serum samples. Clinical-biochemical
parameters: blood pressure, glucose, triglyceride, total cholesterol,
HDL-cholesterol, insulin and IGF-1 were measured on serum samples.
LHCN-M2 cells were induced to differentiation in a Differentiation
Medium supplemented with 0.5 % serum from SW, BB or UN subjects,
respectively, for 4-days. Myogenic differentiation was assessed by
evaluating the Myostatin, messenger and protein, expression levels
whereas Creatine Kinase activity was measured on protein extracts
from the cells after serum treatment. Similarly, oxidative metabolism
was evaluated by measuring AMPK, PGC1a and UCP3 mRNA
expression levels in serum treated cells.
Results: Myostatin, messenger and protein expression, AMPK and
PGC1a mRNA expression resulted up-regulated ([3-fold) in cells
treated for 4-days with SW or BB serum to respect to UN serum.
Furthermore, myostatin expression resulted increased ([2-fold) in
cells treated with BB when compared to SW serum. These results
correlate with higher concentration of IGF-1 found in BB vs. SW
serum (1,700 vs. 1,490 U/l, respectively; reference values 0–190 U/l).
In addition, the mRNA expression level of AMPK was increased ([2-
fold) in cells treated with SW vs. BB serum; similarly, the UCP3
mRNA was up-regulated ([2-fold) only in cells treated with SW
respect to UN serum, whereas no induction was observed in cells
treated with BB serum.
Conclusion: Our preliminary results suggest that long-term aerobic
and anaerobic training enhance myoblast differentiation. In addition,
aerobic training activates oxidative metabolism in human skeletal
muscle cells. Further observations are required in order to consolidate
our results.
ReferenceZhu CH et al (2007) Aging Cell 6:515
119 DS OP
Evaluation of skeletal muscle oxidative metabolism
in Alzheimer disease patients
M. Ramaglia1, G. Bellistri1,2, M. Marzorati1, L. Sodero1,
L. Zuccarelli1, V. Biscont1, S. Porcelli1, F. Veronesi1
1Institute of Bioimaging and Molecular Physiology, Consiglio
Nazionale delle Ricerche, Segrate Milan, Italy2Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy
Aim: Recently evidence has been provided that Beta-amyloid (bAP)
deposits, the pathogenetic feature of Alzheimer disease (AD) [1, 2],
can be also present in the mitochondria of skeletal muscle cells [3].
The aim of this study was to evaluate whether in AD patients bAP
deposits in skeletal muscle impair oxidative metabolism.
Methods: Thirteen AD patients (73.5 ± 1.0 years, mean ± SD) and
twenty-nine healthy sex-matched control subjects (CTRL)
(73.3 ± 1.1 years) were investigated. Two incremental exercise until
voluntary exhaustion were performed, in order to evaluate skeletal
muscle oxidative metabolism: a cycloergometer (CE) and a one-leg
knee extension (KE) exercise. The following variables were deter-
mined: breath-by-breath pulmonary O2 uptake (VO2); heart rate
(HR); cardiac output (CO); vastus lateralis muscle fractional
O2 extraction by near-infrared spectroscopy (D[deoxy(Hb ± Mb)]);
blood lactate concentration ([La-]) at rest and after exercise; maximal
voluntary contraction (MVC); total daily energy expenditure (TEE).
Results: During CE, peak work-rate (94.1 ± 7.1 vs. 128.3 ± 8.5
watt) and VO2 peak (22.0 ± 0.8 vs. 26.4 ± 1.1 mL kg-1 min-1)
were significantly lower in AD patients vs. CTRL. CO was similar
between AD patients (14.4 ± 0.5 L min-1) and CTRL
(15.3 ± 0.9 L min-1) whereas D[deoxy(Hb ± Mb)] was signifi-
cantly lower in AD patients (51.05 ± 5.8 %) vs. CTRL
(71.4 ± 2.9 %). During KE, VO2 peak (10.7 ± 0.7 vs.
13.5 ± 0.6 mL kg-1 min-1) and D[deoxy(Hb ± Mb)] (40.02 ± 5.8
vs. 61.01 ± 4.7 %) were significantly lower in AD patients vs.
CTRL. CO (10.93 ± 0.5 vs. 11.62 ± 0.9) and [La-] were not sig-
nificantly different between AD and CTRL. TEE was similar in AD
and CTRL (2,534 ± 243.6 vs. 2,250 ± 119.3 kcal day-1). As for
MVC, no significant difference was found between CTRL and AD
(440.5 ± 39.5 N vs. 438.3 ± 86.7 N, respectively).
Conclusion: Data from the present study indicate that AD patients
have a reduced exercise capacity compared to healthy control sub-
jects, probably due to a reduced muscle fractional O2 extraction
capacity. Indeed, the impairment of muscle oxidative function was
evident also during KE, when cardiovascular constraints to oxidative
metabolism were reduced.
ReferencesHarrison J (2013) Med Clin North Am 97:425–438
Kuo et al (2000) Am J Pathol 156:797–805
Parker Jr et al (1994) Neurology 44:1086–1090
Shea et al (2012) Curr Top Med Chem 12:2596–2610
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S53
123
120 DS OP
Contractile impairment of human muscle fibers caused
by aging and by disuse
L. Cancellara1, L. Toniolo1, T. Moro1, M. Venturelli2, K. Koren3,
R. Pisot3, C. Reggiani1
1Department of Biomedical Sciences, University of Padova, Padova,
Italy2Department of Biomedical Science for Health, University of Milano,
Italy3University of Primorska, Slovenia
Aim: Muscle contractile performance as measured from maximum
power or from isometric force declines by aging and this decline can
be further accelerated by disuse. In both conditions the functional
impairment is accompanied by a loss in muscle mass (see for a recent
review Blaauw et al. 2013). The contractile impairment can be studied
at single fibre level by measuring cross sectional area (CSA), iso-
metric force (Fo) and maximum shortening velocity (Vo) during
maximal activation. Specific tension (Po) can be obtained as the ratio
between Fo and CSA. Maximum power, in view of the shape of the
force velocity curve, can be calculated as a fraction of the product of
Po and Vo.
Method: We recently studied the effect of aging in two distinct
comparisons among single fibres dissected from biopsy samples of
vastus lateralis: comparison (1) young women (age 20–25 years) vs.
old women (age 85–95 years) in a collaborative study with the Uni-
versity of Verona, and comparison (2) young men (age 20–30 years)
vs. older adult (age 60–65 years) in a collaborative study with the
University of Primorska (SLO).
Results: In both comparisons, the average cross sectional area (CSA)
was found to be significantly lower in the old compared to the young
subjects, while specific tension (Po, mN/mm2) developed during
isometric contraction was not significantly reduced.
The effect of disuse was studied in the same group of subjects of
comparison (2). Both the young and the older adult subjects were
exposed to a bed-rest period of 2 weeks and their muscle fibres col-
lected at the end with a new biopsy. The comparison pre- vs. post-
bed-rest showed not only a significant decrease in the cross sectional
area (-15 %) but also a significant reduction in specific tension
developed during maximal isometric contraction.
Conclusion: The results provide a clear indication of the presence of
two distinct mechanisms responsible of the decrease in the contractile
performance of muscle fibres and related to physiological aging and,
respectively, disuse.
ReferenceBlaauw B, Schiaffino S, Reggiani C (2013) Mechanisms modulating
skeletal muscle phenotype. Compr Physiol 3:1645–1687
FITNESS AND FUNCTIONALEVALUATION
121 FF O
First dorsal interosseus electromechanical activity
during fine control of output tension
C. Orizio1,2, M. Cogliati1,2, P. Gaffurini2, L. Bissolotti2, M. Gobbo1,2
1Department of Clinical and Experimental Sciences, University
of Brescia, Brescia, Italy2Laboratory of Neuromuscular Rehabilitation, ‘‘Teresa Camplani’’
Foundation, Brescia, Italy
Aim: During static contraction each recruited motor unit (MU) con-
tributes to surface EMG and force fluctuation (FF) which can be
regarded as the outcome of the discharge of motor nerve fibres con-
verted to mechanical ripples by the muscles. Scarse data can be found
in the literature about the time course of EMG and FF during steady
contraction. The goal was to gain insights into the adaptation of the
motor control system during fine modulation of the output tension
through the motor task.
Method: In 12 subjects (20–30 years old) the surface EMG and force
from the first dorsal interosseus (FDI) were recorded during two 20 s
isometric contractions at 2.5 and 10 % of maximal voluntary con-
traction (MVC). (I) The root mean square (RMS) of EMG and FF
were computed every 1 s time window. (II) The EMG and FF signals
were normalized and the power due to the samples within the ranges
0–20 %, 20–40 %, 40–60 %, 60–80 % and 80–100 % was calculated
and scaled to the total power of the 20 s period. (III) After the divi-
sion of the signals in 200 windows of 100 ms each, a color contour
plot was obtained adding the windows on the y axis one after the
other. The time mark of the barycenter of the color map was also
identified.
Results: The group average (±SE) data for EMG-RMS and FF-RMS
during the 1st second of activity were: 0.054 ± 0.008 V and
0.39 ± 0.1 N at 2.5 % MVC while 0.107 ± 0.016 V and
0.82 ± 0.18 N at 10 % MVC. Throughout contraction EMG-RMS
was kept stable while the FF-RMS dwindled up to the 20 % of the
initial value (1/2 time about 2.5 s). The power due to the samples in
the 0–20 % range contributed to about 76 % (EMG) and 54 % (FF) of
the total signal power at 2.5 % MVC. From 2.5–10 % MVC only
EMG increased the power in the range 20–40 % from 19 ± 9 % to
27 ± 9 %. The barycenter time was between 9.4 and 9.9 s and 3.8
and 4.3 s for EMG and FF, respectively. The barycenter time was not
influenced by the level of contraction.
S54 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
Conclusion: The different EMG and FF RMS time behavior and
barycenter time suggest that during low level static contractions the
central nervous system (CNS) provides, from second to second, a
rather stable flow of motor commands while the tension oscillations
reduce with time. This could be possibly related with changes in the
level of co-contraction of the antagonist, changes in the MU firing
statistics. The increase of the average level of CNS drive to FDI is
reflected in the 20–40 % range of rectified EMG power increment
from 2.5 to 10 % MVC.
122 FF OP
The role of perceived autonomy on psychophysiological
responses to exercise in normal weight and obese
women
E. Codrons1,2,*, M. Vandoni1,*, C. Turpini3, E. Bellinzona3, L. Marin1,
L. Correale1, S. Ottobrini1, A. Alemanno1, C. F. Buzzachera4
1Department of Public Health, Experimental Medicine and Forensic
Science, LAMA (Laboratory of Adapted Motor Activity), CRIAMS,
University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy2Department of Brain and Behavioral Sciences, University of Pavia,
Pavia, Italy3Villa Esperia Clinic, Salice Terme, Italy4North University of Parana, Londrina, Brazil
* These authors contributed equally to this work
Aim: The use of self-paced exercise protocols, rather than prescribed,
is associated with positive affective and less strenuous exertional
responses, which may impact adherence. Since the participants of an
exercise program tend to respond as active agents, increasing their
perception of autonomy might lead to more pleasurable and tolerable
exercise experiences. Therefore, this study examined whether the loss
of perceived autonomy may influence affective and exertional
responses to exercise in normal weight and obese women.
Method: 35 sedentary women (19 obese, age 37.8 ± 9.7, BMI
38.4 ± 5.6 kg m-2, VO2max 16.5 ± 3.1 ml kg-1 min-1, and 16
normal-weight, age 37.5 ± 9.8, BMI 20.4 ± 2.0 kg m-2, VO2max
28.7 ± 6.6 ml kg-1 min-1) completed a orientation trial, a maximal
treadmill test and three experimental trials: 20-min exercise bout at a
self-selected speed (Self), 20-min exercise bout at a prescribed speed
identical to the self-selected (Imposed), and an average 17-min
exercise bout at a speed 10 % higher than self (Imposed + 10 %).
Physiological responses were continuously measured during the trials,
affective valence (Feeling Scale) and perceived exertion (6–20 Borg
RPE Scale) were determined every 5 min. A series of three-factor,
repeated measures ANOVA exercise condition (Self, Imposed, and
Imposed + 10 %) 9 time (minutes 5, 10, 15 and 20 of the 20-min
exercise bout), and experimental group (normal weight vs. obese
middle age women). P value for post hoc analysis was adjusted
according to the Bonferroni correction to 0.05/3 = 0.017
Results: Using repeated-measures ANOVA, physiological responses
and perceived exertion were significantly higher (P \ 0.01), and
affective valence was significantly less positive during the
Imposed + 10 % trial than during the Imposed and Self trials in both
groups (P [ 0.05). However, when comparing Imposed vs. Self trial,
physiological responses, affective valence and perceived exertion
were similar between the two conditions. Additionally, obese women
elicited a greater physiological response to exercise in all experi-
mental conditions (P \ 0.01).
Conclusion: This study has provided further evidence that psycho-
physiological responses of normal weight and obese women are
poorly influenced by the loss of perceived autonomy in setting one’s
level of exercise intensity. Additionally, in obese women, imposing a
speed that is just 10 % higher than self led to decrease pleasure,
which may negatively impact exercise participation.
123 FF OP
Relationship among core muscles activity and perceived
exertion: multiple regression analysis
G. Cugliari1,2, G. Boccia2,3, A. Rainoldi2
1Department of Brain and Behavioural Sciences, Unit of Medical
and Genomic Statistics, University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy2Department of Medical Sciences, Motor Science Research Center,
School of Exercise and Sport Sciences, SUISM, University of Torino,
Torino, Italy3CeRiSM, Rovereto, Trento, Italy
Aim: During exercise RPE scale are related to a number of physio-
logical responses including heart rate, blood lactate, Oxygen uptake,
integrated electromyogram and metabolic demands. This study
examined: difference of RPE-OMNI values among traditional and
core exercises; Correlations of EMG values among six core muscles;
simple/multiple regression analysis to estimate the relationship
between RPE-OMNI scale values and the relative levels of muscle
activity during core exercises.
Method: Eighteen young male volunteers performed twelve exercises
in random order. Surface electromyographic (EMG) signals were
recorded from six muscles. The average rectified value (ARV) values
of each muscle were normalized with respect to the maximum ARV
obtained during the correspondent maximal voluntary isometric
contraction (MVIC). At the end of each exercise subjects were
requested to determine the RPE-OMNI (category rating format that
contains verbal descriptors comparatively narrow numerical response
range, 0–10). Friedman’s test showed differences between the RPE-
OMNI values, while the Spearman’s correlation showed the rela-
tionship between the EMG values in all exercises. Simple and
multiple regression analysis was performed. The level of significance
was set at p \ 0.01.
Results: Traditional exercises (stable condition) showed lower RPE-
OMNI values compared to all exercises performed in unstable con-
dition. In general unilateral exercises showed higher RPE-OMNI
values than symmetric exercises. Many exercises showed correlations
among analyzed muscles. The increase of one value of RPE-OMNI
value corresponds to changes in EMG values: during exercises with
the opening of the trunk-upper limbs angle (plank) there is a greater
activation of the LRA (+15 %), while in the exercises with the closure
of the trunk-lower limbs angle (prone crunch) there is a lower acti-
vation of the URA (-12 %); during back extension obliques are
activated in opposite way, IO increases (+3 %) while EO decreases
(-3 %) EMG values.
Conclusion: Results show different activations of the two portions of
the rectus abdominis, obliques and erector spinae muscles in relation
to RPE values. Hence electromyography can be a valuable method to
estimate the relationship between perceived exertion (global output)
and muscle activation (specific output) during core training exercises
with the aim to increase the knowledge of a functional physiological-
perceptual link.
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S55
123
124 FF OP
Functional evaluation of lumbar spine in athletes
performing gymnastics: an operational proposal
for trainers
R. Kirchmayer1, M. Quarantelli2, C. Galbusera2
1A.S.D CarsoMuggia2000, Trieste, Italy2Telematic University San Raffaele Rome, Rome, Italy
Aim: In recent years, there has been increasing scientific interest in the
health and performance of athletes. Low back pain (LBP) can limit the
athlete performance and, above all, can be unsafe. Early prediction of
LBP is pivotal for selecting appropriate training strategies. This study
aimed at identifying a set of muscular-skeletal morpho-functional
indicators to evaluate the risk for LBP in young athletes performing
gymnastics, and at selecting among them the newest and more readily
usable to be included in routine training to prevent LBP.
Method: 73 athletes (52 female, 21 male) ranging from 6 to 14 years
were prospectively included between October 2013 and January 2014.
Athletes were divided into 4 groups based on sex (F/M), training
hours/week and skill (P, professional: 8–20 h/week, heavy intensity;
R, recreational: 6 h/week, low/moderate intensity). Athletes were
subjected to a set of 20 tests exploring postural attitude, backbone
mobility, muscular flexibility and strength, and task execution was
scored in a dichotomical way, i.e. as presence or not of a particular
skill or postural alteration.
Results: The mean of positive executions in the whole sample was
76.61 %. The male recreational group (MRG) recorded the worst
performance (63.81 %), the results in the female recreational group
(FRG) were consistent with the whole sample mean value, while both
the female (FPG) and male (MPG) professional groups recorded mean
values higher than the sample mean (86.01 and 84.15 %, respec-
tively). FPG showed a lower percentage of correct posture (41.67 %),
with the presence of both hyperflexibility and hypermobility, and
greater muscular strength with high amplitude of execution. MPG was
characterized by a correct posture (70.00 %), by flexibility and
mobility lower than those observed in the FPG, and by greater
strength with low amplitude of execution.
Conclusion: In none of the 4 groups there was clear evidence of risk
factors for LBP. The greater stability of the lumbar spine observed in
MPG can be attributed to specific isometric muscle work done by this
group. The experimental protocol proved to be a useful diagnostic
tool for assessment of muscular dynamics.
ReferencePurcell L (2009) Causes and prevention of low back pain in young
athletes. Paediatr Child Health 14(8):533–535
125 FF OP
The physiologic profile of climbers during specific
and aspecific aerobic exercise
E. Limonta1, A. Brighenti2, M. Venturelli1, S. Rampichini1, E. Ce1,
A. Veicsteinas1, F. Esposito1
1Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health (SCIBIS), University
of Milan, Milan, Italy2CeRiSM, Centre of Sport Health and Mountain, University
of Verona, Rovereto, Italy
Aim: Limited research has been performed on the involvement of the
cardiorespiratory system during sport climbing compared to a cycling
aerobic exercise. It is conceivable that the involvement of various
muscle groups and the non-cyclical kind of climbing exercise may
result in a different physiological demand in relation to the effort
intensity. Thus, this study aimed: (i) to assess the cardiorespiratory
and metabolic responses during tread wall climbing at steady-state
with different workloads, (ii) to compare the cardiorespiratory and
metabolic involvement during climbing with that during cycling.
Method: 13 expert climbers (age 27 ± 5 years; body mass
69.7 ± 7.2 kg; stature 179 ± 7 cm; mean ± SD) whit a personal best
ascent ranging from 7b+ to 8b+, performed two maximal square-wave
tests on a treadwall (Rotor, Climblock) and on a cycloergometer
(Monark, 839E), in random order. Oxygen uptake (VO2), expiratory
ventilation (VE), heart rate (HR), respiratory exchange ratio(R) were
collected breath-by-breath. Blood lactate concentration [La] and rate
of perceived exertion (RPE) were assessed at the end of each
workload.
Results: With respect to cycling exercise, during climbing: VO2 and
HR were significantly higher at low workloads while no differences
were found at maximal exercise (VO2: 3,207 ± 128 and
3,375 ± 113 ml/min; HR: 186 ± 2 and 183 ± 4 bpm in tread wall
and cycle, respectively). VE was significantly lower and R higher at
all intensities (P \ 0.05). Interestingly, RPE values were higher and
[La] lower at lower exercise intensities while, at maximal exercise,
RPE was lower and [La] higher with respect to cycle effort
(P \ 0.05).
Conclusion: The present study is the first that analyzes, utilizing a
specific device, the metabolic, cardiovascular and respiratory
involvement during climbing exercise in the steady state condition at
different workloads. Collectively, the findings reflect a climber
physiological profile during specific tasks markedly different with
respect to cycling aerobic exercise, which opens interesting per-
spectives for investigating exercise efficiency during vertical
progression.
ReferencesBooth J et al (1999) Energy cost of sport rock climbing in elite
performers. Br J Sports Med 33:14–18
Rosponi A et al (2012) Influence of ascent speed on rock climbing
economy. Sport Sci Health 7:71–80
Sheel AW et al (2003) Physiological responses to indoor rock-
climbing and their relationship to maximal cycle ergometry. Med
Sci Sports Exerc 35(7):1225–1231
126 FF OP
The respiratory frequency has scalar properties
during self-paced exercise
A. Nicolo, M. Sacchetti
Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, ‘‘Foro
Italico’’, University, Rome, Italy
Aim: Mostly due to its scalar properties (similar time course when
values are plotted against relative exercise duration), perceived
exertion (RPE) is considered a cardinal variable during self-paced
exercise. Since it has recently been shown that respiratory frequency
(fR) is highly related to RPE during self-paced ‘‘isotime’’ exercise
protocols, the present study aimed to test the hypothesis that respi-
ratory frequency has scalar properties during self-paced exercise.
Method: Nine well-trained competitive male cyclists (22 ± 3 years;
VO2max = 65 ± 8 ml kg-1 min-1) performed a preliminary incre-
mental ramp exercise test and three randomized self-paced time trials
differing in the total duration of exercise, i.e. 10 min (TT10), 20 min
(TT20) and 30 min (TT30). Power output, heart rate (HR), gas
S56 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
exchange and ventilatory parameters were measured continuously
during exercise, while RPE was collected every minute.
Results: Mean power output significantly (P \ 0.05) decreased with
time trial duration (TT10 = 345 ± 30 W; TT20 = 312 ± 34 W and
TT30 = 297 ± 31 W). However, no between-trial differences in
pacing strategy were found when power output values were expressed
as a percentage of trial mean power output, as well as plotted against
relative exercise duration. No between-trial differences in RPE and
fR time course were found when values were plotted against relative
exercise duration. Conversely, different between-trial time courses
were found for minute ventilaton (VE), VO2 and HR. RPE was sig-
nificantly correlated with fR, VE and HR in all the trials, but
correlation coefficients were significantly higher for fR (TT10 =
0.97 ± 0.02; TT20 = 0.89 ± 0.08 and TT30 = 0.92 ± 0.06) com-
pared to HR (TT10 = 0.91 ± 0.05; TT20 = 0.82 ± 0.08 and
TT30 = 0.81 ± 0.08).
Conclusion: Data indicate that respiratory frequency, but not other
physiological parameters, has scalar properties during self-paced
exercise. Moreover, the respiratory frequency was better correlated
than HR to RPE. These findings strengthen the evidence that respi-
ratory frequency is the physiological parameter that better reflects
physiological strain during exercise. Further studies focusing on
pacing strategy should keep into account this crucial variable.
ReferencesEston R (2012) Use of ratings of perceived exertion in sports. Int J
Sports Physiol Perform 7:175–182
Nicolo A et al (2014) Comparing continuous and intermittent exercise:
an ‘‘isoeffort’’ and ‘‘isotime’’ approach. PLoS ONE 9:e94990
127 FF OP
Comparison between continuous incremental ramp test
and discontinuous square-wave test for vVO2max
assessment in long distance runners and soccer players
A. Riboli, E. Limonta, E. Ce, M. Venturelli, G. Alberti, A. Veicsteinas,
F. Esposito
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health (SCIBIS), University
of Milan, Milan, Italy
Aim: In treadmill testing, the running velocity associated with max-
imum oxygen uptake (vVO2max) is largely utilized for both laboratory
testing and training on the field. Differences between a continuous
incremental ramp test (R1) and a discontinuous square wave tests
(SW) in vVO2max assessment have been already described. Long
distance runners and soccer players are both athletes involved with
running. However, the physiological demands are different: in runners
are continuous while in soccer players are discontinuous, with an
alternation of aerobic and anaerobic tasks. Therefore, the aim of the
study was to compare the vVO2max difference between R1 and SW in
both these athletes. Hypothesis is that, this difference should be
higher in soccer players than in runners, due to a different capacity to
adjust the oxygen transport system at each workload.
Method: Eight runners (RUN) and nine soccer players (SOC)
reported to the laboratory twice to perform two maximum incremental
tests: R1 (1 km/h per min) and SW (workloads of 4 min each, with
5 min of rest in between), in random order, on a motorised treadmill
for VO2max and vVO2max assessment. At rest and during exercise,
cardio-respiratory and metabolic parameters were collected breath-
by-breath. Blood lactate concentration [La-] was measured at rest and
at maximum exercise.
Results: No significant differences between groups and protocols
were found in VO2max (SOC 3,892 ± 104 vs. 3,922 ± 423 ml/min;
RUN 4,159 ± 115 vs. 4,170 ± 116, for SW and R1, respectively), as
well as in VE, VCO2, [La-]peak and HR at maximum exercise.
However, vVO2max was significantly higher in R1 compared to SW in
both groups (SOC 16.1 ± 0.3 vs. 19.4 ± 0.4 km/h, RUN
19.5 ± 0.3 vs. 22.1 ± 0.3 km/h, for SW and R1, respec-
tively; P \ 0.05), with a higher difference between R1 vs. SW in
SOC than RUN (+21 vs. + 13 %, respectively; P \ 0.05).
Conclusion: Despite similar VO2max values, vVO2max was higher in
R1 than in SW in both groups. However, the difference was significantly
higher in SOC than RUN, possibly due to a slower capacity to adjust the
oxygen transport system to a given workload in SOC. Even though the
two protocols can be used to assess VO2max, the vVO2max differences
between protocols must be acknowledged to prescribe correctly high
intensity training, especially for soccer players.
ReferenceBuchheit M, Laursen PB (2013) High-intensity interval training,
solutions to the programming puzzle: part I: cardiopulmonary
emphasis. Sports Med 43(5):313–338
128 FF OP
Effects of 21 half-marathons in 21 days on autonomic
nervous system and psychological parameters: a case
report
G. Rospo1, F. Sartor2, M. F. Piacentini3, A. La Torre1, M. Bonato1,
G. P. Merati1,4
1Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan Italy2Department of Personal Health Solutions, Philips Research,
Eindhoven, The Netherlands3Department of Human Movement and Sport Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy4Centre of Sports Medicine, Don C. Gnocchi Foundation, Milan, Italy
Aim: Heart Rate Variability (HRV) measurement is a non-invasive
method used to investigate the Autonomic Nervous System (ANS)
responsiveness in healthy as well as patients. Even if consequences of
a short term training period on ANS is well acknowledged, the long-
term ([15 days) effect of repeated submaximal exercise remains
elusive. We investigated the cardiac ANS adaptation to 21 consecu-
tive half-marathons and its possible relationships with psychological
fatigue.
Methods: A 42 years old woman (BMI 19.8 kg/m2, VO2max 45.9 ml/
kg/min), voluntarily performed 21 half-marathons in 21 consecutive
days. Every morning, after awakening, heart rate (HR) for 10 min on
a beat-to-beat basis (RR series) in supine position. RR series spectral
powers, indexes of vagal (HFnu; 0.15–0.40 Hz), mixed para- and
sympathetic tone (LFnu; 0.04–0.15 Hz) and sympatho-vagal balance
(LF/HF ratio), were derived. A 32-item profile of mood states
(POMS) questionnaire and Session RPE (mins 9 RPE 10 points
scale) were collected daily.
Results: Running time did not change significantly (1h5405500 ±
405500; p = 0.44, r = -0.18). Number of consecutive running days
(NcRD) negatively linearly correlated with HR rest (p \ 0.001,
r = -0.7) and LogLF/HF (p \ 0.01, r = 0.64), and positively with
LogHF Power (n.u.) (p \ 0.01, r = 0.62). LogLFnu trend on NcRD
was biphasic (p \ 0.01, r2 = 0.55). NcRD negatively linearly corre-
lated with the Energy Index (EI) (p \ 0.0001, r = -0.87). NcRD
positively correlated with session-RPE (p \ 0.01, r = 0.62), whose
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S57
123
scores ranged between 0.3 and 5. A positive correlation between
LogLF/HF ratio and EI (p \ 0.01, r = 0.61) and a negative correla-
tion between LogHF Power (n.u.) (p \ 0.01, r = -0.61) were found.
There were no correlations between EI (vigor-fatigue) and LogLF
Power (n.u.).
Conclusions: Twenty-one consecutive half-marathons at sub-maxi-
mal intensity led to a continuous improvement of cardio-vagal control
and sympatho-vagal balance, without a clear plateau. This suggests a
training effect that could be extended further. The EI increase seemed
to reveal an accumulation of psychological fatigue, probably due to
lack of recovery days and monotony of training. Therefore, long-term
daily repetitions of sub-maximal exercise seems to improve cardio-
vagal tone, but to induce also a psychological fatigue accumulation,
which could demotivate the athlete in continuing the training.
ReferenceAubert AE et al (2003) Heart rate variability in athletes. Sports Med
33(12):889–919
129 FF P
Ophthalmologic findings in contact sport disciplines
V. De Luca1, P. Borrione1, F. Quaranta1, F. Sperandii1, E. Cantera2,
F. Fagnani1, F. Pigozzi1
1Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy2Villa Stuart Sport Clinic FIFA Medical Centre of Excellence, Rome,
Italy
Aim: The progressive and continuous spread of contact sport disci-
plines aroused the interest of the scientific community mainly because
of the increasingly awareness of risks for the athletes’ health. Many
authors, despite having investigated the incidence and prevalence of
ocular lesions associated with the practice of sports in contact have
not been able to confirm a correlation. The aim of the study was to
investigate the prevalence and the incidence of ocular complications
in contact sport disciplines in a large population of professional and
amateur athletes over a period of 3 years.
Method: A total of 694 athletes (24 ± 6) were examined from 2008
to 2011. The following data were collected during the sport eligibility
visit. All athletes underwent an ophthalmological evaluation includ-
ing the measurement of visual acuity and fields of view, anterior
segment biomicroscopic examination, examination of the ocular
fundus, evaluation of the chromatic sense using Tables of Hishiara
and the study of the binocular vision by Lang Stereo test and other
exams. At the time of the first visit all athletes were asymptomatic.
The follow up of each athlete was performed during the following
regular sport eligibility visit.
Result: As regard the prevalence the principal ocular disorders
observed were: peripheral retinal degeneration (7 %), blepharitis
(4 %), conjunctival diseases (7 %) and corneal diseases (4 %).
Interestingly, it has been observed a positive correlation between
peripheral retinal degeneration and age in amateur male boxers.
Moreover, we noticed an incidence of 6 % of laser therapeutic
treatments as a result of retinal holes or degenerations, during the
follow up.
Conclusion: Contact sport disciplines does not result in higher
prevalence of severe ocular lesion. Both conjunctival diseases and
peripheral retinal degenerations represent the ophthalmologic disorder
with the higher prevalence in our sample. In particular peripheral
retinal degeneration is remarkable because of the increased risk of
retinal detachment. Dyschromatopsie, even if quite rare, should be
considered when analysing the reception of shots since gloves in most
cases are either red or blue.
ReferencesWedrich A et al (1993) Ocular findings in asymptomatic amateur
boxers. Retina 13:114–119
Kuhn F et al (1996) A standardized classification of ocular trauma.
Graefe’s Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol 234:399–403
130 FF P
Can fitness test predict female players’ performance
during a futsal match?
M. Beato, F. Rocchetti, D. Cabas, R. Vendrame, G. Corratella,
F. Schena
Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: Female futsal can be considered a very recent sport in Italy with
the Italian national championship established in 2011. However,
despite its considerable increasing in popularity, the scientific back-
ground about female futsal still limited. For this reason, we analyzed
the fitness characteristics of this specific athletes by means of
endurance and repeated sprint ability tests (RSA), and quantified the
locomotors characteristics performed during a match simulation. Data
achieved allowed to investigate if the workload of the players
decreases between the first and second half, and if there is a rela-
tionship between tests score and workload carryout during the match.
Method: Eight amateurs female futsal players of C division were
enrolled (age 27 ± 4 years, height 1.64 ± 0.10 m, body weight
57.2 ± 8.0 kg, BMI 21.0 ± 2.2, fat mass 22.1 ± 3.5 %) and moni-
tored during the final part of 2013/14 season (May). Athletes were
tested by yo-yo recovery test level 1 (yo-yo 1) and RSA test. Loco-
motor characteristics during a match simulation (composed by two
half of 20 min each) were recorded by means of GPS StatSports
system (sampling frequency 10 Hz). The goalkeepers were excluded
from the study. Main outcomes measures were the total distant cov-
ered (TD), high speed running (HSR) over 14.4 km/h, numbers of
accelerations and decelerations performed, m/min, average metabolic
power (AMP) and high intensity metabolic power (HMP).
Results: We noticed a significant difference (p \ 0.05) between first
and second half in TD (1,418 ± 117 and 1,317 ± 142, respectively)
and m/min (69.4 ± 5.6 and 64.4 ± 6.9, respectively) without finding
any differences in other parameters. We also noticed a relation
between yo-yo 1 and TD (r = 0.59), AMP (r = 0.81), m/min
(r = 0.57) and HMP (r = 0.63). Moreover we found a relation
between RSA mean time and HMP (r = 0.68), HSR (0.74) and
number of accelerations (r = 0.62), and between RSA best time and
HSR (r = 0.82).
Conclusion: By this study we can suppose that there are no sub-
stantial differences in workload between first and second half during
our match simulation. However, this might be due to the character-
istics of simulated match, and this observation could be different if
recorded during a championship match. Moreover, we found that yo-
yo 1 and RSA are correlated with some workload parameters and this
could underline the importance of these tests in female futsal.
S58 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
131 FF P
Anthropometry, body composition and performance
in young wheelchair basketball players
V. Cavedon1,2, C. Milanese1, M. Lorenzato1, C. Zancanaro1
1Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy2PhD programme in Multimodal Imaging in Biomedicine
Aim: Wheelchair basketball (WB) is well developed in number of
participants and has become one of the fastest growing sports for
athletes with a disability. Actually performance, anthropometric and
body composition parameters regarding young wheelchair basketball
players are still missing. The aim of the present study was to inves-
tigate selected anthropometric and body composition characteristics
and sport-specific performance outcomes of young male and female
WB players.
Method: 50 male (n = 43) and female (n = 7) WB players (mean
age 18.1 ± 4.3 years) belonging to different functional classes were
recruited. Anthropometry comprised: upper arm (relaxed), forearm,
waist and wrist circumference; sitting height, shoulder-elbow and
elbow-wrist length; transverse and anterior-posterior chest depth;
elbow and wrist width. Percent body fat mass (%FM) was estimated
with the Durnin–Womersley equation. A battery of 7 reliable and
valid field tests [1] (‘5 m sprint’, ‘20 m sprint with ball’, ‘maximal
pass’, ‘pass for accuracy’, ‘spot shot’, ‘lay-ups’ and ‘suicide’)
exploring a combination of skills were used to evaluate performance.
The Spearman rank correlation test was used to assess association
between functional class, anthropometry, and body composition
parameters with performance outcomes. Statistical significance was
set at P B 0.05.
Results: The results showed significant positive correlations between
functional class and all performance outcomes (P \ 0.001 for all).
Field tests positively correlated with each other (P \ 0.001 for all).
Several correlations were found between anthropometric parameters
and field tests (e.g., sitting height correlated (P = 0.025–0.009) with
all field tests but the ‘pass for accuracy’ test). The same pattern was
found for the forearm circumference (P = 0.032–0.001). No signifi-
cant correlation was found between %FM and any performance
outcome.
Conclusion: Results of the present study show a clear relationship
between the player’s functional class and performance, suggesting
that the current classification system assure a fair and equitable
competition. Moreover, it is suggested that body dimensions are more
relevant than body fat in young WB field test performance.
ReferenceDe Groot et al (2012) J Sports Sci 879–887
132 FF P
Measuring functional fitness of athletes, physically
active and sedentary older individuals
G. Condello, R. Forte, S. Falbo, C. Pesce, L. Capranica
Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome Foro Italico, Rome, Italy
Aim: The assessment of functional fitness of older adults is important
for the identification of individuals at-risk of non-communicable
diseases, for the planning of safe and effective physical activity
programs, and for the goal setting and motivation of participants [1].
The aim of this study was to analyze functional fitness in athletes,
physically active and sedentary older individuals (55–84 years).
Method: 20 athletes (training [5 h week-1), 36 physically active
(structured PA: 2 hweek-1) and 39 sedentary (\1 h.week-1) indi-
viduals performed a functional fitness test battery consisting of chair
sit-and-reach, back scratch, 30-s chair stand, arm curl, handgrip, in-
phase and anti-phase inter-limb coordination, and 3-min walking
tests. Differences between groups were verified by means of multi-
variate ANOVA (p \ 0.05).
Results: With respect to their sedentary counterparts, athletes showed
a better performance (p \ 0.05) in the chair sit-and-reach, handgrip,
30-s chair stand, arm curl, inter-limb coordination (in-phase at
180 bpm, and anti-phase conditions), 3-min walking tests. Further-
more, with respect to their physically active counterparts, athletes
showed a better performance in the handgrip (preferred arm), 30-s
chair stand, arm curl and 3-min walking tests. Only for the arm curl
test a difference emerged between physically active and sedentary
groups.
Conclusion: Findings indicate that a high functional reserve in older
ages is maintained only in individuals involved in competitive sport,
probably due to their higher training volume and intensity with
respect to moderately active and sedentary individuals.
ReferencesCortis et al (2009) Interlimb coordination, strength, and power in
soccer players across the lifespan. J Strength Cond Res
23:2458–2466
Capranica et al (2004) Field evaluation of cycled coupled movements
of hand and foot in older individuals. Gerontology 50:399–406
Cao ZB et al (2013) Prediction of maximal oxygen uptake from a
3-min walk based on gender, age, and body composition. J Phys
Activity Health 10:280–287
Jones J et al (2002) Measuring functional fitness of older adults.
J Active Aging 24–30
Rikli RE et al (1999) Development and validation of a functional
fitness test for community-residing older adults. J Aging Phys
Active 7:129–161
133 FF P
A new method for quantitative tremor assessment
in sports
V. D’Addona, F. Panzera, M. Evangelista, D. Viggiano
Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Campobasso, Italy
Aim: The physiological tremor consists in an involuntary oscillation
of the limbs, in the range of 10 Hz, which is generated in part from
supraspinal brain structures. Its quantitative assessment in the sport
science is relevant for sports requiring ability and for the assessment
of fatigue. However, the measurement of tremor is not yet entered in
standard sports medicine practice because expensive and complex
instrumentations are needed. We present a simple, compact and cost-
effective device for tremor measurement, based on the remote of the
Wii console, the Wiimote, a wireless triaxial accelerometer which can
communicate via bluetooth with a personal computer.
Methods: Eight male healthy volunteers were asked to maintain with
the dominant hand the Wiimote pointing a fixed target for a minimum
of 90 s. The conversion of bluetooth data sent by the Wiimote in a
final file containing the accelerometer informations has been obtained
using a custom script in GlovePie environment. The analysis of the
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S59
123
predominant frequency band was done in R environment. We then
demonstrated the sensibility of the Wiimote to the modification of
tremor induced by a muscular exercise, analyzing tremor after 20
repetitions, at the maximum velocity of full range elbow extension/
flexion exercises.
Moreover, we compared the analysis of tremor using the Wiimote with
two other widely used approaches, spiralometry and laser pointing.
Results: Using the Wiimote it is possible to get a real time feedback
on hand tremor. The sampling rate was sufficient to observe the
frequency peak at 8–10 Hz, which characterizes postural tremor and
the increase of tremor intensity after the exercise. Moreover the
Wiimote largely outperformed the spiralometry and laser pointing
system.
Conclusion: The Wii remote application represents an accessible and
simple way for clinicians to quantify tremor which might easily
become part of the standard toolkit for scientists and sports medicine
professionals. Neural control of pedaling is important for optimal
performance in track cycling. This study characterized the brain
electrical activity during cyclic leg movements on a stationary bike.
We hypothesized that this movement is under the control of the motor
cortex. This information could be used to realize a bio-feedback
signal to improve performance.
ReferenceD’Addona V, Evangelista M, Viggiano D (2014) A new method for
quantitative tremor assessment in sports. Sport Orthop Traumatol
30:54–59
134 FF P
EEG correlates during pedaling
V. Delli Paoli, A. Iacobucci, D. Viggiano
Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Campobasso, Italy
Aim: Neural control of pedaling is important for optimal performance
in track cycling. This study characterized the brain electrical activity
during cyclic leg movements on a stationary bike. We hypothesized
that this movement is under the control of the motor cortex. This
information could be used to realize a bio-feedback signal to improve
performance.
Methods: Eight young healthy individuals (all males) participated in
this study. Subjects performed an active pedaling on a stationary bike
at a self determined velocity. During the movements, EEG signals
from the scalp were recorded using bipolar electrodes positioned on
the sensorimotor and visual cortex, while maintaining the head fixed
on a support and the eyes closed. Ensemble averaged waveforms were
analyzed and compared between two conditions: clockwise and
couterclockwise leg movements.
Results: The EEG waveform recorded over the Cz electrode (sen-
sorimotor cortex) showed alternate positive and negative potentials,
occurring during the pedaling cycle. The waveform of clockwise and
couter-clockwise movements differed as they were shifted by half a
cycle. The resulting slow EEG waves appeared to be constrained
either to the position of the pedal either to the direction of the
movement. Conversely, the visual cortex did not modify its activity
during the task.
Conclusion: These results demonstrated the substantial sensorimotor
processing occurring during alternating leg movements. This is the
first study demonstrating different EEG waves according to the
position of the pedal and the direction of movement, and may provide
support for future bio-feedback programs.
ReferencesJain S, Gourab K, Schindler-Ivens S, Schmit BD (2013). EEG during
pedaling: evidence for cortical control of locomotor tasks. Clin
Neurophysiol 24:379–390
Padulo J, Di Capua R, Viggiano D (2012) Pedaling time variability is
increased in dropped riding position. Eur J Appl Physiol
112:3161–3165
135 FF P
aB-crystallin modulation after acute exercise in skeletal
muscle: the role of oxidative stress and fiber
composition
E. Grazioli1, I. Dimauro1, N. Mercatelli1, R. Barone2, F. Macaluso2,
S. Fittipaldi1, V. Di Felice2, D. Caporossi1
1Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Italy2Department of Experimental Biomedicine and Clinical
Neurosciences, University of Palermo, Italy
Background: aB-crystallin (CRYAB) is a member of the small heat
shock proteins implicated in various biological functions, particularly
in skeletal muscle where it is involved in adaptive remodelling pro-
cesses, activation of gene transcription and stabilization of nascent
proteins.
Methods: In this research we analysed aB-crystallin’ response in
mouse gastrocnemius at 150 and 300 of recovery from an acute aerobic
exercise (1 h), correlating its modulation with oxidative stress level
and fiber composition, red (RG) and white gastrocnemius (WG).
Results: We found for the first time that the acute exercise lead to a
short term, specific increase of phospho-aB-crystallin level
(pCRYAB) in the RG, while no changes were observed in the WG.
Moreover, this induction was correlated with increased level of
4-hydroxynonenal (HNE), an aldehydic product of membrane lipid
peroxidation, with protein lysyl residues which is also an indelible
marker of oxidative stress. This increasing suggests a putative role for
oxidative stress in driving CRYAB but not hsp70 or hsp27, activity
during exercise. Any increased level of aB-crystallin’ protein was
observed neither in RG nor in WG. We also analyze proteins sensitive
to oxidative stress and involved in signaling: MnSOD, p-P38 and
NFKB, but their activity did not change after exercise.
Conclusion: Our results seem suggest a fiber-dependent role of
CRYAB, further experiments are in progress to clarify both the
molecular pathway driving CRYAB phosphorylation and its fiber-
specific induction after exercise-induced oxidative stress.
Acknowledgments: This work was supported by MIUR, PRIN 2012
grant.
ReferencesAdhikari AS, Singh BN, Rao KS, Rao CM (2011) aB-crystallin, a
small heat shock protein, modulates NF-jB activity in a
phosphorylation-dependent manner and protects muscle myoblasts
from TNF-a induced cytotoxicity. Biochim Biophys Acta
1813:1532–1542
Ito H, Kamei K, Iwamoto I, Inaguma Y, Kato K (2001) Regulation of
the levels of smallheat-shock proteins during differentiation of
C2C12 cells, Exp Cell Res 266:213–221
Singh BN, Rao KS, Ramakrishna T, Rangaraj N, Rao CM (2007)
Association of aB- Crystallin, a small heat shock protein, with
actin: role in modulating actin filament dynamics in vivo. J Mol
Biol 366:756–767
S60 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
136 FF P
Cortical control during cyclic hand movements: a pilot
EEG study
A. Iacobucci1, V. Delli Paoli1, M. Iacobucci2, D. Viggiano1
1Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, Univ. Molise,
Campobasso, Italy2Department of Neurophysiopathology, ASREM Molise, Campobasso,
Italy
Aim: Cyclic arm movements are very important in several sports,
such as in box, dance, and gymnastics. This study characterized the
brain electrical activity during alternating arm movements. We
hypothesized that this movement involves the action of the motor
cortex. This information could be used to realize a bio-feedback
signal to improve performance.
Methods: Six young healthy individuals (4 males, 2 females) par-
ticipated in this study. Subjects performed a supine unconstrained
cyclic exercise moving the arms in a circular path at a self determined
velocity. Tracking of the hands was obtained using the Kinect 3D
sensor. During the movements, EEG signals from the scalp were
recorded using a 21 channels Brain-Quick Micromed system with
cap for electrode placement. Ensemble averaged waveforms were
analyzed and compared between two conditions: clockwise and
couterclockwise cyclic arm movements.
Results: The EEG waveform recorded over the Cz electrode (sen-
sorimotor cortex) showed alternate positive and negative potentials,
occurring during the pedaling cycle. The waveform of clockwise and
couter-clockwise movements differed as they were shifted by half a
cycle. Conversely, visual and temporal cortex did not modify their
activity during the task.
Conclusion: These results demonstrated the substantial sensorimotor
processing occurring during alternating arm movements. This is the first
study demonstrating the feasibility of EEG recording during these
movements, and may provide support for future bio-feedback programs.
ReferencesJain S, Gourab K, Schindler-Ivens S, Schmit BD (2013) EEG during
pedaling: evidence for cortical control of locomotor tasks. Clin
Neurophysiol 124:379–390
Padulo J, Di Capua R, Viggiano D (2012) Pedaling time variability is
increased in dropped riding position. Eur J Appl Physiol
112:3161–3165
137 FF P
Variation of scrotal temperature in a group
of recreational road cyclists during 35 min on a drum
simulator at a constant power
G. Marcolin1, J. Zausa1, N. Petrone2, A. Paoli1
1Department of Biomedical Sciences, University of Padova, Padova,
Italy2Department of Industrial Engineering, University of Padova,
Padova, Italy
Aim: A testicular heat stress can have bad consequences on the
human spermatogenesis with a decrease of the semen quality. Tes-
ticular temperature is strongly correlated with scrotal temperature.
Several studies investigated the effect of several factors on the scrotal
temperature like the type of undertrousers. Only one study analyzed
the effect of cycling on scrotal temperature but the power output was
very low (25 W) and cyclists wore no technical lycra shorts. Aim of
the present study was to investigate the variation of the scrotal tem-
perature in road cyclists wearing technical padded shorts during a
bout of cycling on a drum simulator.
Method: 6 road cyclists were asked to perform 35 min (50 at
90 W + 300 at 125 W) of seated cycling on their own road bike fixed
on a RealPower drum simulator (Elite, Padova, Italy). They all wore
shorts with the same pad (Road Performance, CyTech, Treviso, Italy).
A thermistor temperature sensor was fixed with medical tape on the
cyclist scrotum recording temperature every 2 s by means of a ded-
icated data logger (Agilent Technologies HP 34970, Milano, Italy).
Heart rate was monitored. Laboratory temperature and relative
humidity were the same during all the tests.
Results: The mean increase of the scrotal temperature after 35 min of
pedaling was 0.8�. The peak temperature recorded was 36.2�. After
30 min the scrotal temperature reach a plateau without significantly
further changes.
Conclusion: Temperature recorded is in agreement with previous
investigations in such a way that moderate cycling with technical
shorts with pads should not be considered as a major genital heat
stress. Further investigations are needed to measure scrotal tempera-
ture in an outdoor environment at different cycling intensities, taking
into account the cooling effect the air has when pedaling on the road.
ReferencesHjollun NHI et al (2002) The relation between daily activities and
scrotal temperature. Reprod Toxicol 16:209–214
Jung A et al (2005) Influence of the type of undertrousers and physical
activity on scrotal temperature. Hum Reprod 20:1022–1027
Jung A et al (2007) Influence of moderate cycling on scrotal
temperature. Int J Androl 31:403–407
Morgentaler A et al (1999) Testis and temperature: an historical,
clinical, and research perspective. J Androl 20:89–95
Sommer F (2004) Effects of bicycling on the male genital tract.
Andrologia 36:150
138 FF P
Assessment of body composition and resting energy
expenditure in elite volley ball players
R. Sammarco1, M. Marra1, P. Chiappetti1, G. Esposito1, I. Frascaro1,
I. Cioffi1, F. Pasanisi1,2, F. Contaldo1,2
1Department of Clinical Medicine and Surgery, University of Naples
Federico II, Naples, Italy2Interuniversity Center of Obesity and Eating Disorders, University of
Naples Federico II, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to describe resting energy expendi-
ture and body composition in elite volley ball players.
Method: We have studied 8 elite volley ball players and 22 female
controls (volley ball: age 22.7 ± 2.8 years, weight 64.0 ± 3.8 kg,
height 170 ± 5 cm, BMI 21.9 ± 1.2 kg/m2; controls: age
21.9 ± 2.5 years, weight 62.3 ± 1.8 kg, height 170 ± 4 cm, BMI
0.8 ± 0.7 kg/m2). All data were collected during the championship
2013–2014; body weight, body circumferences, skinfold thickness,
total and segmental bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) variables
were evaluated in the morning. Resting Energy Expenditure (REE)
measurements have been obtained by indirect calorimetry (V-Max
Encore Care Perfusion). Body composition (Fat Free Mass: FFM; Fat
Mass: FAT) was evaluated by skinfold thickness (eq. Durnin-Wo-
mersley) while phase angle (PA, BIA) was used to estimate the
distribution of body water between the space intra/extracellular in
total body and limb (arms and legs).
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S61
123
Results: REE resulted significantly higher in volley team than control
group (1,536 ± 133 vs. 1,310 ± 249 kcal/die; p \ 0.01). Body
composition did not result significantly different (FFM 46.3 ± 2.6 vs.
45.7 ± 2.7 kg; FAT 17.4 ± 2.6 vs. 17.0 ± 2.9 kg; FAT 27.2 ± 3.2
vs. 27.1 ± 4.4 %) between groups compared to controls. PA was
significantly higher for legs (total body 6.9 ± 0.4 vs. 6.0� ± 0.7�;
arms 4.9 ± 0.6 vs. 5.0� ± 0.7�; legs 8.7 ± 0.9 vs. 6.2� ± 0.9�) not
significantly different for total body and arms. Hand grip strength
(25.1 ± 1.7 kg) was correlated (r = 0.632; p = 0.003) with total
phase angle but not with FFM in volley team.
Conclusion: This preliminary study indicates a clear modification in
body water distribution in particular for legs whereas body compo-
sition (FFM and FAT) was not significantly different between groups.
ReferenceMarra M et al (2009) Bioelectrical impedance phase angle in
constitutionally lean females, ballet dancers and patients with
anorexia nervosa. Eur J Clin Nutr 63:905–908
139 FF P
Anthropometric and physiological characteristics in
young soccer players in three different levels
R. Modena1,2,3, A. Pasini1,3,5, N. Varesco1,4, F. Schena1,2
1Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy2CeRiSM, Research Center of Sport, Mountain and Health, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy3A.C. Chievoverona, Verona, Italy4A.C. Mezzocorona, Trento, Italy5S.C.S.D. Pro Desenzano, Brescia, Italy
Aim: The purpose of our study was to assess how anthropometric and
physiological characteristics of young soccer players depend from
chronological age (CA) and competitive level (CL).
Method: In this study we have assessed anthropometric characteris-
tics such as weight and height, aerobic capacity by performance of
YoYo Intermittent Recovery Test Level 1 (YYIRT1), vertical jumps
height by monopodalic counter movement jump (M-CMJ) and max-
imal speed measuring the time in 20-m linear sprint and 10 + 10-m
shuttle sprint.
We have assessed 512 young soccer players (age 9–16 years) of three
Italian Team: Professional (Pr), Semi-Professional (S-Pr) and Ama-
teur (Am); the players were divided in 8 age category (U10–U17).
Results: The stature and the weight rise with increasing CA with
similar trend in different team but there aren’t differences in these two
characteristics among different CL. Also the distance covered in
YYIRT1 increase in each category from U10 to U17; this growth is
sharp between U14 and U15 in Pr (1,118.4 ± 449.1 m vs. 1,987.8 ±
650.9 m) and S-Pr (924.7 ± 274.9 m vs. 1,555 ± 474.5 m) and
between U16 and U17 in Am (1,156.9 ± 318.1 m vs. 1,446.7 m ±
329.6 m). The trend of YYIRT1 performance during growth shows
significant difference between Am and other CL. Considering all
players the M-CMJ shows increment in every age-category and the
difference is significant between U10 and U11 (11.92 ± 2.69 cm vs.
13.85 ± 2.69 cm), U13 and U14 (15.14 ± 4.52 cm vs. 18.67 ±
3.23 cm), U16 and U17 (24.16 ± 4.65 cm vs. 26.8 ± 4.26 cm). From
U12 t o U16 we found significant differences in M-CMJ between
different CL. Also 20 m-sprint and 10 + 10 m-sprint improve signifi-
cantly through age-category from U12 to U17. There are significant
differences in 20 m-sprint between CL in every age-category but not in
U15 and U16; also in 10 + 10 m-sprint there are significant differences
between CL but not in U15, U16 and U17.
Conclusion: This study show that anthropometric characteristics
discriminate CA but not CL, YYIRT1 and M-CMJ discriminate both
CA and CL for every age-category and Sprint Test discriminates both
CA and CL for younger age-category.
ReferencesReilly T et al (2000) Anthropometric and physiological predisposi-
tions for elite soccer. J Sport Sci 8:669–683
Gissis I et al (2006) Strength and speed characteristic of elite, sub
elite, and recreational young soccer players. Res Sports Med
14:205–214
140 FF P
Tremor assessment in soccer players
F. Panzera, V. D’Addona, D. Viggiano
Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Campobasso, Italy
Aim: The physiological tremor consists in an involuntary oscilla-
tion of the limbs, in the range of 10 Hz, which is generated in part
from supraspinal brain structures. Its quantitative assessment in the
sport science is relevant for sports requiring ability and for the
assessment of fatigue. However, the measurement of tremor is not
yet entered in standard sports medicine practice because expensive
and complex instrumentations are needed. We exploited a novel
simple device for tremor measurement to assess tremor levels in
soccer players.
Methods: Eleven professional soccer players (9 males, 2 females),
eighteen normal controls (8 males, 10 females) and professional piano
players (4 males, 3 females) were asked to maintain with the dominant
hand a Wiimote triaxial accelerator, pointing a fixed target for a mini-
mum of 60 s. The conversion of Bluetooth data sent by the Wiimote in a
final file containing the accelerometer information has been obtained
using a custom script in GlovePie environment. The analysis of the
predominant frequency band was done in R environment.
Results: The analysis of tremor intensity in the three groups showed
that male soccer players had lower tremor intensity compared to
controls. Their tremor intensity at the frequency of 10 Hz was similar
to piano players, which are known to present better motor control and
reduced physiological tremor. Conversely, tremor intensity in female
subjects was comparable across the three groups.
Conclusion: This is the first study to demonstrate the substantial
reduction of tremor intensity in soccer players, to a level comparable
to piano players. Therefore, a potential interpretation is that the better
motor control is correlated to a lower tremor level. This may be useful
to realize new biofeedback systems for performance enhancement in
soccer players.
S62 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
ReferenceD’Addona V, Evangelista M, Viggiano D (2014) A new method for
quantitative tremor assessment in sports. Sport Orthop Traumatol
30:54–59
141 FF P
Tendon vibration combined with rTMS can reinforce
a pattern of unbalanced M1 excitability between agonist
and antagonist muscles
L. Perasso1, L. Avanzino1, G. Lagravinese1, A. Giannini1, E. Faelli1,
A. Bisio1, A. Quartarone2, V. Rizzo2, P. Ruggeri1, M. Bove1
1Department of Experimental Medicine, University of Genoa, Italy2Department of Neuroscience, University of Messina, Italy
Aim: The aim of the study was to verify whether it is possible to
reinforce a pattern of unbalanced primary motor cortex (M1) excit-
ability between agonist and antagonist muscles by combining
proprioceptive vibration with a concomitant facilitatory rTMS
(repetitive Transcranic Magnetic Stimulation) protocol.
Method: Eighteen subjects were recruited for this study. M1 excit-
ability was evaluated by motor evoked potentials (MEPs) measured
on Extensor Carpi Radialis muscle (ECR group, N = 10) and on
Flexor Carpi Radialis muscle (FCR group, N = 8) after transcranic
magnetic stimulation (TMS) on M1 of both muscles. The tendon of
the FCR muscle was vibrated for 2 min (80 Hz frequency). 15 MEPs
were recorded before the vibration (PRE), and 15 MEPs 15 and
30 min after the vibration (POST 15, POST 30). The rTMS protocol
consisted of a train of 600 stimuli at 90 % of active motor threshold
(AMT) of the ECR and FCR muscles with a frequency of 5 Hz.
We designed four protocols:1. Vibration: 2 min of vibration without rTMS.
2. rTMS on ECR and FCR hot spot without vibration.
3. Vibration + rTMS on ECR hot spot.
4. Vibration + rTMS on FCR hot spot.
Results: We found that the protocols 1 and 2 did not induce statis-
tically significant changes in M1 excitability. Considering the ECR
group, in the protocol 3, M1 excitability showed a significant decrease
compared with the baseline both in POST 15 and in POST 30
(p = 0.01), while the protocol 4 caused a statistically significant
increase in M1 excitability respect to the baseline in POST 15
(p = 0.05) and a trend of diminution in POST 30. Considering FCR
group in the protocol 3 data showed a statistically significant increase
in M1 excitability respect to the baseline both in POST 15 and in
POST 30 (p = 0.05). Protocol 4 did not induce any significant dif-
ference in M1 excitability.
Conclusion: Our finding highlights the close relationship between
proprioception, the sensory feedback mechanism for motor control,
and the excitability of cortical motor areas. We demonstrated that
combining tendon vibration with a conditioning facilitatory rTMS
protocol induces a pattern of unbalanced M1 excitability between
the vibrated muscle and its antagonist that persisted up to 30 min
and is greater than that observed when vibration is administered
alone.
ReferencesKito T (2006) Brain Res 1114:75–84
Naito E (2002) Neuron 36:979–988
142 FF P
RSA, CMJ, Leger, 10 m sprint responses to pre-season
training in semi-professional soccer players
F. Perroni1, L. Cignitti2, G. Ascenzi3, L. Guidetti4, C. Baldari4
1School of Exercise and Sport Sciences (SUISM), Department
of Medical Sciences, University of Turin, Turin, Italy2Sports Activities Office, Firefighters Corp, Rome, Italy3Football Performance and Science Department, ASPIRE Academy
for Sports Excellence, Doha, Qatar4Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to analyze RSA, CMJ, Leger, 10 m
sprint responses to Pre-season Training in Semi-Professional Soccer
Players (SPSP). Considering that numerous studies highlighted the
combination of high levels of physical, technical and tactical skills
during a soccer match, the cure of physical training pose a particular
attention on training load that generally increases up to 2.4 times
during the pre-season period compared with the in-season.
Methods: Six SPSP (age 23 ± 7 years, BMI 23.3 ± 1.8) were
requested to perform aerobic training over an 8-week period on alternate
days with the functional strength training sessions and sprint training
drills as prescribed by the coaches and strength and conditioning staff.
Repeated Sprint Ability [RSA, total time (TT) and percentage of fatigue
index (%FI)], Leger, 10 m sprint and Counter Movement Jump (CMJ)
tests, were performed before and after pre-season soccer training.
ANOVA for repeated measures was conducted to assess differences
(p \ 0.05) with respect to pre seasonal training. Correlation was cal-
culated between the percentage of variation (D) of each test.
Results: Compared to the values recorded before the pre-season,
improvement of Leger (3 %) and %FI (17.6 %) and a deterioration of
TT (10 %), 10 m sprint (0.2 %) and CMJ (2.4 %) were found. In
addition, we have found a main effect between before and after pre-
seasonal training in TT (F(1,4) = 60.2; p = 0.001) and Leger
(F(1,5) = 25; p \ 0.005). DCMJ showed very large correlation with
DLeger (r = -0.88) and nearly perfect with D%FI (r = 0.93); while
DLeger was largely correlated with D%FI (r = -0.69).
Conclusion: Given that the cure of the physical preparation is consid-
ered as an important element in order to influence the final soccer game
result, this study want to be useful information for the coach in order to
maximize the best physical condition of the whole team relative to the
beginning of the regular season.
ReferencesBloomfield J et al (2007) Physical demands of different positions in
FA Premier League Soccer. J Sports Sci 6:63–70
Di Salvo V et al (2007) Performance characteristics according to
playing position in elite soccer. Int J Sports Med 28:222–227
Jeong TS et al (2011) Quantification of the physiological loading of
one week of ‘‘pre-season’’ and one week of ‘‘in-season’’ training in
professional soccer players. J Sports Sci 29:1161–1166
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S63
123
143 FF P
Hand grip in schoolchildren: a cross-sectional study
M. Micheletti Cremasco1,2, S. D’Andria2, L. Pizzigalli2,3
1Department of Life Science and Systems Biology, University
of Torino, Torino, Italy2SUISM, University of Torino, Torino, Italy3Department of Medical Sciences, Motor Science Research Center,
University of Torino, Torino, Italy
Aim: Hand grip strength has been shown to be a predictor of general
body strength and an important index of health condition in school-
children. Moreover, this strength test is also used to evaluate motor
skills in childhood. However, it remains unclear the grip strength trend
during growth in children and adolescents and its relationship with
body-mass index (BMI) and the practice of physical activity. There-
fore, the primary purpose of this study was to determine whether grip
strength is influenced by these two factors in schoolchildren. The
second purpose was to fill the gap of an Italian reference database,
developing reference charts for hand grip strength for boys and girls
from 7 to 17 y.o. and also to facilitate comparison to patients’ values.
Method: This cross-sectional study was performed at primary and
secondary schools (176 females, F and 150 males, M). Body height,
weight and BMI were measured. Isometric grip strength of both hands
was measured with a handheld dynamometer (Baseline Digital
Smedley Dynamometer type EN-120286).
Results: Data show that grip strength of both hands increases with
age in both genders but boys are stronger than girls (+2 kg) only from
the age of 12.50 y.o. (p \ 0.05). This difference is more evident from
the age of 14.50 y.o. (p \ 0.001). No statistical differences where
reported between the two hands in both genders. Both BMI and
physical activity show a poor correlation with grip strength in both
genders (R = 0.5), even if the overweigh males report high levels of
hand grip strength.
Conclusion: Hand strength peak in males could be associated to their
hormonal peak typical of puberal age. Finally, during childhood to be
underweight, overweight or obese do not influence significantly the
hand grip strength such as the practice of recreational sports. From the
analysis of our data about the increase of grip strength in relation to
the gender and the age, could be suggested in physical activity a
different muscular training to increase hand grip strength beginning
from the adolescence.
ReferencesEUROFIT. Committee of Experts on Sports Research (1993) Hand-
book for the EUROFIT tests of physical fitness. Council of Europe,
Strasburg, pp 19–37
Wind AE, Takken T, Helders PJ, Engelbert RH (2010) Is grip strength
a predictor for total muscle strength in healthy children, adoles-
cents, and young adults? Eur J Pediatr 169(3):281–287
144 FF P
An experimental, marker-free benchmark to study
the interception of moving objects in karate
G. Romano, C. Zullo, D. Viggiano
Aim: Karate requires an optimal interception of the opponent’s
attack. Particularly in unconstrained situations, normal, untrained,
subjects solve this problem adopting rather different solutions. It is
currently unknown if karatekas show a more uniform selection of
interception schemes due to their special training. Here we applied a
3D scanner to study the movement reproducibility of skilled karatekas
in a natural setup, using an unconstrained interception task.
Methods: Six right handed karatekas and six controls participated to
the study. 3D motion tracking data of the upper limbs were obtained
using the Microsoft Kinect sensor, a real-time 3D scanner. The
interception task consisted of intercepting and stopping a moving
stick which was directed towards the side of the subject in two dif-
ferent positions (upper and lower).
Results: The analysis of hand trajectories showed that the strategy of
the movement was remarkably different between control subjects,
whereas it was more uniform in karatekas. Moreover, we observed a
significant difference in the variability of the interception point
between control subjects and karatekas.
Conclusion: The results confirm the presence of individual idiosyn-
cratic behavior in interception tasks also in ecologically realistic
situations, and that experience and training (as in karatekas) play an
important role in the trajectory in interceptive tasks.
ReferenceRomano G, Viggiano D (2014) Interception of moving objects in
karate: an experimental, marker-free benchmark. Muscles Liga-
ments Tendons J (accepted)
145 FF P
Differences in foot plantar pressures and gait strategies
in top level soccer and basketball players: pilot study
L. Russo1,2, R. Benis3, G. Grazzini2, L. Barni2, F. Bruni2,
R. Contigliani2, M. L. Marasco2
1Department of Applied and Clinical Science and Biotechnology,
University of L’Aquila, L’Aquila, Italy2Assist Team,3Department of Biomedical Science for Health Physical Education
at the University of Milan, Milan, Italy
Aim: Foot plantar pressure measurement is a reliable method to study
characteristics and movement patterns of the foot. This procedure of
measurement is also able to distinguish different kind of foot type.
The aim of this pilot study was to compare the static and dynamic foot
plantar pressure on top level soccer (SP) and basketball (BP) players
and to find out sport-specific differences and adaptations.
Method: Twenty-four male A-series soccer players (26.9 ± 5.6
years; 183 ± 6.3 cm; 77.1 ± 9.3 kg) and ten male A2-series bas-
ketball players (26 ± 6.2 years; 196.6 ± 9.1 cm; 92.6 ± 10.7 kg)
were tested both in static (ST) and dynamic (DY) conditions with a
foot plantar pressure measurement device (Sensor Medica, Guidonia-
RM, Italy). Classical foot plantar pressure measurement and loading
distribution were taken into account. Both static and dynamic pressure
surfaces were normalized for the number of the shoe to compare
measurements. Data were normally distributed and a paired and an
unpaired t test was used for statistical analysis. Significant level was
set at a p value \0.05.
Results: BP were significantly taller and heavier than SP, the shoe
number was also significantly bigger in BP respect to SP. Any significant
difference was found between and within groups in foot plantar pressure
measurements for the ST condition. In DY condition both groups showed
an higher and significant load on the foot lateral edge, BP showed an
higher supination of the right foot and a better flexion-extention ratio of
the left foot respect SP. SP showed an higher pressure surface of the right
foot respect the left one. In ST condition each group showed an higher
feet pressure surface and a lower foot angle respect DY condition.
S64 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
Conclusion: Despite the little BP sample of this pilot study, foot plantar
pressure measurement procedures seem to be useful to discriminate the
dynamic characteristics of the gait between BP and SP. Future studies
with big samples are needed to better understand this issue.
ReferencesGurney JK et al (2008) Between-day reliability of repetead plantar
pressure distribution measurements in a normal population. Gait
Posture 27:706–709
Stolwijk NM et al (2013) Flat feet, happy feet? Comparison of the
dynamic plantar pressure distribution and static medial foot geom-
etry between Malawian and Dutch adults. PLoS ONE 8(2):e57209
146 FF P
Body composition and resting energy expenditure
of an elite water polo team
R. Sammarco1, M. Marra1, P. Turiello1, P. Chiappetti1, I. Cioffi1,
F. Pasanisi1,2, F. Contaldo1,2
1Department of Clinical Medicine and Surgery, University of Naples
Federico II, Naples, Italy2Interuniversity Center of Obesity and Eating Disorders, University of
Naples Federico II, Naples, Italy
Aim: Water polo is a dynamic and intermittent team sport, requiring a
high anaerobic effort. In the pool, players swim from an extreme to
the other of the swimming-pool and perform high-intensity actions,
such as jumping, wrestling and sprinting. This study evaluated resting
energy expenditure and body composition in an elite water polo team
national first league.
Method: The elite water polo team formed by 10 male players
(23.8 ± 6.1 years, weight 89 ± 5.2 kg, height 185 ± 3 cm, BMI
25.9 ± 1.9 kg/m2) and 16 controls (25.8 ± 8.8 years, weight
82.2 ± 6.3 kg, height 179 ± 5 cm, BMI 25.7 ± 2.3 kg/m2) was
studied. Data were collected during the championship 2013–2014;
body weight, hand grip muscle strength (Jamar dynamometer) and
segmental bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) variables were
measured early in the morning. Resting Energy Expenditure (REE)
was measured by indirect calorimetry (V-Max Encore Care Perfu-
sion). Body composition (Fat Free Mass: FFM, Fat Mass: FAT) was
evaluated by BIA (Kushner equation) while phase angle (PA) was use
to estimate the body water distribution between the intra/extracellular
spaces in total body and limb (arms and legs).
Results: REE measured and corrected for FFM (REE/FFM kcal/kg/day)
was significantly (p \ 0.05) higher than control group (REE
2,255 ± 297 1,936 ± 256 kcal/d; REE/FFM 31.3 ± 4.2 vs. 29.3 ±
1.9 kcal/kg). FFM resulted (p \ 0.05) higher in water polo team than
control group (FFM 74.4 ± 4.1 vs. 65.9 ± 7.2 kg) whereas FAT mass
resulted lower (p \ 0.05) in water polo team than control group (FAT
14.6 ± 2.8 vs. 16.3 ± 4.1 kg; 16.3 ± 2.6 vs. 19.9 ± 5.1 %). Phase
angle was significantly (p \ 0.05) higher in water polo team than control
group (PA: total 8.1 ± 0.6 vs. 6.8� ± 0.6�; legs 9.3 ± 0.5 vs.
6.7� ± 1.0�; arms 6.2 ± 0.6 vs. 5.5� ± 0.5�). Mean Hand grip maximal
strength (48.2 ± 2.9 kg) was correlated (r = 0.762; p = 0.01) with
FFM but not with phase angle (r = 0.762; p = 0.01).
Conclusion: This preliminary study indicates a clear modification
both in body water distribution (total and limb), both body compo-
sition (FFM and FAT) and REE in absolute values also after
correction with FFM.
ReferencesMarra et al (2014) Body composition changes in professional cyclists
during the 2011 Giro d’Italia, a 3-week stage race. Nutr Ther Metab
32:31–34
Marra M et al (2009) Bioelectrical impedance phase angle in
constitutionally lean females, ballet dancers and patients with
anorexia nervosa. Eur J Clin Nutr 63:905–908
147 FF P
A native polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis method
for studying the interaction between p53
and its protein ligands
R. Sgammato1, A. Lamberti1, D. Desiderio2, C. Punzo3,
A. Carotenuto3, M. Masullo1
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University
of Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2Department of Biosciences and Territory, University of Molise,
Pesche (IS), Italy3Department of Pharmacy, University of Naples Federico II, Naples,
Italy
Aim: The oncosuppressor p53 is a transcription factor regulating
many cellular mechanisms, whose activity is downregulated by the
human homologue of the mouse double minute protein 2 (MDM2)
and/or 4 (MDMX). In particular, the effect is based on the interaction
between the N-terminal transactivation domain of p53 and the
N-terminal hydrophobic pockets of MDM2 and/or MDMX. The role
of p53 in the mitochondrial content of skeleton-muscles, in a minor
oxygen consumption, in an increased lactate production, and in state 3
respiration in intermyofibrillar and subsarcolemmal mitochondria,
was found. The aim of this study was to set-up a new analytical
method to study the interaction between p53 transactivation domain
and the N-terminal fragments of MDM2 and/or MDMX, a pre-req-
uisite to investigate the effect of several dissociators of the MDM2
p53 and MDMX p53 complexes.
Method: The p53, MDM2 and MDMX protein fragments were het-
erologously expressed in E. coli. Proteins were extracted from
inclusion bodies by urea treatment, purified by affinity chromatog-
raphy on Ni-agarose and renaturated by dialysis. Complex formation/
dissociation was assessed by non-denaturing polyacrylamide gel-
electrophoresis (PAGE).
Results: Our method is based on the finding that on native PAGE at
pH 8.8, purified p53 fragment did not migrate, whereas both MDM2
and MDMX enter the gel. When a complex is formed also MDM2 and
MDMX did not enter the gel. MDM2 but not MDMX can be disso-
ciated from the complex using Nutlin 3a; therefore, this method can
be used to study the stoichiometry of the binding as well as the effect
of dissociating compounds.
Conclusion: A new PAGE method for studying the interaction
between p53 and its protein ligands was settled. Although other
analytical methods have been used for similar studies, such as Surface
Plasmon Resonance and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, our method is
simpler other than cheaper. We propose this method to assess the
effect of other dissociators of the p53 MDM2 and p53 MDMX
complexes, including those involved in the development of muscle
tissue as well as in the physical exercise.
ReferencesMatoba S et al (2006) p53 regulates mitochondrial respiration.
Science 16:1650–1653
Park J-Y et al (2009) p53 improves aerobic exercise capacity and
augments skeletal muscle mitochondrial DNA content. Circ Res
25:705–712
Saleem A et al (2009) Role of p53 in mitochondrial biogenesis and
apoptosis in skeletal muscle. Physiol Genom 3:58–66
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S65
123
148 FF P
Ultrasound-based index of sarcopenia and correlation
with skeletal muscle mass estimation by bioelectrical
impedence analysis
P. Vago1, F. Cereda1, S. Longo2, F. Casolo1, M. Narici3
1Department of Pedagogy, Universita Cattolica del Sacro Cuore di
Milano, Italy2Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy3Division of Medical Sciences and Graduate Entry Medicine,
University of Nottingham, UK
Aim: The aim of this study was to introduce a new, ultrasound-based
method for diagnosing sarcopenia and test its validity against a
conventional, clinically used method based on bioelectrical imped-
ance analysis (BIA).
Method: 24 participants (13 men and 11 women), aged 65–83 years,
were recruited for this study. Skeletal Muscle Index (SMI) was esti-
mated by BIA as described by Janssen et al. (2002). The ultrasound-
based evaluation of sarcopenia was obtained from a sagittal image of
the vastus lateralis muscle acquired in the lower third of the muscle
belly using a linear probe (13–14 MHz) with an Esaote Mylab 25
ultrasound machine. For each ultrasound image, fascicle length (Lf)
and muscle thickness (Tm) were measured using the Java-based
image analysis software ImageJ (National Institute of Health). Indi-
viduals were classified as sarcopenic if the Lf/Tm ratio was [4.38
corresponding to the cut-off value of 1-SD above the mean of a young
adult reference population (Narici et al. 2011). The data were ana-
lysed with descriptive statistics and with the Spearman correlation
coefficient.
Results: Mean BMI was 26.5 (±3.7) in men and 24.7 (±3.5) in
women; Skeletal Muscle Index (SMI) was 34.3 (±3.2) in men and 30.8
(±4.9) in women. With the BIA method, a total of 6 individuals were
classified as sarcopenic (prevalence of 25 %) and 18 individuals as
non-sarcopenic and. Using the ultrasound method, 8 individuals were
classified as sarcopenic (prevalence of 33 %) and 16 as non-sarcope-
nic. The ultrasound method for diagnosing sarcopenia was found to be
significantly correlated with the BIA method (r = 0.4, p \ 0.03),
indicating that with decreasing muscle mass, alterations in muscle
architecture occur as muscle thickness decreases more than fascicle
length, i.e. the higher the Lf/Tm ratio, the greater the sarcopenia.
Conclusion: The results obtained in the present study show that the
ultrasound-based method for diagnosing sarcopenia is, (1) signifi-
cantly correlated with the widely used BIA-based method, and (2)
able to detect a greater prevalence of sarcopenia than the BIA-based
method because is muscle-specific. The ‘sarcopenia index’ obtained
by ultrasound thus seems to be a useful biomarker for diagnosing
sarcopenia and may represent a useful clinical application.
ReferencesJanssen I, Heymsfield S, Ross R (2002) Low relative skeletal muscle
mass (sarcopenia) in older persons is associated with functional
impairment and physical disability. JAGS 50:889–896
Narici M, Trisolino G, Bracci G, Seynnes et al (2011) Age-related
changes in muscle architecture: a signature of sarcopenia. J Muscle
Res Cell Motil 32:327–373
149 FF P
Wii Balance Board as a device for investigating kayak’s
biomechanics: a pilot study
S. Vando1, L. P. Ardigo2, D. Masala1, L. Falese1, J. Padulo3,4
1Department of Human, Social and Health Sciences, University
of Cassino and Southern Lazio, Cassino, Italy2Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy3University ‘‘eCampus’’, Novedrate, Italy4Tunisian Research Laboratory ‘‘Sports Performance Optimization’’,
National Center of Medicine and Science in Sport, Tunis, Tunisia
Aim: Considering the validated use of the Wii Balance Board
(WBB) as an effective device for assessing the postural sway, we
believe that WBB can be used during kayaking too. This may prompt
to a simple way to estimate 2D velocity and mechanical work at seat
(Ws). The power developed by the paddler is transferred to the kayak
through the application of forces against foot bar and seat. The seat
is fixed in the propulsive direction and contributes to the net pro-
pulsive force.
Method: One international male kayaker (35 y, 1.82 m, 76 kg) per-
formed 3–100 m sprints on an Olympic K1 kayak with a WBB
(100 Hz) modified as seat at 1.01, 1.18 and 1.54 Hz paddling fre-
quency (freq). Kayak’s velocity was clocked. 2D antero-posterior and
medio-lateral COP positions over time were firstly used to calculate
its instantaneous velocity (v). Then v was put into the mechanical
kinetic energy equation: Ek = � m v2, with m as subject’s mass. By
assuming (a) seat force rigidly transferred to kayak, (b) most of the
weight supported by the seat and (c) negligible contribute to subject’s
kinematics due to the reciprocating upper arms movement during
paddling, (positive) DEk resembles athlete’s centre of pressure (COP)
Ws and—through just a constant displacement offset—his body
centre of mass (BCOM) Ws as well.
Results: Kayak’s velocity increased (+23 % with respect to lowest
value) linearly (r = 0.99) over freq. Due to COP kinematics over
increasing freq, COP (and BCOM) Ws increased linearly (r = 0.96)
over kayak’s velocity as well (+50 and +100 %, respectively). Such a
specific variables’ combined change could prompt to develop new
efficiency indexes to support different level kayakers to optimize their
paddling technique. Such an ecological approach could be useful for
Ws analysis in kayak-ergometer too.
Conclusion: The results of this pilot study are promising. Further
athletes of different racing level could be investigated by means of
the described methodological approach during both training and
race. The study of COP and BCOM biomechanics could reveal to be
helpful for both improving performance and reducing injury in
kayaking.
ReferencesClark RA et al (2010) Validity and reliability of the Nintendo Wii
Balance Board for assessment of standing balance. Gait Posture
31:307–310
Michael JS et al (2009) Determinants of kayak paddling performance.
Sports Biomech 8:167–179
Shephard RJ (1987) Science and medicine of canoeing and kayaking.
Sports Med 4:19–33
S66 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
150 FF P
Evaluation of flight time in the working volume
of the athletic jump
R. Scaramucci, M. G. Vinciguerra
Department of Applied Clinical Sciences and Biotechnology,
University of L’Aquila, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study is to determine, in a lower limbs training
program, an assessment of the volume of empirical work less than that
which is commonly in use today.
Method: Through the use of the Bosco System platform is possible to
evaluate, in a jump, the time of flight (and the feet contact time the to
the ground), multiplying this result by the programmed jumps num-
ber, you will get the total flight time of a jumps series. This is the
mathematical total of volume work,
Results: This method allows to determine a volume of work is always
the same because determined by the total flight time, otherwise,
considering only the jumps number you don’t have a same working
volume, because the jumps will never be all the same.
Conclusion: This study, pilot, determine to provide to the trainers a
more careful strategy application for the training program, based on
mathematical elements.
ReferencesBosco C (2002) La forza muscolare. Aspetti fisiologici ed applicaz-
ioni pratiche, Societa Stampa Sportiva Roma
Dal Monte A, Faina M (1999) Evaluation of the athlete: functional
analysis and biomechanics of performance capability
151 FF P
Influence of chronotype on the circadian rhythm
of activity levels
J. Vitale, E. Roveda, A. Montaruli, L. Galasso, A. Caumo, F. Carandente
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study is to investigate, by an actigraph moni-
toring, the differences in the circadian rhythm of activity level in
relation to the chronotype for the sake of studying its influence on
physical performance. There are three different chronotypes: Morn-
ing-type (M-type), Evening-type (E-types) and Neither-type (N-type);
M-types use to wake up and go to bed early and to have their best
performances in the first part of the day, otherwise E-types go to bed
and wake up late and they have the peak performances in the evening.
Method: we recruited 50 subjects (mean age = 21.3, SD = 2.37):
16 M-types, 15 N-types and 19 E-types to undertake a 7-days mon-
itoring with the actigraph. To evaluate the circadian rhythmicity of
activity levels we used the single cosinor method and we define three
parameters characteristic of each statistically significant rhythm: M,
MESOR; A, Amplitude; /, acrophase. The population circadian
characteristics were determined and then compared using the Ho-
telling test.
Results: Rhythmometric analysis, with the single cosinor method, on
the activity data collected by the actigraph revealed a statistically
significant circadian rhythm (p \ 0.001) for all the 50 subjects. The
population mean cosinors were calculated grouping the different
chronotypes: M-types, E-types and N-types (p \ 0.001). The Ho-
telling test showed no statistical differences about MESOR for all
group combinations (p [ 0.05) but a significant difference (p \ 0.05)
was observed if considering the Amplitude-Acrophase test for all
groups combinations, in particular M-types had an early acrophase of
the circadian rhythm of the activity levels, at 14.37, while E-types
showed an acrophase with more than 2 h late, at 17.04 (p \ 0.001);
the group of N-types showed an intermediate acrophase, at 15.45,
between morning-types and evening-types.
Conclusion: We can assume that there is a clear difference between
‘‘larks’’ and ‘‘owls’’: M-types are more active in the early afternoon
and that E-types have the peak of their activity in the late afternoon.
Further studies are needed to better understand if and how the chro-
notype influence a physical performance.
ReferencesHalberg F, Carandente F, Cornelissen G, Katinas GS (1977) Glossary
of chronobiology. Chronobiologia 4(Suppl. 1):1–189
Vitale JA, Calogiuri G, Weydahl A (2013) Influence of chronotype on
responses to a standardized, self-paced walking task in the morning
vs. afternoon: a pilot study. Percept Mot Skills 116(3):1020–1028
RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGYAPPLIED TO MATERIALS FOR SPORT
152 RT O
BIA segmental parameters changes in professional
cyclists during the Giro d’Italia (2012) 3-weeks stage
race
M. Marra1, R. Sammarco1, B. Da Prat3, C. Montagnese1, A. Caldara1,
M. Silvestri1, V. Amato1, F.Contaldo1, R. Corsetti4
1Department of Clinical Medicine and Surgery, University Federico
II, Naples, Italy2Interuniversity Center of Obesity and Eating Disorders3Nutrition Division of DS Medica Srl, Milan, Italy4Liquigas Cannondale Medical Board, Sesto al Reghena, Pordenone,
Italy
Aim: This study aimed to evaluate possible BIA modifications in
professional cyclists participating at Giro d’Italia (2012) 3-weeks
stage race.
Method: The team of 9 professional cyclists of Pro Cycling Team
Liquigas Cannondale (age 28.8 ± 3.5 years, weight 70.2 ± 5.6 kg,
height 182 ± 5.3 cm, BMI 21.2 ± 1.5 kg/m2) participated to the
study. Data were collected the day immediately before starting the
competition (baseline), the day of rest (after the 9th lap) and the last
day of the competition (21th lap). Body weight, height, and bio-
electrical impedance analysis (BIA) variables were measured. BIA
parameters evaluated were: (1) Bioimpedance Index (BI = height2/
resistance cm2/ohms), used to estimate body composition (Kushner
equations) and (2) Phase Angle (PA = arctan reactance/resistance
degree) used to estimate body water distribution between intra/
extracellular space. All BIA measures were performed in total body
and limbs (arms and legs).
Results: Body weight (70.2 ± 5.6 vs. 69.5 ± 5.7 kg) and body
composition (FFM = Fat Free Mass: 63.1 ± 5.6 vs. 63.4 ± 5.7 kg;
FM = Fat Mass: 7.1 ± 1.6 vs. 6.1 ± 1.2 kg) did not significantly
differ at the beginning and at the 21th lap of the race. From the
beginning to the end of the competition, Phase Angle (PA) signifi-
cantly decreased for total body (7.57� ± 0.53� vs. 7.27�) and legs
(9.12 ± 0.51 vs. 8.35� ± 0.58�) whilst did not change for arms
(5.79� ± 0.52� vs. 5.88� ± 0.89�).
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S67
123
Conclusion: This preliminary study indicates a clear modification in
total body water distribution in a team of professional cyclists during
a 21 laps, 3 weeks stage-race. Segmental BIA showed a decreased PA
(reflecting intracellular water reduction) for total body and legs. BIA
measurements could be useful in the monitoring of body composition
in long races athletes.
ReferencesMarra et al (2014) Body composition changes in professional cyclists
during the 2011 Giro d’Italia, a 3-week stage race. Nutr Ther Metab
32:31–34
Silva AM et al (2011) Relationship between changes in total-body
water and fluid distribution with maximal forearm strength in elite
judo athletes. J Strength Cond Res 25:2488–2495
153 RT OP
The effectiveness of Diabetic sock Mico Sport to prevent
the main events in the cohort of athletes with type 1
diabetes (T1DM) and contributing to the improvement
of sports performance
C. De Fazio, M. Corigliano, V. Russo, G. Corigliano
Diabetologic Unit A.I.D. ASL NA 1, Naples, Italy
Aim: T1DM Athletes have an increased risk of developing fungal
infections (Tignea pedis), are more prone to neurovascular complica-
tions of the foot (cracks, fissures, hyperkeratosis, ulcers, etc.) and more
resistant to treatment regimens due to glyco-metabolic alterations. The
aim of this study is to prevent the main events (state of dehydration and
dryness of the skin) observed during a training session of a cohort of
sportsman T1DM, especially in the case of prolonged exercise (E).
Method: 10 runners (group A) and 17 players (group B) T1DM, with
a fair metabolic control (HbA1c 7.2 ± 0.5), wore the Diabetic socks
Mico Sport, both during sporting events promoted by ANIAD both
during training (A) or post-E (B) with a duration of treatment (A:
45 days, B: 30 days) depending on the frequency of weekly workouts
(A: 3–4 days, B: 4–6 days) but with the same daily duration C8 h.
The socks were treated every 1–3 days with a glycoprotein derived
from bacterium Pseudoalteromonas atlantica who was continuously
released, by to an innovative system based on the use of nanotech-
nology, physiological recovery of skin hydration and reparation.
Using the Borg scale for the perception of fatigue.
Results: T1DM athletes, even in high humidity climates, have reported
an improvement in the state of the skin of the foot on average after
10 ± 5 days, in terms of: to fit comfort (flat seams and excellent tran-
spiration); lack of olfactory residue (anti- odor); good transpiration
during the E and skin condition at the end of training (A); restoring skin
integrity and total effective protective function of the skin (B); hydra-
tion, elasticity and cellular renewal; reduction of fatigue perception.
Conclusion: In T1DM athletes Diabetic sock Mico Sport, treated
with DIFOPREV�, may be a useful adjunct for the treatment of skin
injury prevention but can also contribute to a more effective sports
performance, for its properties to make the skin more elastic, better
protected from physical, chemical and traumatic insults, and
decreased perception of fatigue.
ReferencesPiaggesi A, Iacopi E, Banchellini E, Ambrosini Nobili L (2012)
Nanotechnology and nanomedicine in diabetes. In: Le L-H, Hunter
RH, Preedy VR (eds) Science Publisher, pp 365–379
Piaggesi A, Rizzo L, Tedeschi A, Scatena A, Goretti C, Del PratoS
(2009) Measurements in diabetic foot. Publ J Wound Technol.
Edition MF, Paris
154 RT OP
Correlation between knee stiffness and injury risk
factors in different foot-surface impact conditions
in marathon runners
F. Gennaro1, D. Formicola1,2, A. Rainoldi1,2
1SUISM, University of Turin, Turin, Italy2Department of Medical Sciences, Motor Science Research Center,
University of Turin, Turin, Italy
Aim: Endurance running contributed to human evolution originally
due to survival needs; nowadays such a physical activity is largely
practiced for its huge positive health effects, despite its risk of injuries
mainly located at knee joint.Several factors where often considered as
possible running injury risks and among them the role of knee joint
stiffness (Kstiff) seems not well explained. Thus the purpose of this
study is to correlate Kstiff with knee injury risk factors in different
foot-surface conditions.
Method: 10 marathon runners were recruited and the following
variables were analyzed: anthropometric data; training data; lower
legs musculoskeletal injury history (IH); Oxford Knee Score (OKS)
questionnaire; Kstiff. Kstiff was measured by a ground reaction forces
biomechanical analysis of a single leg hop test (SLHT), performed in
both shoes and barefoot conditions, hopping from a stabilometric
platform and landing on an experimental structure, assembled with
both synthetic (Linoleum or Tartan) and natural (Grass or Sand)
surfaces. All statistics were performed by using Spearman Correlation
(a = 0.05).
Results: We found high and positive correlation between Kstiff and
OKS (r = 0.941, p = 0.005) in Shoes-Tartan condition when
grouping for positive IH. Furthermore we found moderate negative
correlation, not grouping for IH, between Kstiff and SLHT hopping
distance in both Shoes-Linoleum (r = -0.681, p = 0.03) and Bare-
foot-Sand (r = -0.673, p = 0.04) conditions. Instead, when
grouping for IH, we found high negative correlation between Kstif-
f and SLHT hopping distance only in Shoes-Linoleum condition
(r = -0.886, p = 0.03).
Conclusion: In general, not considering IH, foot condition seems to
be more related than landing surface features to Kstiff reduction.
Shoes for running offer the best joint compliance during foot collision
with all surfaces, except the sand, where, on the contrary, barefoot
condition highlights lower Kstiff. Whereas, considering positive IH,
lower Kstiff is observed only landing on natural surfaces (grass) with
shoes. Analyzing knee self-perception functionality outcome, it seems
to be better to avoid Tartan surfaces with shoes, condition showing
high Kstiff.
ReferencesBramble DM, Lieberman DE (2004) Endurance running and the
evolution of Homo. Nature 432:345–352
Van Gent RN et al (2007) Incidence and determinants of lower
extremity running injuries in long distance runners: a systematic
review. Br J Sports Med 41:469–480
S68 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
155 RT OP
Training load analysis through GPS tracking:
comparison between categories of young players
(Primavera, Allievi and Giovanissimi)
G. Mazza1, M. Montini2
1University of Florence, Florence, Italy2University of Rome, ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy
Aim: In the past few years, the use of GPS devices in sports has
registered a rapid spread. Despite this, there is a scarcity of quanti-
tative data in the literature regarding youth football teams. The
purpose of this research project is to provide some insight about the
volume and intensity of training for youth categories.
Method: During the 2013–2014 season, Qstarz GPS devices (10 Hz)
were used to monitor three teams from professional clubs: FC Empoli,
Giovanissimi [G] (20 players) and Allievi [A] (18 players); and SSC
Napoli Primavera [P] (24 players). The goalkeepers were excluded
from the analysis. We analyzed changes in direction (cid), energy
expenditure [J], total distance [m], and high intensity training
([20 W).
Results: A decreasing trend was observed in the volume of training
going from the Primavera category down to Allievi and between
Allievi and Giovanissimi. Energy expenditure was : P:1580538J,
A:1430119J (-10 %P), G:1200338J (-25 %P; -16 %A); total dis-
tance: P: 28,564 m, A: 25,067 m (-13 %P), G: 21,136 m (-26 %P,
-16 %A); change of direction: P:505 cdd, A:460 cdd (-9 %P), G:
358 cdd (-30 %P, -22 %A). Identical ratios were found for the
intensity of training expressed as % Joule [20 Watt: P: 37 %; A:
31 %; G: 31 %; and for high intensity training P: 19 %, A: 19 %, G:
17 %.
Conclusion: Both the amount and the intensity of training are dis-
criminating factors of work-out between the various categories. We
believe that the dissemination of such information is useful to know
more about work-out practices and to start making relevant compar-
isons between the different youth sectors.
ReferencesDi Prampero PE et al (2005) Sprint running: a new energetic
approach. J Exp Biol 208:2809–2816
Minetti AE, Moia C, Roi GS, Susta D, Ferretti G (2002) Energy cost
of walking and running at extreme uphill and downhill slopes.
J Appl Physiol 93:1039–1046
156 RT OP
Training with the balance disc: learning dynamic
and influence of initial fitness status
D. Sabatucci, D. Viggiano
Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Campobasso, Italy
Aim: Ankle distortions are among the most frequent causes of injury
in contact-sports and in basketball. Their prevention is therefore one
important aim of every type of training program. To prevent these
injuries, a number of unstable platforms has been devised since long
time to train the nervous system to react to conditions of little equi-
librium. In this work we present the learning curve of a training with a
specific, poorly studied, unstable platform: the balance disc, an
inflatable support with a rough side that presents both elements of
instability and high tactile stimulation of the plantar aspect of the foot.
Method: Thirty-seven subjects among professional basketball ath-
letes and normal controls (both sexes) participated to the study. They
underwent a training program with the balance disk for 10 sessions
and their equilibrium abilities tested before and after the training.
Results: We show that 10 training sessions with the balance disc lead
to a drastic, progressive, improvement of the equilibrium abilities.
Notably, the pre-training equilibrium skills are very different between
the two groups and the two genders: they are higher in male athletes
and lower in female non-athletes. However, the training effect was
evident in all groups under study.
Conclusion: The use of these unstable platforms should be a constant
element in the training program, particularly in sports such as
basketball.
ReferenceSabatucci D, Viggiano D (2013) L’allenamento con il balance disc:
dinamica di apprendimento e influenza delle condizioni atletiche
iniziali. Strength Cond 6:77–79
157 RT OP
Associations between accelerometer-measured and self-
reported physical activity in a sample of Italian
adolescents
E. Codrons1,2,*, M. Vandoni1,*, P. Sacchi1, L. Correale1, S. Ottobrini1,
Y. Leynaud1, L. Marin1, E. Ricagno1, S. Abela3, C.F. Buzzachera4
1LAMA (Laboratory of Adapted Motor Activity), CRIAMS,
Department of Public Health, Experimental Medicine and Forensic
Science University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy2Department of Brain and Behavioral Sciences, University of Pavia,
Pavia, Italy3IRCCS San Matteo, Pavia, Italy4North University of Parana, Londrina, Brazil
* These authors contributed equally to this work
Aim: Physical activity (PA) levels or sedentary behaviour are often
assessed from subjective self-reported instruments. However infor-
mation derived from self-reported questionnaires are potentially
related to response bias and thus validation of PA questionnaires
against criterion measures, such as accelerometry, is crucial. There-
fore, the purpose of this study was to examine the associations
between accelerometer-determined and self-reported PA in a sample
of Italian adolescents.
Method: 30 adolescents (24 boys and 7 girls), aged 18.3 ± 1.1 years
wore accelerometers (Actiheart, Minicoutter�, USA) for 5 consecu-
tive days, including at least one weekend day. Minute-by-minute
activity counts were collapsed into sedentary, light, moderate, and
vigorous intensity activities. PA and sedentary behaviour were mea-
sured using an Italian language short form, self-administered
International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ-SF). Acceler-
ometer and IPAQ-derived values for time in the intensity domains
were compared by paired t test and the bias and variability between
the two measurement methods for each intensity domain was deter-
mined using limits of agreement approach. The relationships between
accelerometer-measured and self-reported PA scores were assessed
using Pearson correlation coefficients (r) and concordance correlation
coefficients (Pc). A significance level of p \ 0.05 was chosen.
Results: Mean IPAQ-reported sitting time was 28 % lower than
accelerometer-measured sedentary time (p \ 0.01). Both the r and
Pc coefficients between indices of sedentary behaviour were weak
(p [ 0.01). Similarly, agreement between accelerometer-measured
and IPAQ-reported measures was much poorer. IPAQ-reported
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S69
123
estimates of moderate and vigorous activity were 0.69-fold lower and
1.96-fold higher than the corresponding accelerometer-derived mea-
sures of indices; r correlations between accelerometer-derived and
IPAQ-reported indices of moderate activity were weak (p [ 0.01),
but r and Pc between vigorous activity measures were reasonably
modest (r = 0.58, Pc = 0.50, p \ 0.01). Pc for moderate activity was
weak (p [ 0.01), reflecting the large divergence of the regression
lines from the line of equality.
Conclusion: Results indicate that the IPAQ-SF was inaccurate to
report PA and sedentary behaviour when compared to objective
measurements in a sample of Italian adolescents. Using IPAQ-SF can
underestimate sedentary behaviour and moderate activities as well as
overestimate vigorous activities.
158 RT OP
The kinect sensor as a new, cost effective tool to study
human gait for field work
C. Zullo, G. Romano, D. Viggiano
Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Campobasso, Italy
Aim: Recording gait is important in the field of biomechanics and
sports science, but existing motion capture systems are not suited for
field work. It would be desirable to track human motion in 3D,
without the use of markers, preferably in open spaces. The Microsoft
KinectTM system provides markerless 3D tracking of human motion
in real-time; it is inexpensive, portable and simple to setup. Consid-
ering its markerless tracking, it provides an amazing accuracy.
This study assessed the validity of the Microsoft KinectTM to study
the human gait cycle against a standard video-analysis.
Methods: Six normal subjects were asked to walk on a treadmill or
along a 3mt long linear path, without constrains. 3D motion tracking
data of the upper limbs were obtained using the Microsoft Kinect
sensor, a real-time 3D scanner.
Results: The Microsoft KinectTM and the standard video-analysis
systems had comparable inter-trial reliability, with large correlation
index for the majority of measurements. The measurements obtained
along a linear path were more reliable compared to those obtained on
a treadmill.
Conclusion: These findings suggest that the Microsoft KinectTM can
be used to analyze the gait pattern for field work, when other more
expensive methods are not available.
ReferencesRomano G, Viggiano D (2014) Interception of moving objects in
karate: an experimental, marker-free benchmark. Muscles Liga-
ments Tendons J (accepted)
Viggiano D, Corona K, Cerciello S, Vasso M, Schiavone-Panni A
(2014) The kinematic control during the backward gait and knee
proprioception: insights from lesions of the anterior cruciate
ligament. J Human Kinetics 41:103–111
159 RT OP
The type of ergometer affects functional evaluation
in elite rowers
E. Faelli, F. Lofrano, L. Perasso, A. Bisio, P. Ruggeri
Department of Experimental Medicine, University of Genoa, Genoa,
Italy
Aim: Rowing involves the body in a global muscular and cardiore-
spiratory work. Energy production mostly derives from aerobic
metabolism. Measuring changes in performance is important for
monitoring the progress of rowers during training and for research
assessing the effect of training and other interventions. Various
studies highlighted the limits of the functional evaluation in water, but
there is still disagreement on the reliability of the ergometers used in
laboratory. The aim of this study was to investigate the reliability of
two different global ergometers, rowing ergometer and cycle
ergometer, in the functional evaluation of rowers.
Method: 10 male junior elite rowers were recruited from a local club.
The experimental protocol was composed of an anthropometric and
body composition assessment and a cardiopulmonary test on the two
different global ergometers. Heart rate (HR), Oxygen Uptake
(VO2max), Power output (Watt) and Blood lactate levels were mea-
sured during the test. Subjects experimented maximal effort at the end
of the exercise phase. Data analysis was performed using a paired
t test and data were expressed as mean ± SE. P \ 0.05 were con-
sidered as threshold for statistical significance.
Results: Paired t test showed that the VO2max value obtained at the
rowing ergometer (4.58 ± 0.2 l/min) was not significantly different
compared with the cycle ergometer (3.99 ± 0.2 l/min); power output
obtained in the rowing ergometer (368 ± 6.63 W) was significantly
greater than that measured at the cycle ergometer (260 ± 6.67 W;
p \ 0.01); lactate levels reached in the rowing ergometer’s test
(6.88 ± 0.73 mmol/l) were significantly higher compared to the cycle
ergometer (4.33 ± 0.63 mmol/l; p \ 0.01) and the ratio W/VO2/min
in the rowing ergometer (81.37 ± 3.1) was significantly greater than
the cycle ergometer (65.98 ± 2.5; p \ 0.01).
Conclusion: Our athletes obtained VO2max values comparable in the
two global ergometers, coming to exhaustion but developing higher
power output in the rowing ergometer than in the cycle ergometer.
Even the high lactate’s data and the high ratio W/VO2/min, measured
in the specific ergometer, showed greater muscular energy efficiency.
Therefore, the rowing ergometer is more reliable for elite rower’s
functional evaluation and training.
ReferencesLawton TW et al (2011) A review. Sports Med 41(5):413–432
Smith TB et al (2012) Sports Med 42(4):343–358
S70 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
FITNESS AND PERFORMANCE
160 FP O
Stress-related hormonal changes to basketball game
in older athletes
C. Cortis1, C. Lupo2, A.M. Teixeira3, L. Rama3, W.J. Kraemer4,
G. Cibelli5, L. Capranica6
1Department of Human Sciences, Society and Health, University
of Cassino e Lazio Meridionale, Cassino, Italy2Department of Medical Sciences SUISM, University of Turin, Turin,
Italy3Research Center for Sport and Physical Activity, Coimbra
University, Coimbra, Portugal4Department of Kinesiology, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT,
USA5Department of Experimental and Clinical Medicine, University
of Foggia, Foggia, Italy6Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to investigate the effects of a bas-
ketball game on ratings of perceived efforts (RPE), heart rate (HR)
responses and salivary hormones (cortisol-sC; alpha-amylase-sAA) in
senior athletes. The ratio of sAA over sC (AOC) has been considered
to provide meaningful information regarding the activity of the
sympathetic-adrenal medullary (SAM) and hypothalamic–pituitary–
adrenal (HPA) axis.
Method: Ten senior (51 ± 7 years) male basketball players partic-
ipated in a 50-min friendly game. Frequency of occurrence of HR
[85 % of individual HRmax was calculated and post-game RPE on
a CR10 scale was collected to evaluate the intensity elicited by the
game. Saliva samples were collected before (PRE) and after (POST)
the competition, and at 10 (post 10), 20 (post 20) and 30-min (post
30) of the recovery phase. Kinetic reaction assay and ELISA
methods were used to analyze sAA and sC, respectively, and AOC
was calculated as the ratio between sAA and sC area under the
curve. A repeated measures ANOVA tested differences (p \ 0.05)
between samplings. Pearson’s correlation was applied to AOC and
RPE.
Results: HR [85 % HRmax was 65 ± 32 % and RPE ranged from
easy to hard (3.4 ± 1.3). POST sAA (415.5 ± 100.9 U/ml) differed
(p \ 0.0001) from PRE (97.8 ± 26.4 U/ml) and recovery samplings
(post 10: 235.1 ± 57.3 U/ml; post 20: 186.7 ± 33.6 U/ml; post 30:
163.8 ± 30.3 U/ml). PRE sC (3.5 ± 0.9 nmol/l) were lower
(p \ 0.001) than POST (11.5 ± 3.0 nmol/l) and recovery (post 10:
13.2 ± 3.9 nmol/l; post 20: 12.6 ± 4.3 nmol/l; post 30:
11.4 ± 3.5 nmol/l). A moderate relationship (r = -0.6; 95 % CI -
0.9 to 0.2; p = 0.12) between AOC (40.1 ± 36.5) and RPE emerged.
Conclusion: The basketball competition posed a high psychobio-
logical stress on players. The faster recovery of sAA with respect to
sC substantiated a faster reactivity of SAM with respect to HPA. A
negative correlation between AOC and subjective ratings was con-
firmed. Further psychobiological investigations on the impact of
different competitions on psychobiological responses in older indi-
viduals are needed.
ReferencesAli, Pruessner (2012) Physiol Behav 12:65–72
Borg (1998) Hum Kinetics
Cortis et al (2014) Book of abstracts of 19th ECSS Congress, 2nd–5th
July, Amsterdam
Filaire et al (2013) Psychoneuroendocrinology 38:1122–1132
161 FP OP
Effects of a training program (physical activity
and hypocaloric diet) on adiponectin expression
in patients severely obese
E. Nigro1, ML. Monaco1, O. Scudiero1, F. Cacciatore2, F. Giuliano3,
N. Ferrara2,3, A. Daniele1,4
1CEINGE Advanced Biotechnologies Scarl, Via Gaetano Salvatore
486, Naples 80145, Italy2Department of Translational and Medical Sciences, University
of Naples, ‘‘Federico II’’, Naples, Italy3Salvatore Maugeri Fondation, IRCCS, Scientific Institute of Telese
Terme, Benevento, Italy4Department of Environmental Biological and Pharmaceutical
Sciences and Technologies, SUN, Caserta, Italy
Aim: Routinely physical exercise is an important component of healthy
aging. In fact, sedentary lifestyle together with unhealthy diet increase
the risk of overweight and obesity, two major public health, clinical, and
economical problems in modern societies. Obesity is a multifactorial
disease associated with numerous metabolic complications; alteration of
adipose tissue functions determines abnormal endocrine production of
adipokines. Among these, adiponectin (Acrp30) is produced as a
monomer and circulates in the serum as oligomers of low (LMW),
medium (MMW) and high weight molecular weight (HMW). It has
been largely demonstrated that HMW are the most relevant biological
oligomers. Unlike the other adipokines, Acrp30 in obesity is produced at
low levels; reduction in body weight is associated with increased cir-
culating levels of Acrp30. The aim of our study was to evaluate the
effect of intense physical activity levels on total Acpr30 levels and its
oligomers in the serum of severely obese patients.
Method: We analyzed 226 severely obese patients (BMI
48.58 ± 9.54) undergoing a 4 weeks program of physical activity
(5 days/week, 40 min + 20 min of treadmill exercise bike/day) and
hypocaloric diet (1,000 kcal/day). Total Acrp30, LMW, MMW and
HMW were evaluated by ELISA and Western blotting assays before
and after 4 weeks of intense physical activity.
Results: The analysis of anthropometric and biochemical data
showed that in severely obese patients after exercise, BMI, blood
glucose, total and LDL-cholesterol were significantly decreased
(P \ 0.05). Furthermore, the Acrp30 total levels and its oligomers
were significantly increased too (P \ 0.05). In addition, correlation
analysis showed that patients with higher Acrp30 levels show a
greater increase in Acrp30 after 4 weeks of physical activity.
Conclusions: In severely obese patients undergoing intense physical
activity and low-calorie diet program, total Acrp30 levels, but in
particular its HMW oligomers increase. Our data suggest the impor-
tance of assessing the entire oligomeric profile of Acrp30 as a potential
indicator of the functionality of adipose tissue. Finally, we demon-
strated that physical activity represent a useful tool to improve Acrp30
function, in particular that of the most biological HMW oligomers.
ReferenceDe Rosa A et al (2013) Adiponectin oligomers as potential indicators
of adipose tissue improvement in obese subjects. Eur J Endocrinol
169(1):37–43
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S71
123
162 FP OP
School-based physical activity interventions to improve
overweight and obese children’s lifestyle
M. C. Gallotta1, S. Iazzoni1, G. P. Emerenziani1, M. Meucci2,
S. Migliaccio1, L. Guidetti1, C. Baldari1
1Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy2Department of Health Leisure and Exercise Sciences, Appalachian
State University, Boone, USA
Aim: Aim of this study was to determine the effects of two different
school-based physical activity (PA) interventions on weight status,
PA and eating habits of overweight and obese schoolchildren.
Method: 53 overweight/obese children were selected from 230
healthy students, according to their percentage of fat mass and they
were randomly assigned to a Traditional PA, to a Coordinative PA or
to a Control group (no PA intervention). Their weight, height, body
mass index, body fat percentage, habitual PA level and eating habits
were assessed before and after the intervention period lasted
5 months.
All measured parameters were analysed using a 3x2x2 mixed analysis
of covariance (ANCOVA) with Group (Traditional PA group vs.
Coordinative PA group vs. Control group), Time (pre vs. post) and
Gender (males vs. females) as within factors and baseline weight data
as covariate.
Results: Body fat percentage was higher in females than males
(32.32 ± 2.89 vs. 27.79 ± 3.35). Weight increased more in females
(50.37 ± 10.07 vs. 51.87 ± 10.34 kg) than in males (53.08 ± 6.25
vs. 54.01 ± 6.31 kg). PA total volume of Traditional group was
higher than Coordinative and Control group (5,497.24 ± 2,041.06
MET-min/week vs. 4,434.06 ± 1,929.80 MET-min/week vs.
3,838.11 ± 1,757.57 MET-min/week, respectively). Intake of pasta
and rice increased in males (4.78 ± 1.60 vs. 5.41 ± 1.05 times/
week). Eggs intake decreased in Coordinative group (3.15 ± 1.50 vs.
2.25 ± 0.79 times/week). Fruit intake increased over the time
(3.94 ± 1.51 vs. 5.04 ± 1.60 times/week). Sweets intake decreased
in Coordinative (3.60 ± 2.20 vs. 1.77 ± 1.50 times/week) and Tra-
ditional groups (3.77 ± 2.77 vs. 1.45 ± 1.38 times/week, p \ 0.05).
Snacks intake decreased in Coordinative (4.20 ± 0.86 vs.
1.88 ± 1.70 times/week and Traditional group (3.59 ± 1.89 vs.
1.91 ± 0.75 times/week) (p \ 0.01).
Conclusion: 5-months intervention was not sufficient to produce
positive effects on children’s weight status and on their physical
activities engagement. However, both PA interventions induced a
positive impact on eating habits.
ReferencesCraig CL et al (2003) International Physical Activity Questionnaire:
12-country reliability and validity. Med Sci Sports Exerc
35:1381–1395
Iannotti J et al (2013) Trends in physical activity, sedentary behavior,
diet, and BMI among US adolescent 2001–2009. Pediatrics
132:606–614
McCarthy HD et al (2006) Body fat reference curves for children. Int
J Obes 30:598-602
163 FP OP
Distribution and localization of subcutaneus adiposity
M. Mondonico1,2, E. Guerra1,3, E. P. Annese, G. Salzone
1Research and Development Department, ELAV Institute, Perugia,
Italy2Techincal Expert Member EHFA European Health and Fitness
Association, Brussels, Belgium3University of Perugia, Perugia, Italy
Aim: The purpose of this study is map the distribution and locali-
zation of sub-cutaneous adiposity. Measure the thickness of the
adipose official sites and new skinfolds by providing more infor-
mation about the distribution of fat in various regions of the body.
In literature, at present, there are no research aimed at mapping the
adipose tissue of the various anatomical regions of the human body
and the current number of skinfolds is not sufficient to meet this
need.
Method: 36 males and 10 female, physically active. With each
subject was established a single appointment, lasting an average of
50 min in which he was subjected in sequence to this series of tests:
Skinfolds (Jackson & Pollock) measures through the use of skinfold
calipers and adipometer. Skinfolds measures using the new system
to 29 skinfolds with caliper and adipometer. Bioelectrical impedance
analysis and general compartment. Measurements: recognition of
each skinfold caliper by means of three consecutive measurements.
Of these, the arithmetic mean was calculated. The above values
have been processed in such a way as to obtain the mean and SD of
the measurements. Based on these medium-sized were then pro-
cessed on percentiles, very helpful in delineating the reference
values.
Results: The new mapping has allowed us to identify 29 locations of
detection of subcutaneous fat. The distribution in percentiles allows
us to define the reference values in relation to sex. Some skinfolds
have shown a high correlation, which allows you to make a complete
measurement with a lower number of skinfolds. Women have a
number of correlations greater than those of men.
Conclusion: This preliminary research opens up very interesting to
understand more precisely the changes in the localization of adiposity
in different body regions. It also opens up the possibility of a better
and more accurate design parameters of training programs aimed at
the reduction of localized fat deposits.
ReferencesEston RG, Rowlands AV, Charlesworth S, Davies A, Hoppitt T
(2005) Prediction of DXA-determined whole body fat from
skinfolds: importance of including skinfolds from the thigh and
calf in young, healthy men and women. Eur J Clin Nutr
59(5):695–702
Koskova I, Petrasek R, Vondra K, Skibova J (2007) Weight, body
composition and fat distribution changes of Czech women in the
different reproductive phases: a longitudinal study. Department of
Anthropology, Charles University in Prague, Faculty of Science,
Czech Republic
S72 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
164 FP OP
Effect of a modified intermittent fasting on strength,
body composition and metabolic variables after 8 weeks
of resistance training in amateur body builders
A. Paoli1, A. Bianco2, T. Moro1, M. Neri3, G. Battaglia2, A. Palma2
1Department of Biomedical Sciences, University of Padova, Padova,
Italy2Sport and Exercise Sciences Research Unit, University of Palermo,
Palermo, Italy3Italian Fitness Federation, Ravenna, Italy
Aim: The aim of our study was to investigate the effects of a modified
fasting protocol during resistance training in a healthy amateur body
builders.
Method: Thirty-four amateur body builders participated in this study
(age 27 ± 4.2, weight 84.6 ± 6.2). Subjects were randomly assigned
to intermittent fasting group (IF) or control group (CTRL). IF subjects
consumed 100 % of their energy needs from 1 p.m. to 7 p.m. (then
they fasting from 8 p.m. to 1 p.m. i.e. 8 h of feeding and 16 h of
fasting -8/16). Subjects divided they caloric intake in three meals
(1 p.m., 3 p.m. and 7 p.m.). CTRL group ingested they caloric intake
in three meals consumed at 8 a.m., 1 p.m. and 7 p.m.). Groups are
matched for kilocalories consumed.
The subjects were tested before and after 8 weeks of the assigned diet
protocol. Fat mass and fat free mass were assessed by dual energy
X-ray absorptiometry (DXA), muscle area of thigh and arm using
anthropometric system. Blood samples were taken to measure tes-
tosterone, IGF-1, IGF-1 BP, blood glucose, Insulin, Adiponectin,
Leptin, T3, TSH, Cholesterol (total, HDL, LDL) and TG. Moreover
bench press and leg press maximal strength were measured.
Results: After 8 weeks IF group showed a significant decrease of FM
compared to CTRL group (p \ 0.005) whilst LBM showed similar
slight increase. Same trend was shown by limbs muscle CSA. Max-
imal strength showed no significant increase without difference
between treatments. Testosterone and IGF-1 and IGF-1 BP showed a
significant decrease (p \ 0.05) in IF group after 8 weeks whilst no
differences were detected in CTRL subjects. Blood glucose showed
no significant changes, whilst there was a significant decrease
(p \ 0.05) of insulin in IF subjects. Adiponectin significant increased
(p \ 0.05) in IF group. Total Leptine decreased only in IF group but
difference disappeared when adjusted per kg of fat mass. T3
decreased only in IF whilst TSH showed no change in both groups.
No significant changes were detected in total cholesterol, HDL, LDL
and TG mean values in both groups.
Conclusion: Our results suggest that an IF 8/16 could improve health
related biomarkers, decrease fat mass and maintain muscle mass. This
kind of regimen could be adopted by body builders to lose fat and
maintain lean body mass in the pre-contest phase or by other athletes
involved in sports with weight categories such as wrestling, boxing,
weight lifting, and power lifting. Future studies to address the long
term effects of IF in athletes are warranted.
165 FP OP
The influence of the stomatognatic apparatus in athletic
performance: the effects of the palatal exteroceptors
stimulation in football players
A. Patti1, G. Messina1,2, A. Iovane1,2, G. Battaglia1, M. Bellafiore1,
A. Bianco1, A. Palma1
1Sport and Exercise Sciences Research Unit, University of Palermo,
Palermo, Italy2Posturalab Italia
Aim: Previous studies demonstrated that the hard palate is richly
supplied with a variety of mechanoreceptors. The papilla incisiva has
a high number of free nerve endings as well as specific mechanore-
ceptors, such as Merkel cell receptors, lamellated corpuscles, and a
few Ruffini corpuscles. The aim of this study was to examine the
possible effects on explosive strength which might derive from the
stimulation of the palatals exteroceptors through the voluntary press
of the ‘‘spot-tongue’’ and the subsequent lingual-occlusal system
influences.
Method: A number of sixty football players voluntarily participated
to the study (Age 24.3 ± 7.2 years; Height 174.3 ± 8.6 cm; Weight
63.7 ± 7.6 kg). Each participant was invited four times to perform
the explosive strength test ‘‘Squat Jump test’’ (SJ). After the first
attempt for the familiarization, the SJ was administered in three dif-
ferent occlusal conditions: SJ with the tongue at the palatal spot (PS-
SJ); SJ with the tongue at the palatal spot and the increase of the
mandible’s verticality (VPS-SJ); SJ with the tongue supported behind
the teeth (BT-SJ). One day data collection was adopted with the
different occlusal conditions administered randomly. STATISTICA
software was adopted to perform a paired t test. A p value lower than
0.05 was considered to be statistically relevant.
Results: The performances of BT-SJ (38.5 ± 4 cm) were generally
lower than to performances both in PS-SJ (40.1 ± 4 cm) and VPS-SJ
(40.4 ± 4,1 cm). Significant differences were identified between BT-
SJ vs. PS-SJ (p \ 0.0001) and BT-SJ vs. VPS-SJ (p \ 0.0001).
Interesting differences were found between PS-SJ vs. VPS-SJ without
scientific significance.
Conclusion: This study showed how the stimulation of the palatals
exteroceptors and the lingual occlusion can influence the perfor-
mance. The tongue supported behind the teeth represents a negative
stimulus that significantly reduces the athletes’ performances and by
contrast, the tongue at the palatal spot, with and without the mandi-
ble’s verticality, can give a positive stimulus improving the
performances, in particular explosive strength. However, our results
have to be confirmed with a larger number of participants and sup-
ported by other studies.
ReferencesHalata Z, Baumann KI (199) Sensory nerve endings in the hard palate
and papilla incisiva of the rhesus monkey. Anat Embryol
199:427–437
Serviere F(1989) Postural examination in daily occlusodontology. Les
Cahiers de prothese 1989:36–42
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S73
123
166 FP OP
Weight problems and lifestyle in a sample
of schoolchildren: methodological aspects
L. Pizzigalli1,2, G. Rissone2, M. Micheletti Cremasco2,3
1Department of Medical Sciences, Motor Science Research Center,
University of Torino, Torino, Italy2SUISM Centro Servizi, University of Torino, Torino, Italy3Department of Life Science and Systems Biology, University
of Turin, Turin, Italy
Aim: During the past two decades, the prevalence of obesity in
children and its relation with the lifestyle has risen greatly
worldwide. A sensible suggestion for a unified system to allow a
rapid screening of childhood obesity has been requested. The first
aim of this study was to understand which is the best anthropo-
metric parameter, the body-mass index (BMI) or the waist
circumference (WC), to evaluate the weight problems in a group
of schoolchildren (7–17 y.o.). The second aim was to evaluate
the relation between the overweight and the lifestyle of these
students: physical activity (sport and physical exercise) and phys-
ical inactivity (homeworks and the use of Video Display Terminal,
VDT).
Method: Anthropometric data were collected in a group of 326
subjects (176 females F, 150 males M) attended a school of Tor-
ino. Moreover, a questionnaire was distributed to analyze their
lifestyle.
Results: The screening shows that only the BMI underlines
underweight cases (3 % M and 2 % F). WC overestimates the
overweight cases, in particular in prepuberal females (WC 50 %,
BMI 8 %) and it is less able to underline gender differences (WC
46 % M and 40 % F, BMI 21 % M, 11 % F). About the relation
between overweight and lifestyle: schoolchildren show not one
overweight case in both gender, when they reach the highest levels
of physical exercise (11.7 h/week of physical activity for males
aged 16.50 y.o. and 4.7 h/w of sport activity for females aged
10.50 y.o.). At the contrary, males aged 12.50 y.o. and females
aged 16.50 y.o. show the highest levels of physical inactivity and
overweight problems.
Conclusion: On the basis of our data it is possible to suggest the use
of BMI as an early warning of health risks for schoolchildren
(7–17 y.o.), since the WC alone results less sensitive. Moreover, the
most cases of overweight and obesity in both gender appear when
they are not addicted to sport activity or when they increase the time
spent to physical inactivity.
ReferencesCacciari E, Milani S, Balsamo A, Spada E, Bona G, Cavallo L, Cerutti
F, Gargantini L, Greggio N, Tonini G, Cicognani A (2006) Italian
cross-sectional growth charts for height, weight and BMI (2 to
20 yr). J Endocrinol Invest 29(7):581–593
Wang Y, Monteiro C, Popkin BM (2002) Trends of obesity and
underweight in older children and adolescents in the United States,
Brazil, China, and Russia. Am J Clin Nutr 75:971–977
167 FP OP
Prevalence of bigorexia and its relationships
with physical activity in a sample of university students:
a pilot study
E. Carraro1, I. Gorrasi1, M. Roppolo1, G. Abate Daga2, S. Bo3,
G. Gilli1
1Department of Public and Pediatric Health Sciences, University
of Turin, Turin, Italy2Department of Neuroscience ‘‘Rita Levi Montalcini’’, University
of Turin, Turin, Italy3Department of Medical Sciences, University of Turin, Turin, Italy
Aim: Bigorexia is a mental disorder characterized by a constant
worry that his own body is too thin. Bigorexics are generally obsessed
with developing muscles, overtrain, and overuse dietary supplements.
Bigorexy may: (1) cause risk behaviors such as the use of anabolic
steroids; (2) be associated with eating disorders, and (3) result in
suicide attempts. Within this picture it is necessary to analyze prev-
alence and signs of bigorexia, in order to make aware healthcare
providers. This process will help to early detect subjects at risk.
Method: 2,047 undergraduate students were asked to answer to an on
line survey. The following instruments were used: the MDDI, for the
identification of bigorexic subjects; Orto-15, for orthorexia nervosa;
and the EAT-26 for eating disorders. Data were treated with
descriptive statistics and one way ANOVA.
Results: The response rate was very low (n = 162; 7.9 %). 126
subjects were included in the analysis. 63 % of the sample (n = 79)
was composed by women. 9 (7.1 %;) subjects were found at risk of
bigorexia (MDDI score C39). The one way ANOVA showed a sig-
nificant relationship between the level of physical activity and the
score in the MDDI total (F(1–120) = 10.65; p = 0.001; g2 = 0.08);
MDDI Drive for Size composite (F(1–120) = 7.44; p = 0.007;
g2 = 0.06) and MDDI Appearance Intolerance (F(1–120) = 32.11;
p \ 0.001; g2 = 0.21), controlling for age, gender and BMI. It is
important to notice that each subject at risk of bigorexy showed at
least another risk score; specifically: orthorexia (n = 2); general
eating disorder (n = 3) and both of them (n = 4).
Conclusion: The sample characteristics (low BMI, physically active)
may induce to think of a group more careful to the issues investigated,
and since these data are just preliminary, a wider investigation is
suggested. However, it is important to study and expand knowledge
about bigorexia, trying to reduce the negative consequences of this
recognized condition.
ReferencesFerrari E, Ruberto MG (2012) La bigoressia o dismorfofobia
muscolare: una nuova patologia emergente. Bollettino della Societa
Medico Chirurgica di Pavia 125(2):373–377
Hepworth K (2010) Eating disorders today-not just a girl thing.
J Christ Nursing 27(3):236–241
Leone JE, Sedory EJ, Gray KA (2005) Recognition and treatment of
muscle dysmorphia and related body image disorders. J Athlet
Training 40(4):352
S74 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
168 FP P
Adaptations of foot support in point fight athletes
M. Bellafiore, G. Battaglia, A. Bianco, A. Lucchese, G. Caramazza,
A. Palma
Department of Law, Society and Sport Sciences, University
of Palermo, Italy
Aim: Several studies have reported that athletes present specific
postural adaptations according to the sport practiced. Little is known
about the plantar pressure pattern in athletes of point-fight (or semi-
contact), one of the specialties of kickboxing. The aim of this study
was to examine the differences in support surface and distribution of
body weight on both feet between point fighters and sedentary
subjects.
Method: Ten athletes (8.65 ± 3.43 years of practice in point fight-
ing) and ten sedentary subjects were recruited for participating into
this study. The first were 21.82 ± 2.40 years old and had
70.91 ± 5.55 kg weight, 173.40 ± 2.72 cm height and 23.57 ± 1.58
BMI. The latter were 21.89 ± 2.80 years old and had
76.61 ± 6.83 kg weight, 177.00 ± 6.51 cm height and 24.52 ± 2.57
BMI. Each participant performed two test of 51.2 s length in ortho-
static position without footwear on a module-platform electronic
baropodometer. Statistically significant differences between groups
and within the same group were calculated with U Mann–Whitney
and Kruskal–Wallis test. They were set to value of P B 0.05.
Results: Athletes and sedentary subjects did not show any significant
difference in anthropometric features. Support surface and load dis-
tribution were significantly bigger in the right than left foot in both
groups. In particular, athletes had a bigger surface in forefeet than
sedentary subjects, in which was predominant in rearfeet. Load dis-
tribution was significantly bigger in rearfeet than forefeet in sedentary
group; while it was bigger in athlete’s forefeet than sedentary
subjects.
Conclusion: These results confirm that practiced sport affects the
plantar pressure pattern. A forward imbalance of body weight
observed in these athletes might cause an increase in energy expen-
diture used for controlling own body balance at the expense of their
sport performance.
ReferencesPaillard T (2014) Sport-specific balance develops specific postural
skills. Sports Med
Zemkova E (2014) Sport-specific balance. Sports Med 44:579–590
169 FP P
Functional Movement ScreenTM scores in young
basketball players
L. Cavaggioni, M. Bardelli, E. Pittaluga, G. Alberti
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy
Aim: In recent years there has been an increase of children who
participate in sport activities and with them an amount of injuries: one
of the most common trauma is the Osgood Schlatter (OS). Many
factors may be involved, such as muscles imbalances, poor flexibility,
postural misalignment. Recent researches suggested that a better
functional movement is associated with reduced injury rates. The
purpose is to provide accessible data about using the Functional
Movement ScreenTM which investigates simultaneously balance,
flexibility, strength and motor control.
Method: 18 male regional-level basketball players (15 ± 1 years,
60 ± 1 kg, 171 ± 0.5 cm, 20.5 ± 1.3 kg/m2) were recruited: with
OS (n = 7) and Healthy (n = 11). All subjects participated to
FMSTM. Mann–Whitney U tests were used to examine differences
due to the rank-order nature of the data.
Results: Differences in the physical condition of the groups were
pointed out by FMSTM: Healthy subjects performed better on hurdle
step, in line lunge, shoulder mobility and trunk stability push up
compared to adolescents with OS (p \ 0.05; p \ 0.005). Instead deep
squat, active straight leg raise and rotary stability show no variations.
Significant differences (p \ 0.005) were also reported in the com-
posite score (12.2 ± 3 H vs. 7 ± 1 OS).
Conclusion: Young basketball players can exhibit different move-
ment profiles. Subjects with OS are less in balance, have minor motor
control and poor thoracic mobility. This could be attributed to the
syndrome which leads to an uncomfortable situation with a limited
functional dynamic coordination. For a basketball player, for whom is
important to be strong, in balance and flexible, the FMSTM could be
an easy strategy to evaluate and train the quality of movements during
the growth period.
ReferencesCook G et al (2006) Pre-participation screening: the use of
fundamental movements as an assessment of function—p1 and
p2. N Am J Sports Phys Ther 1:(62–72), (132–139)
Gholve PA et al (2007) Osgood Schlatter syndrome. Curr Opin
Pediatr 19(1):44–50
Kiesel K et al (2007) Can serious injury in professional football be
predicted by a preseason functional movement screen? N Am J
Sports Phys Ther 2(3):147–158
Maffulli N et al (2010) Sports injuries in young athletes: long-term
outcome and prevention strategies. Phys Sportsmed 38(2):29–34
Paszkewicz JR et al (2013) Comparison of functional and static
evaluation tools among adolescent athletes. J Strength Cond Res
27(10):2842–2850
170 FP P
Differences of evaluation of the maximum consumption
of oxygen determined by the typology of surface utilized
S. Martina, F. A. Faure-Rolland
S.U.I.S.M. (Scuola Universitaria Interfacolta in Scienze Motorie),
University of Turin, Italy
Aim: Previous studies have measured the physiological differences in
running and walking on conventional surfaces and sand. Compared to
the solid surface, the energy cost (CE) of the march on sand results to
be greater: from 1.8 to 2.1/2, 7 times. During running the calculated
CE on sand is from 1.24 times (speed from 7 to 14 km/h), to 1.6
times greater than the solid surface.
Method 18 athletes (23 ± 1 years old), divided in two groups (A; B)
have completed the Legier Test on three surfaces: synthetic (Sy),
grass (Gr) and sand (Sa). The tests were done in different sequences
(A: Sy/Gr/Sa; B: Sy/Sa/Gr) with intervals of 1 week. The number of
steps (STEP), the maximum speed reaches (VAM) and the maximum
oxygen consumption was analyzed.
Results: For both groups the STEP average seems to be lower on Gr
compared to Sy, and even lower on Sa (A: Sy vs. Gr = 0 ± 2 %;
Sy vs. Sa = 6 ± 6 %. B: Sy vs. Gr = 3 ± 4 %; Sy vs.
Sa = 13 ± 5 %). The values of VAM registered are subjective and
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S75
123
generally on Sy and on Gr they are equivalent, but on Sa are lower. In
both groups the average value of VAM is almost equivalent on Sy and
GR, in SA it is lower (A: Sy vs. Gr = 1 ± 2 %; Sy vs. Sa = -
1 ± 3 %; B: Sy vs. Gr = 0 ± 2 %; Sy vs. Sa = 4 ± 2 %). The
analysis on STEP and VAM (Test Wilcoxon-Mann–Whitney, a 0.05)
does not highlight differences between group A and B if the same
surface is used. In A and B there are remarkable differences of STEP
(Test T Wicoxon, a 0.05) on Sa and the other surfaces. The VAM
(Test Wilcoxon, a 0.05) is not different on Sy and Gr. In A (a 0.10)
the VAM on Sa is different than the other surfaces, in B (a 0.05) it is
not.
Conclusion: The STEP completed allow us to evaluate the work
quality which the athletes are capable of completing. On Sa the
muscular qualities that allow to higher the performance (elasticity and
reactivity) are in disfavor and on Sa are lower (A: -6 %; B: -13 %)
than those on Sy. Between the surfaces Sy and Gr the VAM does not
change, but it does on Sa. The considerations done on VAM also
apply on VO2max (=3.5 9 VAM—Legier-Mercier 1988). The coef-
ficient of energy cost of running for VO2max on Sa calculated by us is
3.6 and the CE: 1.14 times the standard.
ReferencesLejune TM, Willwm PA, Heglund MC (1998) Mechanics and
energetics of human locomotion on sand. J Esp Biol 201:2071–2080
Zamparo P et al (1992) The energy cost of walking or running on
sand. Eur J Appl Physiol Occup Physiol 65:183–187
171 FP P
Validation of a bioenergetic mathematical model
to estimate oxygen consumption and lactate
concentration in cycling
A. Zignoli1,4, S. Skafidas1,2, F. Biral3, B. Pellegrini1,4, F. Schena1,4
1CeRiSM (Research Centre of Mountain Sport and Health),
University of Verona, Verona, Italy2Department of Medical and Surgical Sciences, University
of Bologna, Bologna, Italy3Department of Industrial Engineering, University of Trento, Trento,
Italy4Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: Physiological responses to exercise often show a combined
effect of factors which are considered to contribute to performance.
Isolated effects of selected factors can be estimated or interpreted
with additional tools for data analysis such for instance mathematical
modelling. The aim is to validate in a general shaped exercise a
mathematical model that has been built on the basis of an incremental
to exhaustion test using the oxygen consumption and the lactate
concentration data.
Methods: A male cyclist (25 y, PPO 365 W) underwent an incre-
mental test and then a square wave shaped exercise protocol on a cycle
ergometer. A mathematical model has been created as composed by
two differential and uncoupled equations: a first order equation
describing the dynamics of the oxygen consumption and a second
order equation describing the dynamics of the lactate concentration.
Both of them received the mechanical power as an input. The incre-
mental test has been included for model parameter estimation (training
and verification) and to define three different levels of power (light,
hard, very hard) to be maintained during the protocol. Estimated
parameters have been used to predict the behaviour of the system
during the protocol and thus validating the model for that conditions.
Results: Statistical testing of final simulation against analytical
results (test of normality of residuals KS test with p [ 0.1) indicates
that the noise underlying the experimental data is not Gaussian dis-
tributed. Validation and verification processes gave very large values
for correlation coefficient for both the oxygen consumption and the
lactate concentration: e.g. (Spearman’s: q verification 0.9, q valida-
tion 0.87 for VO2) and variance explained (R2 ver 0.81, R2 val 0.75
for VO2) and visual inspection analysis gave comforting impres-
sions on the ability of the model, within its domain of applicability, in
behaving with satisfactory accuracy consistent with the study
objectives.
Conclusion: The computer-aided simulations of this model can fit
and reproduce the data of an incremental test and can predict response
to a general shaped exercise in the same environment and conditions.
This model can be used to estimate the relative contribute of the total
work performed during the exercise as provided by the aerobic and
the anaerobic metabolism. Computer modelling should serve as a tool
for properly designed training programs, ultimately help valorising
the laboratory incremental tests.
172 FP P
Empowerment of physical efficiency in Italian
Policemen: conditions to reach a better working
performances
A. Sirressi1, A. Giunto1, V. Zito1, C. Volpe2, C. Montrone3, G. Sassi1,
S. Tafuri1, F. Fischetti1
1Department of Basic Medical Sciences, Neuroscience and Sense
Organs, University of Bari ‘‘Aldo Moro’’, Bari, Italy;2Health Office, IX Mobile Unit, State Police, Bari;3Health Office, State Police, Police Headquarters, Bari
Aim: The present study assessed the relation between BMI and
physical efficiency among policemen in Italy. This research was
necessary due to the features of this work that needs people be fit and
ready to deal with physical efforts such as running, fighting, etc. In
Italy physical and physiological tests for policeman are compulsory
only during the selection process but not more after and there are no
compulsory training programs. As referred in Poston (2013) trained
firemen show a decrease of their BMI, they could dial better with
job’s stress and there were less injuries during the working time.
Method: We studied a experimental group (EG) of 18 subjects
chosen from the swimming policeman team (M: 18, mean age
44 ± 5 years, BMI range of 28.46 kg/m2) and a control group (CG)
made of 16 subjects with similar age and BMI. The following tests
were proposed: Cooper, Squat Jump (SJ), Counter movement Jump
(CMJ) and 20 m speed test and size sections measurement of biceps,
triceps and belly. The experimental group, performed a training
program based on aerobic and strength exercise that involved all
muscular districts each time of a total duration of 12 weeks (2 times
week/from 600 to 900 each time, one training with the instructor and
one alone). For the comparison of the two groups at the same time
measuring was used the Student t test for unpaired samples. For the
comparison of the average values of the two groups at different times
was analyzed with repeated measures ANOVA (p \ 0.05).
Results: We found that biceps and triceps areas expanded while the
abdominal section reduced in the EG while all areas were steady in
the CG. In spite of this reduction, the rise in belly section in the CG
grows at faster rate. In all tests, between T1 and T2, physical mea-
sures and performances become better in the EG while in the CG we
noticed no changes.
S76 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
Conclusion: All in all, there was an overall improvement of the
fitness level in the training group but there was also a similar trend in
the physical conditions according to the policeman opinions during
formal conversations. More, during the training time there were less
day off for illness and less injuries during the working time. Inter-
estingly, some of the policeman declared the will to continue the
training. Clearly, further researches can be analyzing connections
between physical and working performances.
ReferencesDonnelly JE, Blair SN, Jakicic JN, Manore MM, Rankin JW, Smith
BK (2009) Appropriate physical activity intervention strategies for
weight loss and prevention of weight regain for adults. American
College of Sports Medicine
Poston W, Haddock CK, Jahnke SA, Jitnarin N, Day RS (2013) An
examination of the benefits of health promotion programs for the
national fire service. BMC Public Health
173 FP P
Mental and motor simulations for different locomotor
actions
A. Fusco1,2, M. C. Gallotta1, M. Iosa2, M. E. Villani1, C. Baldari1,
L. Guidetti1
1Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome Foro Italico2Clinical Laboratory of Experimental Neurorehabilitation, IRCCS
Fondazione Santa Lucia
Aim: This study aimed to investigate: (1) potential differences
between mental simulation and motor simulation in walking (in terms
of time and number of steps); (2) potential different subjects’ capacity
to imagine and perform different locomotor acts.
Method: 20 healthy subjects (mean age 29 ± 5 years) were enrolled
and asked to perform several locomotor tasks, randomly allocated.
Three different tasks were performed (mental simulation, stepping in
place as motor simulation, and real performance) in four locomotor
acts (natural walking, W, light running, R, sideways walking, SW,
backwards walking, BW). Subjects were addressed towards a visu-
alized target located at 10 m, but this distance was unknown to the
subject. To assess time and number of steps of the tasks, the partic-
ipants wore a wireless triaxial accelerometer (FreeSense�, Sensorize
s.r.l., Rome), providing motion signals from the body.
Results: Globally, performances during simulation task resulted clo-
ser to actual locomotion with respect to those during imagination task
in terms of time performances. Repeated measure analysis of variance
showed that significant differences were found for all locomotor acts
among tasks (p \ 0.001), except for BW (p = 0.096), Post-hoc
analyses for the significant locomotor acts (W, R, LW) showed that
time was significantly different between imagination and simulation
for all the three tasks (p \ 0.001). Imagination was also different from
normal locomotion for R and LW (p \ 0.001), whereas simulation
was not different from actual locomotion for any of the tasks(R:
p = 0.636; W: p = 0.058; LW: p = 0.487). However, the number of
steps resulted significantly different between simulated and actual
locomotion for BW and LW. Repeated measure analysis of variance
using within subject factor simulated vs. actual locomotion showed
significant differences for the performed steps in LW (p \ 0.001) and
in BW (p = 0.036), whereas neither in W (p = 0.124) nor in R
(p = 0.391) significant differences were observed.
Conclusion: The performance time recorded during motor simulation
resulted closer to the actual locomotion than motor imagery for all the
locomotor acts. This study approached in an innovative way the motor
imagery topic focused on locomotion, revealing an important role of
motor simulation for improving motor performances.
ReferenceIosa M et al (2012) Walking there: environmental influence on
walking-distance estimation. Behav Brain Res 226:124–132
174 FP P
Subjective evaluations in virtual and real Zumba fitness
activity
G. F. Giancotti1, S. P. Sanhueza Alfaro1, L. Capranica2, C. Cortis1
1Department of Human Sciences, Society and Health, University
of Cassino e Lazio Meridionale, Cassino, Italy2Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome ‘‘Foro Italico’’, Rome, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to compare subjective parameters
during Zumba Classes (ZC) and the corresponding console-based
video game (Zumba Fitness Rush-ZFR).
Method: Ten college students (sport science majors; 5 males and
5 females; age 25 ± 2 years; height 1.7 ± 0.1 m; weight
64.1 ± 13.7 kg; BMI 22.9 ± 3.8) volunteered to participate in the
study. Ten minutes before (pre) a ZC (university fitness center) and
ZFR (XBOX Kinect, lesson 1, long version) Profile of Mood State
(POMS) questionnaire was administered. POMS and Physical
Activity Enjoyment Scale (PACES) data were also recorded 30-min
after (post) the end of the exercise. Energy expenditure (VO2) and
Rating of Perceived Exertion (RPE) were considered to evaluate the
exercise intensity as presented in a previous study. ANOVA for
repeated measures was applied to evaluate differences (p \ 0.05) in
relation to activity (ZC vs. ZFR), gender (males vs. females) and
experimental session (pre vs. post).
Results: No difference emerged for gender and activity in RPE (males:
ZC = 4.0 ± 2.0 pts; ZFR = 4.0 ± 1.0 pts; females: ZC = 4.5 ± 1.7
pts; ZFR = 2.3 ± 1.3 pts) and in VO2 (males: ZC = 24.8 ± 5.8 ml/kg/
min; ZFR = 20.4 ± 3.5 ml/kg/min; females: ZC = 26.0 ± 2.0 ml/kg/
min; ZFR = 22.3 ± 4.2 ml/kg/min).
Furthermore, no differences emerged PACES (ZC: males = 31.3 ±
4.0 pts, females = 31.5 ± 4.7 pts; ZFR: males = 30.2 ± 5.4 pts,
females = 31.4 ± 4.9 pts). Typical POMS iceberg profiles were
always observed, with differences (p \ 0.05) found only in Vigour-
activity in relation to gender (ZC-pre: males = 29.7 ± 4.0 pts,
females = 18.8 ± 3.6 pts; ZC-post: males = 30.3 ± 2.1 pts, fema-
les = 18.5 ± 5.1 pts; ZFR-pre: males = 26.0 ± 5.6 pts, females =
20.0 ± 2.5 pts; ZFR-post: males = 28.0 ± 5.2 pts, fema-
les = 20.8 ± 1.6 pts) and in fatigue-inertia (p \ 0.05) in ZFR in
relation to condition (pre = 3.6 ± 4.1 pts; post = 2.3 ± 2.5 pts).
Conclusion: Although no differences were observed in objective and
subjective evaluations of ZC and ZFR, gender differences emerged in
the vigour-activity scale with higher values found in males, probably
because of their higher fitness level. Moreover, the lower fatigue-
inertia values found at the end of ZFR could be the results of the
enjoyment of the music, able to provide dissociation from the exer-
cise-related fatigue and discomfort by shifting the focus to the
external information.
ReferencesBiagini et al (2012) J Strength Cond Res 26(7):1934–1938
Cortis et al (2014) Med Sci Sports Exerc 46:S63
Farne et al (1991) Organizzazioni Speciali
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S77
123
175 FP P
Motor coordinator, body mass index, and sport
participation in 6-11 years old children
L. Pugliese1, M. Giuriato2, A. Caumo1, A. La Torre1
1Department of Biomedical Science for Health, University of Milan,
Milan, Italy2School of Sport Sciences, University of Milan, Milan, Italy
Aim: Motor coordination (MC) in childhood plays a crucial role in
the physical and psychological health in childhood and even
throughout the lifespan. Nevertheless a decline in MC among children
and an increase in child obesity have been reported. The aim of this
study was to examine the MC level in 6–11 years old children and its
relationship with BMI and sport participation.
Method: 240 Italian children of both gender participated in the study.
Participants were divided into three groups according to age and
school grade: 1� grade (G1) (n = 90, range = 6–7 years;
h = 1.23 ± 0.05 m; w = 24.9 ± 3.9 kg); 3� grade (G3) (n = 66,
range = 8–9 years; h = 1.34 ± 0.05 m; w = 32.3 ± 5.3 kg); 5�grade (G5) (n = 86, range = 10–11 years; h = 1.47 ± 0.06 m;
w = 40.2 ± 8.1 kg). Motor coordination was assessed through the
Korperkoordinationstest fur Kinder (KTK). Cut off points for BMI in
childhood were used to categorize the participants as underweight
(UW), normal (NW), overweight (OW) and obese (OB). Physical
activity (PA) of the parents was evaluated through IPAQ question-
naire with attached a dichotomous question about the participation in
organized sport activities of their children.
Results: A significant MQ decrease was found from G1 to G5 (G1,
99.7 ± 7.4; G3, 90 ± 6.65, G5, 84.6 ± 7.4). As for BMI, results
showed an increase of OW and OB children from G1 (OW = 11 %;
OB = 1 %) to G3 (OW = 32 %; OB = 3 %) and G5 (OW = 29 %;
OB = 9 %). A significant interaction was found between BMI and
MQ. OW and OB categories had MQ values significantly lower than
NW and UW (93.55 ± 11.35 vs. 86.2 ± 8.9). As for PA, a significant
interaction was found between parents IPAQ and children MQ. Par-
ents with a high level of PA have children with higher MQ respect to
parents with a low level of PA. No difference in MQ and BMI was
found between children involved in organized sport activities and
children not involved.
Conclusion: These data confirm a significant decrease in MC over the
years together with an alarming increase in child obesity. Relationship
between parents PA and children MQ suggest that family environ-
ment could have great influence in MC. The inconsistent relationship
between BMI and MC and sport activity suggest that children prob-
ably don’t achieve a sufficient stimulus during their organized
activity. In conclusion, efforts should be made in order to face the
decline in MC, to promote healthy eating habits and adequate levels
of physical activities.
ReferencesCole T et al (2000) Establishing a standard definition for child
overweight and obesity worldwide: international survey. BMJ
320:1–6
Vandorpe B et al (2011) The KorperkoordinationsTest fur Kinder:
reference values and suitability for 6–12-year-old children in
Flanders. Scand J Med Sci Sports, 378–388
176 FP P
The effects of neuromuscular training on upper body
strength in young students
R. Benis1, M. Roncelli1, L.Russo2, A. La Torre1
1Department of Biomedical Science for Health Physical Education,
University of Milan, Milan, Italy2Department of Applied and Clinical Science and Biotechnology,
University of L’Aquila, L’Aquila, Italy
Aim: Aim of this study is to measure the influence of a trunk and
lower limbs neuromuscular training program on upper limbs strength
in young students of secondary school.
Method: One-hundred twenty-four students of secondary school
ITG.S Giacomo Quarenghi of Bergamo (16 ± 2 y-o; 62.9 ± 8.4 kg;
174 ± 7 cm; 20.8 ± 3.1 kg/m2) were involved in a 9-weeks protocol
consisting of 2 session/week of 1 h of physical education. All subjects
were divided in two groups: 79 in the ‘‘experimental group’’ and 68 in
a ‘‘control group’’. The 15 min neuromuscular program consisted in
core endurance, plyometrics and strength exercises with use of body
weight, instead the control group performed the normal physical
education lessons plane. The program provides trunk and lower limbs
activity without exercises for upper limbs.
Subjects were tested at baseline (BL) and week 9 (W9). Upper body
strength is measured with a hand grip dynamometer. A paired t test
and a unpaired t test were used respectively to assess pre-post dif-
ferences within groups and between groups. Results were expressed
as mean ± SD. Significant differences were found at p \ 0.05.
Results: All participants completed the 9 weeks program with a mean
adherence of 90 %. No significant differences were found at BL in the
two groups. The experimental group at W9 showed significant
improvements in hand grip test with dominant hand. The control
group did not show any significant difference at W9 compared to BL.
Conclusion: The study shows how a neuromuscular training program,
designed for trunk and lower limbs, has a significant influence on the
isometric upper limbs strength in young students.
ReferencesGriffin LY et al (2005) Noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injuries:
risk factors and prevention strategies. J Am Acad Orthop Surg
8:141–150
Massy-Westropp et al (2011) Hand grip strength: age and gender
stratified normative data in a population-based study. BMC Res
Notes 4:127
Sartorio A et al (2002) The impact of gender, body dimension and
body composition on handgrip strength in healthy children.
J Endocrinol Invest 25:431–435
177 FP P
The slow strip set resistance training
A. Rossi, M. Chirico, D. Formenti, A. Trecroci, G. Alberti
Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milan,
Milano, Italy
S78 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
Aim: In order to enhance muscular power and strength, the American
College of Sports Medicine recommends performing high intensity
resistance training (HI-RT) lifting 70 % of 1RM. However, the same
achievements could be obtained performing low intensity resistance
exercise (20 % of 1RM) in conjunction with external wrapping
devices to restrict the blood flow (BFRRT). Similar effects are also
produced by relatively low intensity resistance training (50 % of
1RM) with slow movement and tonic force generation (LST). Alberti
et al. suggest performing low intensity resistance training with slow
movement until exhaustion using two overload strip (from 50 to 30 %
of 1RM) to obtain the same power and strength gain and to decrease
the injury risks. The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of a
new resistance training method on power and strength levels.
Methods: 22 amateur male Wing Chun martial artists
(31.82 ± 11.17 years; 23.64 ± 2.14 kg/m2) were recruited and ran-
domly divided into two groups: experimental group (EG) performed
4 weeks, 3 session per week, of slow strip set (SSS) on bench press in
addition to the baseline training while control group (CG) continued
their baseline training. Peak power (PP) and 1RM were assessed
before and after the training period. Paired t test and effect size (ES)
were used for statistical analysis, with confidence interval set at 95 %.
Results: Significant difference was not found between the two groups
before the training period in PP and 1RM. The EG improved PP
(p \ 0.001; ES = 0.63, moderate) and 1RM (p \ 0.001; ES = 0.53,
moderate), while the CG did not improve strength and power values
from pre to post training period.
Discussion: As expected, after 4 weeks of SSS training, 1RM and PP
on bench press were improved. The SSS resistance training permitted
to achieve the same power and strength gains of HI-RT, to obtain the
same neuromuscular adaptation of BFRRT and to decrease the injury
risk like in LST.
ReferencesAbe T et al (2006) Muscle size and strength are increased following
walk training with restricted venous blood flow from the leg
muscle, Kaatsu-walk training. J Appl Physiol 100:1460–1466
Tanimoto M et al (2009) Low-intensity resistance training with slow
movement and tonic force generation increases basal limb blood
flow. Clin Physiol Funct Imaging 29:128–135
Alberti G et al (2012) L’allenamento della forza a bassa velocita: il
metodo della serie lenta a scalare
178 FP P
The role of ankle–foot orthoses on walking parameters
L. Strassera1,2, E. Faelli1, F. Lofrano1,2, E. Pelosin2, L. Perasso1, M.
Bove1, P. Ruggeri1
1Department of Experimental Medicine (DIMES), Institute of Human
Physiology, University of Genova, Italy2Department of Neurocience, Rehabilitation, Ophthalmology,
Genetics and Mother and Child Care, (DINOGMI), University
of Genova, Italy
Aim: In recent years, ankle–foot orthoses (AFOs) have been used
extensively for treatment of patients with ankle injuries. Several
studies in subjects and athletes with functional ankle instability
reported the positive effects of AFOs on postural control while others
studies, investigating the role of AFOs on pathologic walking, showed
that gait with AFO results mechanically inefficient and leads to ele-
vated energy cost. The aim of this research was to study the effects of
short term use of AFO on walking parameters in healthy subjects.
Method: The orthosis was applied for 4 h on the dominant limb in 15
healthy subjects (age 29 ± 5.8). Subjects were asked to walk without
orthosis for 15 trials on GaitRite System in 3 different testing times:
basal condition (pre), immediately after the orthosis removal (post-4),
and after 1 h from the orthosis removal (post-5). Cadence, Velocity,
H-H base support, Stance and Swing parameters were measured
during the trials. Data analysis was performed using LSD test and
P \ 0.05 was considered as threshold for statistical significance.
Results: Mean cadence and velocity did not show any significant
difference after 4 h, whereas mean Swing, Stance and H-H base
support at post-4 significantly changed with respect to basal condi-
tion. In particular Swing, measured at post-4 in the limb without
orthosis showed a significant (P = 0.004) decrease compared to basal
value (pre: 39.3 % gait cycle; post 4: 38.8 % gait cycle) while Stance
at post-4 increased with respect to pre (pre = 60.7 % gait cycle; post-
4 = 61.3 % gait cycle) (P = 0.004). Similarly, H–H base support
measured at post-4 significantly (P \ 0.0001) increased compared
with basal value (pre = 8.1 cm; post-4 = 9.08 cm). At post-5 Swing,
Stance and H-H base support reached again their initial values.
Conclusion: This work demonstrated that a short term use of AFO
can significantly influence walking parameters in healthy subjects.
ReferencesBaier M, Hopf T (1998) Ankle orthoses effect on single-limb standing
balance in athletes with functional ankle instability. Arch Phys Med
Rehabil 79:939–944
Collins SH, Kuo AD (2010) Recycling energy to restore impaired
ankle function during human walking. PLoS ONE 5
ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
179 AP O
Physical exercise and bone: friends or foes?
G. Lombardi1, G. Banfi1,2
1Laboratory of Experimental Biochemistry and Molecular Biology,
I.R.C.C.S. Istituto Ortopedico Galeazzi, Milan, Italy2Department of Biomedical Sciences for Health, University of Milano,
Milan, Italy
About 70 % of the total inter-individual variance in bone density is
genetically determined, while, modifiable lifestyle factors (i.e., diet,
calcium intake, vitamin D status, physical activity) are crucial for
obtaining and maintaining the peak bone mass, especially in child-
hood and adolescence. Bone dynamically respond to environmental
stimuli by remodeling its architecture and increasing/decreasing its
density: mechanical loading represents the major anabolic stimulus.
Regular aerobic physical activity positively modulates bone density
and, thus, physical activity is considered effective in preventing and
treating bone loss and post-menopausal osteoporosis [1]. However,
different physical activities exert different effects on bone with the main
variables being the loading degree (weight-bearing vs. not-weight-
bearing) and the intensity/frequency (intermittent vs. continuous).
We focused on pro-cyclists, who experience a strenuous effort in
absence of load. The induction of bone resorption [+45 % TRAP5b
(osteoclast activity), +200 % in Sost (anti-anabolic), -100 % PINP
(formation)], was effort-dependent and two-way linked with other
tissues through the activation of signaling axes: bone-adipose tissue-
b-cells [2], bone-kidney [3], bone-gonads [4]. Changes in the serum
levels of the markers of these axes indicate the attempt in keeping
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S79
123
homeostasis over the strenuous effort, although bone homeostasis
fails. These findings underline that the detrimental bony effects of
cycling might be considered in the management of athletes, especially
in young.
On the other hand, there is no consensus about intensity, duration,
and frequency of exercise to maximize bone accruement, or reverse
age-related bone loss. However, it seems that intermittent mechanical
stimulation is more osteogenic. When compared to continuous run-
ning, small-sided soccer games result in greater bone mineralization
in both youth and elderly [5].
Finally, it is necessary to consider that, whilst radiological mea-
sures cannot determine immediate changes in bone, serum levels of
bone turnover markers, reflecting bone cell metabolism, are useful
tools allowing serial evaluations of the bone status [6].
ReferencesLombardi G et al (2011) Eur J Appl Physiol 111:433–440
Lombardi G et al (2012) PLoS ONE 7:e42077
Lombardi G et al (2013) Scand J Med Sci Sports
Grasso D et al (2013) Scand J Med Sci Sports
Martyn-St James M, Carroll S (2010) J Bone Miner Metab
28:251–267
Banfi G et al (2010) Sports Med 40:697–714
180 AP OP
Influence of a flexibility training program
on psychophysical health of elderly women
G. Battaglia1, M. Bellafiore1, A. Paoli2, A. Bianco1, A. Palma1
1Department of Law, Social and Sport Sciences, University
of Palermo, Italy2Department of Biomedical Sciences, Physiological Laboratory,
University of Padova, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to assess the influence of a specific
flexibility training program on the spinal health status and the health-
related quality of life (HRQoL) in female older subjects.
Method: Thirty older women were recruited in a senior centre of
Palermo and randomly assigned in two groups: trained group [TG] (n:
17; age 68.35 ± 6.04 years; BMI 27.28 ± 3.08) and control group
[CG] (n: 13; age 69.69 ± 7.94 years; BMI 27.88 ± 2.81). TG was
trained for 8 weeks by two sessions/week. In particular, every training
session included three phases: warm up (*10 min), central period
(*50 min) including specific exercises to train spinal flexibility, and
cool down (*10 min). CG did not perform any programmed physical
activity during the experimental period. Spinal ranges of motion
(ROM) were measured from neutral standing position (NSP) to
maximum bending position (MBP), and from NSP to maximum
extension position (MEP) before and after the experimental period
using the SpinalMouse� device (Idiag, Volkerswill, Switzerland).
HRQoL was evaluated by SF-36 Health Survey, which assesses
patients’ self reported health quality of life using physical and mental
composite scores. It investigated two dimensions: physical compo-
nent summary (PCS-36, physical domain of SF-36, scores ranging
from 0 to 70) and mental component summary (MCS-36, mental
domain of SF-36, scores ranging from 0 to 70).
Results: After the training period, TG showed an increase in thoracic
ROM by 22.5 % compared to CG from MEP to MBP. We did not
observe any significant difference in TG’s lumbar ROM compared to
CG after the training period (p [ 0.05) [1]. Moreover, we found
increased physical (PCS-36) and mental (MCS-36) component sum-
maries after the exercise period in TG compared to CG.
Conclusion: We found that the used training program performed for
8 weeks could improve the spinal flexibility and the health-related
quality of life in female older subjects. In agreement with the 2009
American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) position statement,
these data might increase the knowledge about the topic of method-
ology of geriatric gymnastic and improve psychophysical health
status in elderly people.
ReferenceBattaglia et al (2014) Changes in spinal range of motion after a
flexibility training program in elderly women. Clin Interv Aging 9
653–660
181 AP OP
Physical exercise: a new strategy to improve cognitive
function in COPD patients
G. Aquino1, A.Vardaro2, E. Iuliano1, A. di Cagno3, G. De Simone2,
G. Calcagno1
1Department of Medicine and Health Sciences, University of Molise,
Italy2Casa Di Cura Villa Margherita, Benevento, Italy3Department of Health Science, University Foro Italico, Rome, Italy
Aim: The aim of the study was to analyze the effects of high intensity
combined training, on cognitive functions in subjects with chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and then compare them with
the effects of high intensity aerobic training, in order to identify the
protocol that brings greater benefits.
Method: Fourteen COPD male subjects (68.35 ± 9.64), hospitalized
in a rehabilitation clinic, were recruited and divided into two groups
of physical training: Group 1 (combined training) and Group 2
(aerobic training). Both experimental groups were subjected to
physical reconditioning for 4 weeks, with a frequency of 5 training
sessions per week. Training program provided per day was: for Group
1 two sessions of 30 min (aerobic session: exercise on treadmill; and
strength session: strengthen exercises), for Group 2 one session of
30 min (only aerobic session: exercise on treadmill). Before and after
the experimental training protocol, the subjects were evaluated with
physical exercise tests and cognitive test (mental deterioration
battery).
Results: The statistical analysis shows improvement, for both groups,
in all physical exercise tests and in only a few specific cognitive
domains: long-term memory, verbal fluency and attentional capacity
(p \ 0.05). Moreover Group 1 improved also in apraxia and reason-
ing skills (p \ 0.05).
Conclusion: Results suggests that, in COPD patients, the combined
training may be a possible strategy to prevent cognitive decline, a
comorbidities associated with this respiratory disease.
ReferencesDodd JW et al (2010) Cognitive function in COPD. Eur Respir J
35(4):913–922
Liu-Ambrose T et al (2010) Resistance training and executive
functions: a 12-month randomized controlled trial. Arch Intern
Med 170(2):170–178
S80 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
182 AP OP
Association among sarcopenia, muscle strength,
physical activity and quality of life in healthy elderly
F. Cereda1, P. Vago1, M. Gatti2, L. Colombo2, M. Narici3
1Department of Pedagogy, University Cattolica del Sacro Cuore
of Milan, Italy2Department of Psychology, University Cattolica del Sacro Cuore
of Milan, Italy3School of Graduate Entry Medicine and Health Derby, University
of Nottingham, UK
Aim: The aim of this study is to investigate the association between
sarcopenia, muscle strength and variables related to quality of life in
elderly enrolled in a fitness center.
Method: 88 volunteers (40 male and 48 female) aged from 64 to
83 years (mean 72.3 ± 4.6 years), underwent the following mea-
surements: body composition analysis (BMI and BIA), handgrip
strength, quality of life level was measured using the Medical Out-
comes Survey Short-form General Health Survey (SF-36) translated
and validated for Italy (Apolone and Mosconi 1998) and physical
activity level of the participants measured with the IPAQ-short ver-
sion (Manocci et al. 2010). The data were analyzed with descriptive
statistics and the Spearman correlation coefficient.
Results: Mean BMI was 26.5 (±3.7) in men and 24.7 (±3.5) in
women; Skeletal Muscle Index (SMI) was 34.3 (±3.2) in men and
30.8 (±4.9) in women; maximal handgrip was 40.6 (±6.9) kg in men
and 24.1 (±4.4) kg in women. A total of 43 subjects were classified as
non-sarcopenic and 45 as sarcopenic according Janssen et al. (2002).
The prevalence of sarcopenia in our cohort was 75 % in men and
31.25 % in women. We found a correlation between SMI and pain
(rho = -0.245; p \ 0.05), in particular sarcopenic or pre-sarcopenic
people reported a more intensive pain. Instead, in our sample there
was no correlation between SMI and physical activity level. However,
physical activity was positively correlated with social activities
(rho = 0.301; p \ 0.01).
Conclusion: In this population, low muscle mass was found to be
related with an increased perception of pain but not with the level of
physical activity. However this dimension was quite high, in fact
people were enrolled in a fitness center, were people have a social
activity. These two variables could represent protective factors for
health. It is noteworthy that the increased perception of pain in the
sarcopenic elderly does not result in an actual limitation of mobility,
this may be due to a reduction of inflammation afforded by regular
physical activity (Nicklas and Brinkley, Exerc Sport Sci Rev 37,
2009)
ReferencesBijlsma AY et al (2013) Diagnostic criteria for sarcopenia and
physical performance. Age (Dordr)
Janssen I et al (2002) Low relative skeletal muscle mass (sarcopenia)
in older persons is associated with functional impairment and
physical disability. JAGS 50(5)
183 AP OP
Introducing adapted physical activity for obese patients
after bariatric surgery
A. Cirella1, F. Galle1, E. Giuliano2, V. Di Onofrio3, F. Siciliano1, S.
Forte1, A. M. Salzano2, G. Liguori2
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2Evangelic Hospital ‘‘Villa Betania’’, Naples, Italy3Department of Sciences and Technologies, University of Naples
‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: Obesity is one of the main challenges of public health and a risk
condition for several diseases. To reach a target weight, obese patients
often resort to bariatric surgery. Since physical activity (PA) is pro-
tective for individuals of every age and condition, Adapted Physical
Activity (APA) could be useful in the management of weight post-
intervention. This study is aimed to verify how bariatric surgery
improves body weight and comorbidities in obese patients, and if
APA could contribute to increase these effects.
Method: The study consists of two phases. First of all, beneficial
effects of bariatric surgery on comorbidities in patients with Body
Mass Index (BMI) [30 kg/m2 were evaluated. A total of 142 sub-
jects (105 F, 37 M; mean age 33 years) who underwent to gastric
by-pass or banding were recruited. Demographic data, BMI, pre-
sence of comorbidities (type II diabetes, sleep apnoea, hypertension)
were evaluated at the time of intervention (T0) and after 13 months
(T13).
In the current phase, a sample of 60 patients (40 F, 20 M; mean
age 40 y) recruited after intervention was divided in two groups:
one of these was addressed to a structured APA program, while the
other represents the control group. BMI and body composition,
physical fitness (Senior Fitness Test), quality of life (Obesity-
Related WELL-being questionnaire) and motivation for change
(Dropout Risk Profile) were evaluated at the time of intervention
(T0) and measurements proceed bimonthly. The APA program is
structured in 2 h of sessions at week and includes coordination
floor exercises and walk, associated to periodic collective meetings
of counseling.
Results: Regarding the first phase, at the end of follow-up a 30 %
decrease of BMI was registered in by-pass patients and a 17 %
decrease in banding patients. Comorbidities, present at the beginning
in the 63 % of the sample, were reduced in all the patients. The
second phase of the study is now in progress. At T0 all the subjects
showed motor skills lower than normal levels and all of them per-
ceived the weight as the main obstacle to PA practice. The 94.7 % of
the experimental group showed a high dropout risk.
Conclusions: Our findings confirmed the beneficial effects of bari-
atric surgery on comorbidities in obese patients. Future results of the
structured program could demonstrate the role of APA in improving
these effects.
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S81
123
184 AP OP
Elastic bands and strength performance in multiple
sclerosis patients: a longitudinal study
M. Gollin1, L. Beratto2, R. Allois3, A. Binelli3, C. Mazza3,
S. Di Tommaso3, F. Abate Daga3
1Department of Clinical and Biological Sciences; Motor Science
Research Center, University School of Motor and Sport Sciences,
University of Turin, Italy2PhDc in Experimental Medicine and Therapy, University of Turin,
Italy3University School of Motor and Sport Sciences Graduate, University
of Turin, Italy
Aim: To investigate whether the Pilates method, compared with static
stretching and elastic band exercises, alters trunk flexibility, body
balance, spinal column posture and lower limb strength in a group of
subjects with relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis.
Method: The elastic group (EG) included 7 subjects (52 ± 10 years,
56 ± 5 kg, height 160 ± 6 cm, 2 ± 3 EDSS Expanded Disability
Status Scale). The Pilates group (PG) consisted of 7 subjects
(45 ± 6 years, 63 ± 15 kg, height 164 ± 6 cm, 2 ± 2 EDSS). The
static stretching group (SSG) included 8 subjects (50 ± 18 years,
64 ± 13 kg, 167 ± 10 cm in height, EDSS 4 ± 2). The groups were
evaluated after a month of learning the exercise techniques to elim-
inate the learning effect (T0), after a further 2 months (T1), and
finally after another 2 months training (T2), for an evaluation of the
effects caused by 4 months training.
Results: In EG between T0 vs. T1: (1) Dev. St. AP with open eyes
(post hoc, p \ 0.05, -35 %); (2) area with open eyes (post hoc,
p \ 0.05, -51 %); (3) Dev. St. AP with closed eyes (post hoc,
p \ 0.05, -26 %); (4) area with closed eyes (post hoc, p \ 0.01,
-52 %). A significant change was observed in SSG and PG between
T0 vs. T2 in the Sit and reach test (SSG, post hoc, p \ 0.05, +15 %
PG, post hoc, p \ 0.05, +15 %). A significant change was detected in
SSG between T0 vs. T2 in the inclination of the torso in the upright
position measured by the Spinal Mouse� (post hoc, p \ 0.05,
-55 %). In PG and EG a significant variation was also detected
between T0 vs. T2 in the Sit to stand test (PG, post hoc, p \ 0.01,
+31 %; GE, post hoc, p \ 0.05, +39 %).
Conclusion: EG increased the strength of the lower limbs and body
balance; PG improved the strength and flexibility of the lower limbs;
SSG (30 s) improved the lower back and hamstring flexibility.
185 AP OP
Physiological effects of aerobic training in chronic
stroke patients: mechanisms for changes in oxygen
consumption: a pilot study
A. Pedrinolla1, D. Munari1,2, N. Smania2, F. Schena1
1Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy2Neuromotor and Cognitive Rehabilitation Center, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: The first aim of the study was to investigate the physiological
effect of a high intensity aerobic training in chronic stroke patients.
The second aim was to understand the mechanism of adaptation in
oxygen consumption (VO2peak) that occurs with a three-month aer-
obic training in this population.
Method: Six chronic stroke patients (age 60 ± 5 years; weight
87.0 ± 13.0 kg; high 1.72 ± 0.07 m; BMI 29.2 ± 3.1; VO2peak
21.0 ± 5.1 ml/kg/min) performed a three-month high intensity
treadmill training. The subject were screened by a medical assessment
consisting of resting electrocardiography (ECG) and rest ECG. The
subjects were evaluated before starting the training (T0) and after the
end of the training (T1). During the VO2peak test, were evaluated
central factors: cardiac output (CO) by mean of finger plentismog-
raphy, and peripheral factors: oxyhemoglobin (HbO2) and
deoxyhemoglobin (Hb) by mean of near infrared spectroscopy on
both legs. The training mode was uphill treadmill walking, 5 9 5 min
interval training at 95 % VO2peak preceded by 8-min warm-up on the
treadmill at 50 % of VO2peak.
Results: Relative VO2peak increased from a mean of 18.6 ± 2.7 to
24.8 ± 4.8 ml/kg/min. Absolute VO2peak increased from a mean of
1,630 ± 300 to 2,115 ± 377 ml/min. CO did not change signifi-
cantly. Peripheral factors did not change significantly in the healthy
side meanwhile in the paretic side only the deoxyhemoglobin
increased significantly, from a mean of 22.1–26.8 (lM). Correlation
between VO2peak (ml/kg/min) and CO (l/min) was not found. Cor-
relation between changes in healthy side peripheral factors and
VO2peak (ml/kg/min) were not found. A great correlation between
VO2peak (ml/kg/min) and change in deoxyhemoglobin (lM) in
paretic side was found (r = 0.95).
Conclusion: Three-month aerobic training allows significant
improvement in VO2peak (ml/kg/min) in chronic stroke patients. We
supposed that in this kind of population, the main adaptation occurs at
the peripheral level due to an increased muscle efficiency in the
oxygen uptake, especially in the paretic side.
ReferenceBillinger, Coughenour, MackKay-Lyons (2012) Reduced cardiore-
spiratory fitness after stroke: biological consequences and exercise-
induced adaptation. Stroke Res Treat
186 AP OP
The effect of physical training in Special Olympics
athletes with intellectual disabilities
P. R. Brustio1,2, S. Albertano, E. Rabaglietti1,2, M. E. Liubicich1
1SUISM, University of Torino, Italy2Department of Psychology, University of Torino, Italy
Aim: It has been well documented that persons with intellectual
disabilities have lower levels of postural balance, compared with
peers without intellectual disability, worse performance in everyday
self-management, and increased falling risk. Special Olympics
International (SOI) may be a means to enhance the overall wellbeing
and to promote the social inclusion in persons with intellectual dis-
abilities. The aim of this study was to assess the effect and gender-
related difference of a Special Olympics training on balance in a
sample of adult athletes.
Methods: We analyzed the data and autonomy of 16 adults
(M = 32.25 ± 7 years) with different range of intellectual disability.
They were Special Olympics athletes. The sample was composed of
6 men (M = 30.8 ± 5.7 years) and 10 females (M = 33.1 ±
7.8 years). The sample followed a training based on Special Olympics
competition for 15 weeks, twice a week for 90 min per session.
Subjects were examined at baseline and post-intervention by means of
a selection test including the Tandem Stance Test and the One Leg
Stance Test. Non-parametric analyses were used to assess differences
from baseline measures and the post-intervention. The significance
level was set at p \ 0.05.
S82 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
Results: The Wilcoxon Signed-Rank test showed a difference
from baseline to post-intervention in Tandem Stance Test
from Mdn = 10.57 s to Mdn = 34.24 s (z = -1.988, p \ 0.05),
while the data showed an improvement, without significant result, in
the performance of One Leg Stance Test from Mdn = 2.45 s
to Mdn = 11.09 s.
Conclusions: The results of this study, with the limitations due to the
low number and the heterogeneity of the sample, showed as a target
Special Olympics training may be a feasible opportunity to increase
the physical function and the health in adults with intellectual
disability.
ReferencesBlomqvist S et al (2013) Adolescents with intellectual disability have
reduced postural balance and muscle performance in trunk and
lower limbs compared to peers without intellectual disability. Res
Dev Disabil 34(1):198–206
Cuesta-Vargas AI et al (2011) Physical fitness profile in adults with
intellectual disabilities: differences between levels of sport
practice. Res Dev Disabil 32(2):788–794
Chiba Y et al (2009) Risk of fall for individuals with intellectual
disability. J Inf 114(4):225–236
187 AP P
Lifestyle and health related quality of life in adolescents
with type 1 diabetes mellitus
E. Mozzillo1,2, E. Zito1, E. De Nitto1, V. Gallarato2, P. Tortorelli2, A.
Franzese1, G. Valerio2
1Department of Translational Medical Science, Federico II University
of Naples2Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: Adolescence is a critical period of life, particularly in young
patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus (T1DM). Health lifestyle is one
of the pillars of the T1DM treatment. Our aim was to evaluate the
association between lifestyle and Health Related Quality of Life
(HRQoL) in adolescents with T1DM.
Method: Lifestyle and HRQoL were assessed in 69 T1DM adoles-
cents (34 males, mean age 15.8 ± 1.7 years, duration of T1DM
C2 years), without any other disease apart T1DM) attending the
Pediatric Diabetology Regional Center, at Federico II University.
Lifestyle was evaluated through a questionnaire by assessing: health
nutrition (KIDMED), moderate/intense physical activity, sports par-
ticipation, hours/day of television viewing, consumption of tobacco,
consumption of alcohol. Health Style (HS+) was defined by concur-
rence of at least four of the following behaviors: KIDMED C8,
physical activity for 7 days/week, television \2 h/day, no consump-
tion of tobacco, no consumption of alcohol. HRQoL was evaluated
with the PedsQLTM 3.0 Diabetes Module, composed by five scales:
(1) diabetes symptoms, (2) management difficulties, (3) adherence to
therapy, (4) worry and (5) communication.
Results: Only 18 T1DM adolescents (26 %) were HS+. They showed
higher scores in scales 1, 3 and 4 of the PedsQLthan their peers who
did not report any health behavior (p \ 0.05); no difference was
found in scale 2. Higher scores (p \ 0.05) were also found in the less
sedentary adolescents (scale 1) and in those who were involved in
sports participation (scale 5).
Conclusion: HS+ adolescents with T1DM perceived the illness less
problematically and showed increased adherence to treatment, were
less concerned about the disease and communicated more with dia-
betologists and sanitary team. This is the first preliminary study
investigating the association between HRQoL and a cluster of healthy
behaviors in T1DM patients.
ReferencesKalyva E et al (2011) Health-related quality of life (HRQoL) of
children with type 1 diabetes mellitus (T1DM): self and parental
perceptions. Pediatr Diabetes 12:34–40
Moreno-Gomez C et al (2012) Clustering of lifestyle factors in
Spanish university students: the relationship between smoking,
alcohol consumption, physical activity and diet quality. Public
Health Nutr 15(11):2131–2139
188 AP P
Water versus land-based exercise in older women
P. R. Brustio1,2, D. Magistro3, G. Del Bono, M. E. Liubicich1
1SUISM, University of Torino, Italy;2Department of Psychology, University of Torino, Italy;3Institute of Development, Aging and Cancer, IDAC, Tohoku
University, Japan
Aim: Independent and safe mobility is an important issue for a suc-
cessful aging. A growing body of literature emphasizes the benefits of
the regular physical training. The aim of this study was to compare
the effect on balance of 16-week water and land-based physical
trainings in a sample of older women.
Methods: 24 older women were recruited and entered into the study.
The sample was divided into two groups: a water-based group
(n = 12, M = 67.36 ± 4.2 years) and a land-based group
(n = 12, M = 84.39 ± 5.6 years). In accordance with the ACSM
guidelines the land-based physical training focused on strength and
balance exercises including warm-up and cool-down exercise, while
the water-based training consisted of stretching and warm-up exer-
cise, endurance (e.g. walking) and resistance intensity progression
exercises, and cool-down exercise. The trainings were composed of
sessions, each 1 h, twice a week for 16 weeks. The trainings were
supervised by instructors graduated in Physical Activity and Sport
Sciences. Subjects were examined at baseline and after 16 weeks by
means of the One Leg Stance Test (OLST) and the Timed Up and Go
Test (TUG). Data were analyzed with non-parametric statistics. The
significance level was p \ 0.05.
Results: At baseline the water-based group and the land-based group
were homogeneous for the investigated variables (OLST:
U = 55.000, z = -0.981, p [ 0.05; TUG: U = 70.500, z = -0.087,
p [ 0.05). After 16 weeks of trainings the water-based group showed
a significant difference in OLST and TUG (z = -3.059, p \ 0.05;
z = -3.061, p \ 0.05 respectively), while the land-based group
showed an improvement in OLST (z = -2.118, p \ 0.05). No sig-
nificant differences were found in the variables measured between the
two groups after the 16 weeks.
Conclusions: The study underlined the benefits of the regular phys-
ical training for the well-being of older women. Water-based exercise
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S83
123
might be an alternative exercise for older adults, due to the low-risk
nature supplied by water.
ReferencesChodzko-Zajko WJ et al (2009) American College of Sports Medicine
position stand. Exercise and physical activity for older adults. Med
Sci Sports Exerc 41(7):1510–1530
Takeshima N et al (2002) Water-based exercise improves health-
related aspects of fitness in older women. Med Sci Sports Exerc
34(3):544–551
189 AP P
Adapted swimming physical activity for a child
with cerebral palsy: maintaining the achieved
outcomes: a case report
A. Fusco1,2, M. C. Gallotta1, C. Giuliobello1, C. Baldari1, L. Guidetti1
1Department of Movement, Human and Health Sciences, University
of Rome Foro Italico, Italy2Clinical Laboratory of Experimental Neurorehabilitation, IRCCS
Fondazione Santa Lucia, Rome, Italy
Aim: The purpose of this study was to analyze the effects of adapted
physical activity (swimming) in terms of locomotor abilities (walk-
ing) and functional capacities (strength and manual dexterity) after a
six-months training in subject (female, 12 years) affected by right
side hemiparesis due to a cerebral palsy.
Method: Three assessments were performed, after a full year of
swimming adapted training plus motor rehabilitation, after the
3.5 months of the summer rest and after 6 months of only swimming
adapted training. The evaluations consisted of: gait analyses of
walking (OptoGait�, inertial unit GYKO, Microgate, Italy, fre-
quency = 100 Hz); assessment of grip strength (by means of a
dynamometer) and manual dexterity (by means of Nine Hole Peg
Test).
Results: After the 2nd evaluation, it was noted a global reduction of
the temporal parameters, especially in the right side (gait cycle: from
1.021 to 0.75 s, -36.1 %; right step -60.1 %, left step -20.1 %) and
of the walking speed (from 0.96 to 0.83 m/s, -15.7 %; right step
-23.1 %). This meant an increase of the gait cadence (gait cycle/min,
+19 %), With regard to gait cycle, there was an increase of the double
support time (+33.3 %), due to an increase of the stance phase
(+22.5 %) with a reduction of the swing phase (-84.7 %) in the
hemiparetic side. Moreover, the length of the right step was also
reduced (-37.9 %).
After the 3rd evaluation, the achieved results at the were globally
confirmed. No substantial differences were noted in the gait cycle
(+4.3 %), gait cadence (-1.4 %) and in the walking speed (-5.1 %).
Also the stance and swing phases of the right side were maintained,
even if there was a reduction of the double support time (-29.1 %).
The right step was further shortened (-32.8 %). No differences were
noted for force and manual dexterity during the analyzed period of
time.
Conclusion: We have found that the absence of both rehabilitation
and adapted physical activity leaded to a substantial change of the
spatio-temporal gait parameters, resulting in a shorter and faster
walking. The restart of the adapted aquatic physical activity, even if
not coupled with rehabilitation, permitted the maintenance the
achieved outcomes. No influences were demonstrated by the adopted
physical activity for the manual performances.
ReferenceIosa M et al (2013) Ability and stability of running and walking in
children with cerebral palsy. Neuropediatrics 44:147–154
190 AP P
A 9-month program of adapted tango: the effects
in adults with visual impairment
R. Gallo, P. R. Brustio1,2, C. Zignin1, A. Perissinotto3,
M. E. Liubicich1
1SUISM, University of Torino, Torino, Italy2Department of Psychology, University of Torino, Torino, Italy3Department of Philosophy and Educational Sciences, University
of Torino, Torino, Italy
Aim: Visually impaired persons present an increased risk of chronic
health problems and an independence decrease underlining the need
of a specific program on physical function. The aim of this study
was to assess the effect of 9 months of an adapted tango program on
physical function in a sample of middle-age visually impaired
adults.
Method: Nine subjects (4 M/5 W; M = 55.5 ± 9.9 years) with
visual impairment entered in the study. The participants followed an
adapted tango program composed of sessions, each of 1.30 h, once a
week for 9 months under the supervision of a tango instructor,
graduated in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, and 4 assistants.
The adapted program consisted of progressive exercises of Argentine
Tango technique and sequence of with particular attention on the
quality of the movement and the postural control. We collected
baseline, midway and post-test measurements of One Leg Stand Test,
Tandem Test and an adapted Four Square Step Test. A Friedman test
and pairwise comparisons with a Bonferroni correction for multiple
comparisons were performed. The significance level was p \ 0.05.
Results: The results showed a statistically significant difference in
the adapted Four Square Step at the different time points during the
adapted tango program, v2 (2) = 7.324, p \ 0.023. Post hoc analysis
revealed statistically significant differences in the adapted Four
Square Step Test from baseline (M = 9.3 ± 1.65 s) to post test
(M = 7.2 ± 1.3 s), but not at baseline and midway. Furthermore the
results showed an improvement in the performance of the One Leg
Stance (baseline M = 9 ± 8.15 s; post test M = 11.94 ± 14.11 s)
but no significant differences were found (v2 (2) = 1.600, p [ 0.05).
Conclusion: The results of this study underline the benefit of an
adapted tango program for improving the physical function in middle-
age visually impaired adults. Physical activity, with a program of
adapted tango, can change the lifestyle by fighting the physical
inactivity, promoting the adherence at movement and contributing to
the well-being in adults with visual impairment.
ReferencesCapella-McDonnall M (2007) The need for health promotion for
adults who are visually impaired. J Vis Impairment Blindness
101(3):133–145
Ray CT et al (2007) Clinical assessment of functional movement in
adults with visual impairment. J Vis Impairment Blindness
101(2):108–113
S84 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
191 AP P
Repeatability analysis of sledge hockey tests
M. Gollin1, S. Saporito2, A. Chiarotti3
1Department of Clinical and Biological Sciences, Motor Science
Research Center, University School of Motor and Sport Sciences,
University of Turin, Italy2Motor and Sport Sciences Graduate, University of Turin, Italy3University School of Motor and Sport Sciences, University of Turin,
Italy
Aim: To measure the repeatability of a specific physical and coor-
dinative test with and without puck in an Italian national sledge
hockey team.
Method: For both tests were investigated 8 sledge hockey players
with different disability. In the first test (without puck) the sample
group had age of 36 ± 11, weight of 78 ± 12 kg and height
178 ± 5 cm, while the second sample group (with puck) had age of
35 ± 12, weight of 76 ± 11 kg and height 177 ± 5 cm. The test
criteria regarding the repeatability were: to perform 3 tests on the
same day in 3 different days in a week. The track is 121.6 m long and
stimulates several movements of the discipline as if the athletes had to
curve or change direction. For the sampling of the data were used in
the first test of the photocells Racetime 2-Light Kit Radio (Microlink-
Microgate, Bolzano, Italy) in the second test were used the function
‘‘chronometer’’ of Garmin Forerunner 310 XT (Garmin, USA).
Results: The ICC test without the puck showed a data of 96 %. The
variance elements assume values of 1.7 % in relation to the mea-
surements repeated on different days (VD) and 2.6 % inherent to the
repetition of the tests (VT). The SEM (standard error of the mean)
within, i.e. the error from the repetition of the test on the same person
is equal to 0.6 %, while the SEM between, due to the repetition of
measurements on different days is 3.2 %. The test with the puck
showed a repeatability level of 93 %. The VD elements assume
values of 2.3 % while VT is 4.7 %. The SEM within is equal to
0.9 %, while the SEM between is 3.7 %. The data were analyzed with
the software Matlab 6.
Conclusion: In both tests, with and without puck, the ICC results
showed excellent values, ranging between 90 and 100 %, and this
supports the research and offers the possibility to investigate physical
and technical condition in sledge hockey.
192 AP P
A comparison between able-bodied athletes and athletes
with disabilities: time series analysis searching
for a performance coefficient
M. Ivaldi1, G. Cugliari2, C. Colombatto1, A. Rainoldi3
1S.U.I.S.M., University of Turin, Italy2Department of Brain and Behavioural Sciences, Medical
and Genomic Statistics Unit, University of Pavia, Italy3S.U.I.S.M., Department of Medical Sciences, University of Turin,
Italy
Aim: The work aims to analyze the best sport results of disabled and
able-bodied athletes in athletics and swimming, in international
competitions: World Cup, Paralympic and Olympic games, between
2000 and 2013. The goal of the study is to find a perfor-
mance coefficient (pc) that allows to calculate the corresponding
record of a sporting elite disabled athlete without the disability
situation.
Method: The study includes the collection of the top eight results and
the temporal trend of better performance of able-bodied and disabled
athletes in athletics and swimming. The last 26 international com-
petitions were analyzed for the following specialties: 100, 200, 400,
800, 1,500, 5,000 m, marathon, 4 9 100 and 4 9 400 m relay for
athletics and 50, 100, 200, 400 m freestyle and 50 and 100 m back-
stroke for swimming. The categories of disabilities were T42, T44,
T46 for athletics and S3, S4, S6, S7, S8, S9, S10 for swimming.
Results: The analysis of time series both for the top eight results and
for best performance allowed to calculate the performance coeffi-
cient. This pc enables, according to the result obtained by the
disabled athlete in one of the athletics or swimming specialties
described, as a function of disability and gender, to assume the cor-
responding result without the condition of disability, according to the
following formula:
E½nt� ¼ it pc
where nt = normalized time (s), it = individual time (s), pc = n-1
Pi=1n xia/n-1P
i=1n xid, x = best eight times (s) in the period from
2000 to 2013, d = disability category, a = able-bodied category.
Conclusion: The analysis of time series showed, according with the
literature [1], that the classes with greater disability have a higher
variability of results in the top eight and in the best performances.
This variability is due to several factors: poor selection of athletes,
variability of disability, prostheses and orthoses improvement. In
recent years the Paralympic movement has grown quickly, making the
functional classification system obsolete, necessitating an update
based on experimental evidence. For the first time, herein a coefficient
was proposed to compare results between able-bodied and disabled
athletes; the use of this coefficient could allow in the future to have a
direct comparison of the results, with a strongly inclusive value.
Reference[1] Fulton, Sacha K et al (2009) Variability and progression in
competitive performance of Paralympic swimmers. J Sports Sci
27.5:535–539
193 AP P
Spatial learning in Down and Williams syndromes
analyzed through an ecological task
L. Mandolesi1,2, F. Foti2,3, P. De Bartolo2, L. Petrosini2,3
1Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University
of Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy2IRCCS Santa Lucia Foundation, Rome, Italy3Department of Psychology, University of Rome ‘‘La Sapienza’’,
Rome, Italy
Aim: The objective of the present study was to analyze by means of
radial arm maze (RAM), a large-scale behavioral and ecological task,
the spatial abilities in individuals with Down syndrome (DS) and
Williams syndrome (WS).
Method: We examined the performances in RAM task of 12 indi-
viduals with DS with chronological age (CA) of 17.04 years and
mental age (MA) of 6.06 years, and 12 individuals with WS (CA
16.02 years, MA 6.06 years). Fifteen right-handed typically devel-
oping (TD) children, MA matched with DS and WS groups (CA
6.06 years, MA 6.05 years), formed the control group. All partici-
pants were trained in the free-choice version and in the forced-choice
version of the RAM.
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S85
123
Results: In the free-choice paradigm, the DS and WS individuals took
about 60 s more than TD subjects to explore the maze. In spatial span
(the longest sequence of correctly visited arms), the syndromic groups
obtained lower values than TD children, while only WS individuals
made more errors than the other groups. In the forced-choice para-
digm, DS and WS groups made more errors than TD children and
continued to put into action mainly an algorithmic strategy (enter
adjacent arms) even to perform wrong visits suggesting thus an
impairment in procedural components.
Conclusion: The findings evidenced the impairment of DS and WS
individuals in solving the RAM task with variable severity depending
on the paradigm requests. Since the RAM is a task that allows the
acquisition of spatial competences through the walking, we advance
that the spatial deficits observed in these genetic syndromes may be
related to the malfunctioning of spatial and motor integrative
processing.
ReferencesFoti et al (2011) Behav Genet 41:445–456
Mandolesi L et al (2009) Int J Dev Neurosci 27:789–797
194 AP P
A psychological intervention with special athletes
L. Rio1, F. Gomez Paloma1, D. Tafuri2
1Department of Human, Philosophical and Education Science,
University of Salerno, Italy2Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to provide an ‘‘adapted’’ mental
training protocol, targeted at registered athletes with the Italian Pa-
ralympic Committee (CIP) and the Special Olympics, and verify its
effectiveness in the psycho-physical perception of athletes. In sports
activities, training is the focus for the achievement of any target.
Martens (1987) highlighted the need to address the mental and psy-
chological preparation of the athlete in a multimodal way (motor
training and mental skills).
Method: The protocol was applied to a fairly small sample: an
experimental group and a control group consisting of 10 athletes each,
both belonging to the under-16 class. The choice of protocol, has
fallen on the S.F.E.R.A. method, theorized by Professor Vercelli and
his staff at the University of Turin, because it is a recent method
applied in various professional sports areas with concrete results. The
Multidimensional Test PSDQ (Marsh et al. 1994), was considered the
most suitable for testing the presence of a positive global perceptual
change in the Experimental Group.
Results: After a particularly analysis, the orientation of the responses
to the positive indicators of truth showed a radical improvement of the
psycho-physical perception of athletes ([50 %). This has proved that,
especially for special athletes, the alliance between mind and body is
essential to build and achieve maximum performance. It must be built
on solid foundations, starting to develop and strengthen mental abil-
ities since the beginning of the training of an athlete (even more so if
disabled).
Conclusion: The psychological intervention is fundamental to
develop and train motor skills and strategies, adjust the goals, achieve
motivation, control anxiety, focus energy and attention, improve
confidence in themselves and self-awareness. Being in the maximum
performance allow to enjoy the perfect sync with the world, with
others, listening to the sensations we feel in the present moment,
learning to enjoy the pleasure of living the path and goal.
ReferencesMarsh HW, Richards GE, Johnson S, Roche L, Tremayne P (1994)
Physical Self-Description Questionnaire: psychometric properties
and multitrait-multimethod analysis of relations to existing instru-
ments. J Sport Exerc Psychol 16:270–305
Martens (1987) Science, knowledge and sport psychology. Sport
Psychol
Vercelli G (2011) Vincere con la mente. Come si diventa campioni: lo
stato della massima prestazione. Ponte alle Grazie, Milano
195 AP P
Effects of a dual-task training programme on balance
in the elderly
R. A. Rosa1, I. Sannicandro2
1PhD School of Health Sciences and Well-being, University of Bari,
Italy2Department of Clinical and Experimental Medicine, University
of Foggia, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to investigate the effects of a training
programme based on manual and cognitive dual-tasks on balance
capacity in a group of elderly subjects. Functional performance is
hampered in the elderly when two activities are performed contem-
poraneously, even if one of the two actions constitutes an apparently
automatic task, such as walking or the maintenance of postural
stability.
Methods: Thirty-four elderly subjects (15 M and 19 F), mean age
72.35 ± 7.1 years, were subdivided into a control group (CG; 11F
and 10M) and experimental group (EG; 7F and 6M). The inclusion
criterion for both groups was a score C24 in the Mini Mental State
Examination. The TUG-COG (cognitive task) and TUG-MAN
(manual task) tests and the single leg stance test (SLS; balance task)
were used to assess performance pre- and post-training (T0 and T1,
respectively). The EG training programme involved manual and
cognitive dual-task activities, while the CG performed strength,
flexibility and static and dynamic balance training activities. Training
sessions (lasting 1 h) were performed twice-weekly over a total of
12 weeks. Pearson’s correlation coefficients were calculated to test
for correlations between performance in the SLS vs. TUG tests at T0
and T1. Statistical significance was fixed at P \ 0.05.
Results: No significant changes in performance were noted in the CG
between T0 and T1. In the EG, at T1, significant correlations were
found between: SLS-right leg and TUG-COG (r = -0.626, N = 13,
p \ 0.05); SLS-right leg and TUG-MAN (r = -0.666, N = 13,
p \ 0.05); SLS-left leg and TUG-COG (r = -0.569, N = 13,
p \ 0.05); and SLS-left leg and TUG-MAN (r = -0.614, N = 13,
p \ 0.05). The results here agree with those of previous studies and
demonstrate that in the elderly impaired dual-task balance perfor-
mance predicts adverse outcomes such as falls.
Conclusions: Integrated motor training programmes directed at the
recovery of both motor and cognitive capacities in the elderly produce
better results than those directed at motor capacities alone.
ReferencesBrustio PR et al Dual-task e cammino: interferenze del doppio
compito nella popolazione anziana. Una rassegna della letteratura
GIPS Giornale Italiano di Psicologia dello Sport 18:23–28
S86 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
Silsupadol P et al (2009) Effects of single-task versus dual-task
training on balance performance in older adults: a double-blind,
randomized controlled trial. Arch Phys Med Rehabil
90(3):381–387
196 AP P
Dance sport and inclusion
R. Scarpa, D. Tafuri, G. Raiola
Department DISUFF, University of Salerno, Italy
Aim: The aim of this work is to assess whether, in dance choreog-
raphy you can actually talk about inclusion/integration of persons
with different disabilities. So on, how a dance group relates to them
and how dance sport in particular trying to figure out, if the dance
sport lends itself to be an efficient means to achieve well-being of the
individual and the group.
Method: It was administered to a dance group made up of 10 female
persons of the age between 16 and 25 years a questionnaire consists
of closed-response questions:1.Have you ever heard of integration/inclusion?
2.Do you consider dance a useful activity for this purpose?
3.Have you ever had in your group a disabled?
4.Do you think that a mixed group composed of able-bodied and
disabled can be a trump card in group sports and in particular in
dance?
5.Do you think that in dance sport it is possible to talk about
integration/inclusion?
Results: They are as follows:Question 1: 70 % answered yes, 10 % no and 20 % have heard of it in
part.
Question 2: 80 % answered yes, while 20 % answered in part.
Question 3: 90 % answered no, only 10 % answered yes.
Question 4: 50 % answered yes, and the other 50 % responded in part.
Question 5: 70 % answered yes, 20 % responded in part and 10 %
said no.
Conclusion: The analysis of these results shows that in dance sport
the presence of a differently abled is accepted but not actually present,
at least not in the sample considered. But research shows that a large
percentage sees the dance sport as a considerable means to lead to the
achievement of an individual well-being, then comes the preparation
of this sport to an inclusive view that can lead to positive results even
in the context of disability.
ReferencesAltavilla G, Furino F, Raiola G (2014) Body, communication and
visual impairment. Acta Kinesiol 8:1
Mannucci A (2003) Comunicare con la mente e il corpo. Tirrenia (PI),
Del Cerro
Raiola G, Tafuri D, Gomez Paloma F (2014) Physical activity and
sport skills and its relation to mind theory on motor control. Sport
Sci 8:2
197 AP P
An integrated APA home-care program for an elder
with spinal cord injury
E. Tasso1, P. Marchisio2, R. Luzzago3, F. Vitali4
1ASL3 Sanitary District and School of Medicine and Pharmaceutical
Sciences, University of Genoa, Italy2ASL3 Sanitary District of Genoa, Italy3School of Medicine and Pharmaceutical Sciences, University
of Genoa, Italy4Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Italy
Aim: Chronic diseasesare important determinant of quality of life and
the first global cause of death. Studies show that regular physical
activity reduces the risk of morbidity and mortality due to several
chronic diseases. Regular physical activity can reduce the decrease in
balance, flexibility, strength, and increase resilience. An innovative
integrated Adapted Physical Activity (APA) home-care service pro-
gram has been carried out in 10thGenoa’s Socio Sanitary District
from 2012 to foster rehabilitation and health for a person with post-
traumatic sub-complete spinal cord injury (C5–C6).
Methods: Several psychophysical functional abilities were measured
administering Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales; Modified Barthel
Index; Range of Motion and Manual Muscular Testing and Rating of
Perceived Exertion Scale, the Connor-Davidson Resilience Scale and
the Physical Imagery Questionnaire.
Results: Data were analyzed following qualitative and quantitative
statistical procedures. Significant results of improvement or stability
were found on observed measures over time.
Conclusions: From results important suggestions come out, supply-
ing information to develop the theoretical debate on rehabilitation and
health APA program to support in an socio-sanitary integrated care
person with high disability.
ReferencesDurstine et al (2000) Physical activity for the chronically ill and
disabled. Sports Med 30:207–219
Min Lee et al I (2012) Effect of physical inactivity on major non-
communicable diseases worldwide: an analysis of burden of
disease and life expectancy. Lancet 380:9838:219–229
Wise et al (2009) Home physical activity programs for the promotion
of health and wellness in individuals with spinal cord injury. Topics
spinal cord injury rehabilitation, vol 14, no 4. Thomas Land
Publishers Inc
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S87
123
198 AP P
Foster health and life-style with an Adapted Physical
Activity program for elders with frailty and disability
in Genoa
E. Tasso1, F. Vitali2
1ASL3 Sanitary District and School of Medicine and Pharmaceutical
Sciences, University of Genoa, Italy2Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, University
of Verona, Verona, Italy
Aim: Enhancing health preventing inactivity is one of W.H.O.’s
general purpose. Inactivity is one of the most common risk factors for
non-communicable and chronic diseases. Currently an Adapted
Physical Activity (APA) program for elders with frailty and disability
is been conducting in Genoa supported by socio-sanitary decision
makers. An integrated socio-sanitary team manage the APA program.
APA philosophy supports an attitude of acceptance of individual
differences, promotes innovation and cooperative service delivery and
empowerment systems. The aim of this APA program is to help
elderly with frailty and disability not only physically, but also
increasing socialization and fostering secondary prevention.
Methods: This study investigates some physical abilities and func-
tionalities (e.g., strength and flexibility) (Barthel Index; SPPB), and
some psychosocial dimensions (e.g., perceived competence, motiva-
tion) referred to elders quality of life. 500 participants were divided in
two groups: the first (high function) composed by elders with some
chronic physical diseases; the second group (low function) included
elders former patients of the Physiotherapy Service previously
physically rehabilitated.
Results: Physical abilities and functionalities has improved and
determinants of quality of life of elders have been enhanced.
Conclusion: The presented APA program in Genoa can improve
quality of life of elders that cope with pathological chronic disease
and it can decrease the number of inactive old people.
ReferencesBianco et al. (2005) Insegnare e far vivere le attivita motorie adattate.
La Lontra Editrice, Busalla
De Pauw K (2000) ICSSPE. Vade Mecum. Directory of Sport
Sciences, 2nd edn
Naci et al (2013) Comparative effectiveness of exercise and drug
interventions on mortality outcomes: metaepidemiological study.
BMJ
WHO (2013) Global action plan 2013_2020
199 AP P
Football in mental health, study of practice
P. Tritone, D. Tafuri, G. Raiola
Department of Movement Sciences and Wellness, University of
Naples ‘‘Parthenope’’, Naples, Italy
Aim: The aim of this study was to submit a practice in the game of
football for patients of mental health. Verification of the results
obtained in tests of praxis.
Method: 2 groups of 10 patients, one control and one experimental
(patients football group). The experimental group will participate in
training sessions with exercises of a general character and special
character, then play football matches. Both groups underwent tests:
VADO (Valuation Activities Defining Objectives) that uses the FPS
(scale of the personal functioning) scale that assesses levels of
socially useful activities, personal relationships and social care of the
appearance and hygiene and disturbing and aggressive behaviors;
‘‘2 km walking test’’ a simple field tests that allows you to simulta-
neously evaluate the functionality of the cardiovascular, respiratory
and musculoskeletal. Measurement of BMI (Body Mass Index), the
parameter used as indicator of healthy weight patients. Tests and
measurements shall be made before the start of activities in mid-cycle
and at the end.
Results: Analysis of the data shows that: the BMI decreased for
patients belonging to the experimental group while it tends to be the
same or increase for patients in the control group; FPS scores show
that patients in the experimental group improved compared with
patients in the control group; the level of physical fitness is improved
for all patients in the experimental group, the control group is the
same or worsened.
Conclusion: After the analysis, we can say that this practice allows
the improvement of the state of physical, mental, social and relational,
raising the quality of life of the person. There is a need to continue the
study of the practice revisit and improve it.
ReferencesBuono P, Bucci M, Calcagno G, Capaldo B, Condorelli D, Corigliano
G, Liguori G, Martone D, Orru S, Pigozzi F, Riccardi G, Tafuri D,
Valerio G (2009) Attivita fisica per la salute, Idelson Gnocchi, pp
114, 139–173, 199–215, 241–266, 278–338
Polidoro L, Bianchi F, Di Tore PA, Raiola G (2013) Futsal training by
video analysis. J Hum Sport Exerc 8:290–296
Raiola G, Tafuri D, Gomez Paloma F (2014) Physical activity and
sport skills and its relation to mind theory on motor control. Sport
Sci 8:2
200 AP P
Home-based and extreme exercise in pancreatic cancer:
a case study
A. Pedrinolla1, P. Cormie2, A. Mambrini3, F. Schena1,
L. Paolo Ardigo1
1Department of Neurological and Movement Sciences, School
of Exercise and Sport Science, University of Verona, Verona, Italy2Edith Cowan University, Health and Wellness Institute, Edith Cowan
University, Joondalup, Australia3Azienda USL 1 Massa e Carrara, Carrara Hospital, Massa e
Carrara, Italy
Aim: In the recent literature, it has been shown that exercise is well
tolerated by pancreatic cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy. Our
case study was primarily aimed to investigate the effectiveness of a
home-based walking program in a pancreatic cancer patient under-
going chemotherapy. The secondary aim was to find out whether
extreme exercise presented a so high intensity to make exercise not
any more bearable in the same subject.
Method: A very physically active man with diagnosis of pancreatic
cancer in September 2013 did not stop performing his usual walking
and therefore was provided with a GPS receiver to record it. So we
obtained mean speed (km/h), and walked distance (km) for any walk
he did after the diagnosis. White blood cells (WBC), platelets (PLT),
and hemoglobin (HGB) concentration during the therapy were mon-
itored. In addition, the subject performed a 24 h non-stop ultra-
endurance walking (24NSW) in March 2014. During the event, every
6 h we measured (1) oxygen consumption (VO2) and metabolic cost
(C) with a portable metabograh. (2) Overall (OA), lower limbs (LL),
S88 Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89
123
and upper limbs (UL) rate of perceived exertion (RPE) were mea-
sured by means of 6–20 Borg scale.
Results: Since the diagnosis, the subject completed 53 walks in a
period of 8 months covering a total distance of 662 km, with a dis-
tance perwalk of 12.5 ± 10.4 km, and a speed of 4.9 ± 0.8 km/h. No
correlations between amount of physical activity and WBC, PLT,
HGB were found. During 24 NSW, VO2, C, and speed decreased
linearly with walking time (r = 0.901; r = 0.906; r = 0.910,
respectively). From the 12th hour, OA and LL RPE increased until
the 24th hour, reaching very high Borg scale values. The results were
compared with another 24NSW occurred in May 2012.
Conclusion: A pancreatic cancer patient undergoing chemotherapy
can attend proficiently a home-based walking program despite the
therapy effects. With respect to the 2012 24 NSW, the subject
experienced a more dramatic speed decrease due to a correspondingly
steeper VO2 decrease in spite of a lower C. We suppose that an
extreme exercise, like 24 NSW, is featured by a too heavy intensity
for a cancer patient.
ReferencesCormie P et al (2014) Exercise as medicine in the management of
pancreatic cancer: a case study. Med Sci Sports Exerc
46(4):664–670
Gimenez P et al (2013) Changes in the energy cost of running during a
24-h treadmill exercise. Med Sci Sports Exerc 45(9):1807–1813
Sport Sci Health (2014) 10 (Suppl 1):S1–S89 S89
123